the hoste remoued 46 The nomber of the thre families of Koháth Gershon and Merari ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 Take the summe of the sonnes of Koháth from among the sonnes of Leui after their families and houses of their fathers 3 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vntil fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie to do the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 This shal be the office of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō about the Holiest of all 5 ¶ When the hoste remoueth then Aarôn and his sonnes shall come and take downe the coueryng vaile and shall couer the Arke of the Testimonie there with 6 And they shall put thereon a couerynge of badgers skins ād shall spread vpon it a cloth altogether of blewe silke and put to the barres thereof 7 And vpon the * table of shewe bread they shall spread a cloth of blewe silke and put thereon the dishes and the incens cups ād goblets and couerings to couer it with ād the bread shal be the eon continually 8 And they shal spread vpon them a couering of skarlet and couer the same with a coueryng of badgers skins aud put to the barres thereof 9 Then they shall take a cloth of blewe silke and couer the * candelsticke of lyght wyth his lampes and his snoffers * and hys snoffedishes and all the oyle vessels thereof which they occupie about it 10 So they shall put it and all the instruments thereof in coueryng of badgers skins and put it vpon the barres 11 Also vpon the golden altar they shal spread a cloth of blewe silke and couer it with a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres thereof 12 And they shal take al the instruments of the ministerie wherewith they minister in the Sā ctuarie and put them in a cloth of blewe silke and couer them wyth a coueryng of badgers skins and put them on the barres 13 Also they shal take away the ashes from the altar and spread a purple cloth vpon it 14 And shal put vpō it all the instruments therof which they occupie about it the censers the fleshhokes and the besomes and the basens euen all the instrumentes of the altar and they shall spread vpon it a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres of it 15 And when Aarôn and his sonnes haue made an end of coueryng the Sanctuarie and all the instruments of the Sanctuarie at the remouing of the hoste afterwarde the sonnes of Koháth shall come to beare it but they shalnot touche anie holy thynge lest they dye Thys is the charge of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 16 ¶ And to the office of Eleazār the sonne of Aarón the Priest perteineth the oyle for the light and the * swete incens and the dailie meat offring and the * anointing oyle with the ouersight of all the Tabernacle and of all that therein is bothe in the Sanctuarie and in all the instruments thereof 17 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 18 Ye shal not cut of the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Leuites 19 But thus do vnto them that they may liue and not dye when they come nere to the moste holy thyngs let Aarón and his sonnes come and appoint them euerie one to hys office and to his charge 20 But let them not go in to se when the Sanctuarie is folden vp lest they dye 21 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 22 Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershón euerie one by the houses of their Fathers throughout their families 23 From thirtie yere olde and aboue vntil fiftie yere olde shalt thou nombre them al that entre into the assemblie for to do seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 24 This shal be the seruice of the families of the Gershonites to serue and to beare 25 They shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle and the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion hys coueryng and the coueryng of badgers skins that is on hie vpon it and the vayle of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 The curtaines also of the court the vaile of the entryng in of the gate of the court whiche is nere the Tabernacle and nere the altar round about with their cordes and all the instruments for their seruice and all that is made for them so shall they serue 27 At the commandement of Aarón and hys sonnes shall all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gershonites be done in all their charges and in all their seruice and ye shal appointe them to kepe all their charges 28 This is the seruice of the families of the son nes of the Gershonites in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō and their watch shal be vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 29 ¶ Thou shalt nomber the sonnes of Merari by their families ād by the houses of their fathers 30 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde shalt thou nōber them all that entre into the assemblie to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 31 And this is their office and charge accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion the * boardes of the Tabernacle with the barres thereof and hys pillers and his sockets 32 And the pillers round about the court with their sockets and their pins and their cordes with all their instrumentes euen for all their seruice and by name ye shall rekē the instruments of their office and charge 33 This is the seruice of the families of the son ne of Merari accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 34 ¶ Then Mosés and Aaron and the princes of the Congregacion nombred the sonnes of the Kohathites by their families and by the houses of their fathers 35 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 36 So the nombers of them throughout their families were two thousand seuen hūdreth and fiftie 37 These are the nombers of the families of the Kohathites all that serue in the Taberna cle of the Congregacion which Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commā ment of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 38 Also the nombers of the sonnes of Gershón throughout their families houses of their fathers 39 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 40 So the nombers of them by their families and by the houses of their fathers were two
thousand six hundreth and thirtie 41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon of all that did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord. 42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families and by the houses of their fathers 43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward euen vn to fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand and two hundreth 45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 46 So all the nombers of the Leuites whiche Mosés and Aaron and the princes of Israél nombred by their families and by the houses of their fathers 47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen to fiftie yere old euerie one that came to do his duetie office seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score 29 According to the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did Aarō nōber thē euerie according to his seruice and according to his charge Thus were they of that tribe nōbred as the Lord cōmāded Mosés CHAP. V. 2 The Leprous and the polluted shal be cast forthe 6 The purging of sinne 15 The 〈◊〉 of the suspect wife 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that they * put out of the hoste euerie leper and euerie one that hathe * an issue and whosoeuer is defiled by * the dead 3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out out of the host shall ye put them that they defile not their tentes among whome I dwel 4 And the childrē of Israél did so and put thē out of the hoste euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés so did the children of Israél 5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Speake vnto the children of Israél * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinne that men commit and trāsgresse against the Lord when that persone shall trespas 7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done and shal restore the domma ge thereof * with his principall and put the fift part of it more thereto ād shal giue it vnto him against whome he hathe trespassed 8 But if the man haue no kinsman to whome he shulde restore the dommage the dommage shal be restored to the Lord for the Priests vse besides the ram of the atonemēt whereby he shall make atonement for him 9 And euerie offring of all the holy thyngs of the children of Israél whiche they bring vnto the Priest shal be * his 10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his that is whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest it shal be his 11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them If anie mans wife turne to euil and commit a trespas against him 13 So that another man lie with her fleshly and it be hid from the eyes of her housband and kept close and yet she be defiled and there be no witnes agaynst her nether she taken with the maner 14 If he be moued with a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife which is defiled or if he haue a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife whiche is not defiled 15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest and bryng her offryng with her the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale but he shall not powre oyle vpon it nor put incens thereon for it is an offryng of ielousie an offring for a remembrance callynge the sinne to minde 16 And the Priest shall bryng her and set her before the Lord. 17 Then the Priest shal take the holy water in an earthē vessel of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle euen the Priest shal take it and put it into the water 18 After the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand it is the ielousie offring and the Priest shall haue bitter and cursed water in his hand 19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe and say vnto the woman If no man haue lien with thee nether thou hast turned to vnclēnes from thine housband be fre from this bitter and cursed water 20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād and so art defiled some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband 21 Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing and the Priest shall say vn to the woman The Lord make thee to be accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people and the Lord cause thy thigh to rott and thy belly to swell 22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels to cause thy belly to swell and thy thigh to rott Then the woman shal answer Amen Amen 23 After the Priest shall write these curses in a boke and shall blot them out with the bit ter water 24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter cursed water and the cursed water turned into bitternes shall entre into her 25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand shall shake the offring before the Lord and offer it vpō the altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handful of the offring for a memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the altar and afterward make the woman drinke the water 27 When he hath made her drinke the water if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād then shal the cursed water tur ned into bitternes entre into her her belly shal swel her thigh shal rott the woman shal be accursed among her people 28 But if the woman be not defiled but be cleane she shal be fre shal cōceiue beare 29 This is the lawe of ielousie when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled 30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe 31 And the man shal be fre frō sinne but this woman shal beare her iniquitie CHAP. VI. 2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites 24 The maner to blesse the people 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of a
not lyke Kórah and his companie as the Lord said to hym by the hand of Mosés 41 ¶ But on the morowe all the multitude of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and agaynst Aarōn saying Ye haue killed the people of the Lord. 42 And when the Congregacion was gathered agaynst Mosés and agaynste Aarón then they turned theyr faces toward the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and beholde the cloude couered it and the glorie of the Lord appeared 43 Then Mosés and Aarón were come before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 45 Get you vp frome among this Congregacion for I will consume them quickely then they fel vpon their faces 46 And Mosés said vnto Aarón Take the cen ser and put fire therein of the Altar and put therein incens and go quickely vnto the Congregacion and make an atonement for them for there is wrath gone out frome the Lord the plague is begonne 47 Then Aarón toke as Mosés commaunded him and ran into the middes of the Congregacion and beholde the plague was begonne among the people and he put in incens and made an atonemēt for the people 48 And when he stode betwene the dead and thē that were aliue the plague was stayed 49 So they dyed of this plague fourtene thousand and seuen hundreth beside them that dyed in the conspiracie of Korah 50 And Aarōn went againe vnto Mosés before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the plague was stayed CHAP. XVII 2 The twelue rods of the twelue princes of the tribes of Israél 9 Aarons rod buddeth and beareth blossoms 10 For a testimonie against the rebellious people 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and take of euerie one of them a rod after the house of their fathers of all their princes according to the familie of their fathers euē twelue rods and thou shalte write euerie mans name vpon his rod. 3 And write Aarons name vpon the rod of Leui for euerie rod shal be for the head of the house of their fathers 4 And thou shalt put them in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Arke of the Testimonie * where I wyll declare my selfe to you 5 And the mans rod whome I chose shal blos som and I wil make cease from me the grudgyngs of the children of Israél which grudge against you 6 ¶ Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél and all their princes gaue him a rod one rod for euerie prince according to the houses of their fathers euen twelue rods ād the rod of Aaron was among their rods 7 And Mosés laid the rods before the Lorde in the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 8 And when Mosés on the morowe went into the Tabernacle of the Testimonie beholde the rod of Aaron for the house of Leui was budded and broght for the buddes and broght forth blossoms and bare ripe almondes 9 Then Mosés broght out all the rods frome before the Lord vnto all the children of Israél and they loked vpon them and toke euerie man his rod. 10 ¶ After the Lord sayd vnto Mosés * Bryng Aarons rod againe before the Testimonie to be kepte for a token to the rebellious chyldren ād thou shalt cause their murmurings to cease from me that they dye not 11 So Mosés did as the Lorde had commanded him so did he 12 ¶ And the children of Israél spake vnto Mo sés saying Beholde we are dead we perish we are all lost 13 Whosoeuer commeth nere or approcheth to the Tabernacle of the Lord shal dye shall we be consumed and dye CHAP. XVIII 1. 7 The office of Aaron and his sonnes 2 with the Leuites 8 The Priests parte of the offrings 20 God in their portion 26 The Leuites haue the tithes and offer the tenthes thereof to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aarōn Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house wyth thee shal beare the iniquitie of the Sanctua rie bothe thou and thy sonnes with thee shal beare the iniquitie of your Priests office 2 And brynge also wyth thee thy brethren of the tribe of Leui of the familie of the father whiche shal be ioyned wyth 〈◊〉 and minister vnto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shal minister before the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 3 And they shall kepe thy charge euen the charge of all the Tabernacle but they shall not come nere the instruments of the Sanctuarie nor to the altar lest they dye bothe they and you 4 And they shal be ioyned with thee and kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacion for all the seruice of the Tabernacle and no stranger shal come nere vnto you 5 Therefore shall ye kepe the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the altar so there shall fall no more wrath vpon the chil dren of Israél 6 For lo I haue * taken your brethren the Leuites from among the childrē of Israel whiche as a gift of yours are giuen the Lorde to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 7 But thou ād thy sonnes with thee shal kepe your Priests office for all things of the altar and within the vaile therefore shal ye serue for I haue made your Priests office an office of seruice therefore the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 8 ¶ Agayne the Lorde spake vnto Aarôn Beholde I haue giuen thee the keping of mine offrings of all the halowed thyngs of the children of Israél vnto thee I haue gyuen them for the anoyntynges sake and to thy sonnes for a perpetual ordinance 9 This shal be thine of the most holie things reserued from the fire all their offryng of all their meat offryng and of all their sin offring and of all their trespas offring whiche they bryng vnto me that shal be moste holy vnto thee and to thy sonnes 10 In the most holy place shalt thou eat it eue rie male shal eat of it it is holy vnto thee 11 This also shal be thine the heaue offringe of their gift with all the shake offrings of the children of Israél I haue giuen them vnto thee and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee to be a duetie for euer all the cleane in thine house shall eat of it 12 All the fat of the oyle and all the fat of the wine and of the wheat whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord for their first frutes I haue giuen them vnto thee 13 And the firste rype of all that is in theyr land whiche they shall bring vnto the Lord shal be thyne all the cleane in thyne house shal eat of it 14 * Euerie thing separate from the commune vse in Israél shal be thine 15 All that first openeth the * matrice of anie fleshe whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord
which wēt out of the land of Egypt according to their bandes vnder the hand of Mosés and Aaron 2 And Moses wrote their goīg out by their iourneyes according to the commandement of the Lord so these are the iourneies of their going out 3 Now they * departed from Ramesés the first moneth euen the fiftenth day of the first moneth on the morowe after the Pas seouer and the children of Israél went out with an hie hand in the sight of all the Egyptians 4 For the Egyptiās buried all their first bor ne which the Lord had smitten among them vpon their gods also the Lord did execution 5 And the children of Israel remoued from Ramesés and pitched in Succoth 6 And they departed from * Succoth and pitched in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernes 7 And they remoned from Ethà m and turned againe vnto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and pitched before migdol 8 And they departed from before hahiroth and * wēt through the middes of the Sea into the wildernes and went thre dayes iourney in the wildernes of Etham and pitched in Marah 9 And they remoued from Marah and came vnto * Elim and in Elim were twelue foun tains of wator and seuent y palme trees and they pitched there 10 And they remoued from Elim and cāped by the red Sea 11 And they remoued from the red Sea and laye in the * wildernes of Sin 12 And they toke their iourney out of the wildernes of Sin and set vp their tentes in Dophkah 13 And they departed from Dophkah lay in Alush 14 And they remoued from Alúsh and lay in * Rephidim where was no water for the people to drinke 15 And they departed from Rephidim pitched in the * wildernes of Sinai 16 And they remoued from the desert of Sinai and pitched * in Kibroth Hattaauah 17 And they departed from Kibroth Hattaauah and lay at Hazeroth 18 And they departed from Hazeroth and pitchet at Rithmah 19 And they departed from Rithmah pit ched at Rimmon Parez 20 * And they departed from Rimmon Parez and pitchet in Libnah 21 And they remoued from Libnah and pitched in Rissah 22 And they iournied from Rissah and pitched in Kehelathah 23 And they wont from Kehelathah and pit ched in mount Shapher 24 And they remoued froūt mount Shapher aud lay in Haradah 25 And they remoued from Haradah pitched in Makheloth This mappe properly apperteineth to the 33 Chap. of Nombres This mappe declareth the way which the Israélites went for the space of fourtie yeres from Egypt through the wildernes of Arabia vntil they 〈◊〉 into the land of Canaan as it is mencioned in Exod. Nomb. Deut. It cōteineth also the 42 places where they pitched their tentes which are named Nomber 33 with the obseruacion of the degrees concerning the length and the breadth and the places of their abode set out by nombers 27 And they departed from Tahath pitched in Tarah 28 And they remoued from Tarà h pitched in Mithkah 29 And they went from Mithkah pitched in Hashmonah 30 And they departed from Hashmonah and lay in Moseróth 31 And they departed from Moserôth and pitched in Bene-iaakan 32 And they remoued from Bene-iaakan lay in Hor-hagidgad 33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad and pitched in Iotbathah 34 And they remoued from Iotbathah and lay in Ebronah 35 And they departed from Ebronah and lay in Ezion-gaber 36 And they remoued from Ezion-gaber and pitched in the * wildernes of Zin which is Kadésh 37 And they remoued from Kadésh and pitched in mount Hor in the edge of the lād of Edóm 38 * And Aarón the Priest went vp in to mount Hor at the commandement of the Lord and died there in the fourtieth yere after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypt in the first day of the fifth moneth 39 And Aarôn was an hundreth and thre twētie yere olde whē he died in moūt Hor 40 And * King Arad the Canaanite which dwelt in the South of the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the children of Israél 41 And they departed from mounte * Hor and pitched in Zalmonah 42 And they departed from Zalmonah and pitched in Punón 43 And they departed from Punón and pitched in Obóth 44 And they departed from Obóth and pitched in Iie-abarim ī the borders of Moab 45 And they departed from * Iim and pitched in Dibón-gad 46 And theiremoued from Dibón-gad and lay in Almón-diblathaim 47 And they remoued from Almón-diblathaim and pitched in the mounteines of Abarim before Nebô 48 And they departed from the mounteines of Abarim and pitched in the playne of Moà b by Iorden toward Ierichô 49 And they pitched by Iordén from Bethieshimôth vnto * Abel-shittim in the plai ne of moab 50 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichô saying 51 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye are come ouer Iordén to entre in to the land of Canaan 52 Ye shal then driue out all the inhabitants of the land before you destroy all their pictures breake a sunder all their images of metal plucke downe all their hie places 53 And ye shal possesse the land and dwel the rein for I haue giuen you the land to possesse it 54 And ye shal inherit the land by lot accordīg to your families * to the more ye shal giue more inheritance to the fewer the lesse inheritance where the lot shal fall to anie man that shal be his according to the tribes of your fathers shal ye inherit 55 But if ye wil not driue out the inhabitants of the land before you then those which ye let remaine of them shal be * prickes in your eies and thornes in your sides shal vexe you in the land wherein ye dwel 56 Moreouer it shal come to passe that I shal do vnto you as I thoght to do vnto them CHAP. XXXIIII The coactes and borders of the land of Canáan 〈◊〉 Certeine men are assigned to deuide the land 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye come into the lād of Canaan this is the land that shal fal vn to your inheritance that is the land of Canaan with the coastes thereof 3 * And your Southquarter shal be from the wildernes of Zin to the borders of Edôm so that your Southquarter shal be from the salt Sea coast Eastward 4 And the border shal cōpasse you from the Southe to Maaleh-akrabbim and reache to Zin and go out from the Southe to Ka desh-barnea thence it shal stretch to Hazar-addar and go along to Azmôn 5 And the border shal compasse from Azmō vnto the riuer of Egypt and shal
house to the Name of the Lord my God 8 But the worde of the Lord came to me saying * Thou hast shed muche blood hast made great battels thou shalt not buylde an house vnto my Name for thou hast shed muche blood vpon the earth in my sight 9 Reholde a sonne is borne to thee which shal be a man of rest for I wil giue him rest from all his enemies round about therefore his name is Salomón and I wil send peace quietnes vpon Israél in his dayes 10 * He shal buylde an house for my Name and he shal be my sonne and I wil be his father I wil establish the throne of his kingdome vpon Israél for euer 11 Now therefore my sonne the Lord shal be with thee and thou shalt prosper and thou shalt buylde an house to the Lord thy God as he hathe spoken of thee 12 Onely the Lord giue thee wisdome vnderstāding and giue thee charge ouer Israél euen to kepe the Law of the Lord thy God 13 Then thou shalt prosper if thou take hede to obserue the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord cōmanded Mosés for Israél be strong and of good courage feare not ne ther be afraied 14 For beholde according to my pouertie ha ue I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundreth thousand talents of golde and a thousand thousand talents of siluer and of brasse and of yron passing weight for there was abundance I haue also prepared timbre and stone and thou maiest prouide more thereto 15 Moreouer thou hast workemen with thee ynough hewers of stone workemen for timbre and all men expert in euerie worke 16 Of golde of siluer and of brasse and of yron there is no nomber Vp therefore and be doing the Lord wil be with thee 17 Dauid also commanded all the princes of Israél to helpe Salomón his sonne saying 18 Is not the Lord your God with you and ha the giuen you rest on euerie side for he hathe giuen the inhabitants of the land into mine hand and the lands is subdued before the Lord and before his people 19 Now set your hearts and your soules to seke the Lord your God arise buylde the Sanctuarie of the Lord God to bring the 〈◊〉 of the couenant of the Lord and the holy vessels of GOD into the house buylt for the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XXIII 1 Dauid being olde ordeineth Salomon King 3 He causeth the Leuites to be nombred 4 And assigneth them to their offices 13 Aaron and his sonnes are for the hie Priests 14 The sonnes of Moses 1 SO when Dauid was olde and ful of daies * he made Salomón his sonne King ouer Israél 2 And he gathered together all the princes of Israél with the Priests and the Leuites 3 And the Leuites were nombred frō the age of thirtie yere and aboue and their nomber according to their summe was eight and thir tie thousand men 4 Or these foure and twentie thousand were set to aduance the worke of the house of the Lord and six thousand were ouerseers iudges 5 And foure thousand were porters foure thousand praised the Lord with instrumēts which he made to praise the Lord. 6 * So Dauid deuided offices vnto them to wit to the sonnes of Leui to * Gershón Ko háth and Merari 7 Of the Gershonites were Laadān and Shimei 8 The sonnes of Laadán the chief was Iehiél and Zethám and Ioél thre 9 The sonnes of Shimei Shelomith Haziél and Haram thre these were the chief fathers of Laadán 10 Also the sonnes of Shimei were Iáhath Ziná Ieúsh and Beriáh these foure were the sonnes of Shimei 11 And Iáhath was the chief and Zizáh the seconde but Ieúsh and Beriáh had not many 〈◊〉 therefore they were in the families of their father counted but as one 12 ¶ The sonnes of Koháth were Amrám Izhár Hebrón and Vzziél foure 13 * The sonnes of Amrám Aarōn and Mosés and Aarōn was separated to sanctifie the moste holy place he and his sonnes foreuer to burne incēse before the Lord to minister to him and to 〈◊〉 in his Name for euer 14 ¶ Mosés also the man of God and his children werenamed with the tribe of Leui 15 The sonnes of Moses were Gershóm and Eliézer 16 Of the sonnes of * Gershóm was Shebuél the chief 17 And the sonne of Eliézer was Rehabiāh the chief for Eliézer had none other sonnes but the sonnes of Rehabiáh were very many 18 The sonne of Izhár was Shelomith the chief 19 The sonnes of Hebrōn were Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the third and Iekamiám the fourt 20 The sonnes of Vzziél were Micháh the first and Isshiáh the seconde 21 ¶ The sonnes of Merari were Mahli and Mushi The sonnes of Mahli Eleazár and Kish 22 And Eleazár dyed and had no sonnes but daughters and their brethren the sonnesof Kish toke them 23 The sonnes of Mushî were Mahli Edér and 〈◊〉 thre 24 These were the sonnes of Leui according to the house of their fathers euen the chief fathers according to their offices according to the nomber of names and their summe that did the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord from the age of twenty yeres and aboue 25 For Dauid said The Lord God of Israél hath giuen rest vnto his people that they may dwelin Ierusalém for euer 26 And also the Leuites shal nomore beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels for the seruice thereof 27 Therefore according to the last wordes of Dauid the Leuites were nombred frō twētie yere and aboue 28 And their office was vnder the hād of the sonnes of Aaron for the seruice of the house of the Lord in the courtes and chambers in the purifying of all holy things and in the worke of the seruice of the house of God 29 Bothe for the shewe bread and for the fine sloure for the meat offring and for the vnleauened cakes and for the fryed things and for that which was rosted and for all measures and cise 30 And for to stand euerie morning to giue thankes and to praise the Lord and like wise at euen 31 And to offer all burnt offrings vnto the Lord in the Sabbaths in the moneths and at the appointed times according to the nomber according to their custome continnally before the Lord 32 And that they shulde kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the charge of the holie place and the charge of the sonnes of Aaron their brethren in the ser uice of the house of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII Dauid assigneth offices vnto the sonnes of Aarón 1 THese are also the * diuisions of the sonnes of Aarón The sonnes of Aarón were Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 2 But Nadáb and Abihú dyed before their father
had no children therefore Eleazar and Ithamár executed the Priests office 3 And Dauid distributed them euen Zadok of the sonnes of Eleazár and Ahimélech of the sonnes of Ithamár according to their offices in their ministration 4 And there were found mo of the sonnes of Eleazár by the nomber of men then of the sonnes of i th amár and they deuided them to wit amōg the sonnes of Eleazár sixtene heades according to the housholde of their fathers and among the sonnes of Ithamár according to the housholde of their fathers eight 5 Thus they distributed them by lot the one from the other and so the rulers of the Sanctuarie and the rulers of the house of God were of the sonnes of Eleazar and of the sonnes of Ithamār 6 And Shemaiáh the sonne of Nethaneél the scribe of the Leuites wrote them before the King and the princes and Zadók the Priest and Ahimelech the sonne of Abiathát and before the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites one familie being reserued for Eleazár and another reserued for Ithamár 7 And the first lot fel to Iehoiarib and the second to Iedaiáh 8 The third to Harim the fourt to Seorim 9 The fift to 〈◊〉 the sixt to Miiamin 10 The seuent to Hakkóz the eight to Abiiáh 11 The ninte to Ieshúa the ten to She caniáh 12 The eleuent to Eliáshib the twelft to Iakim 13 The thirtente to Huppáh the fourtene to Ieshebeáb 14 The fiftene to Bilgáh the sixtente to Immér 15 The seuentente to Hezir the eightene to Happizzér 16 The ninetente to Pethahiáh the twentieth to Iehezek el 17 The one and twentie to Iachin the two and twentie to Gamúl 18 The thre and twentie to Deliāh the foure and twentie to Maaziáh 19 These were their ordres according to their offices when they entred into the house of the Lord according to their custome vnder the hand of Aaron their father as the Lord God of Israél had comman ded him 20 ¶ And of the sonnes of Leui that remained of the sonnes of Amrám was Shubaél of the sonnes of Shubaél Iedeiáh 21 Of Rehabiáh euen of the sonnes of Rehabiah the first Isshiiah 22 Of Izhari Shelomóth of the sonnes of She Iomóth Iahath 23 And his sonnes Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the thirde and Iekameám the fourt 24 The sonne of Vzziél was Micháh the son ne of Micháh was Shamir 25 The brother of Micháh was Isshiiáh the sonne of Isshiiáh Zechariáh 26 The sonnes of Merari were Mahli Mushi the sonne of Iaaziiah was Benō 27 The sonnes of Merari of Iahaziah were Benó and Shóham and Zaccur and Ibri 28 Of Mahli came Eleazar whiche had no sonnes 29 Of Kish the sonne of Kish was Ierahmeél 30 And the sonnes of Mushi were Mahli and Edér and Ierimóth these were sonnes of the Leuites after the housholde of their fa thers 31 And these also cast lottes with their brethrē the sonnes of Aarón before King Dauid and Zadōk and Ahimélech and the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites euen the chief of the families against their yōger brethren CHAP. XXV The singers are appointed with their places lottes 1 SO Dauid and the captaines of the armie separated for the ministerie the sonnes of Asaph and Hemā and Ieduthún who shulde sing prophecies with harpes with violes and with cymbales and their nomber was euen of the men for the office of their ministerie to wit 2 Of the sonnes of Asaph Zaccûr and Ioséph and Nethaniah and Asharélah the sonnes of Asaph were vnder the hād of Asaph which sang prophecies by the commission of the King 3 Of Ieduthûn the sonnes of Ieduthún Gedaliah and Zeri and Ieshaiah Ashabiah and Mattithiah six vnder the hands of their father Ieduthún 〈◊〉 prophecies with an harpe for to giue thankes and to praise the Lord. 4 Of Heman the sonnes of Heman Bukkiah Mattaniah Vzziél Shebuél and Ierimóth Hananiah Hanani Eliathah Giddalti Romamti-ézer Ioshbekashah Mallóthi Hothir and Mahazióth 5 All these were the sonne of Hemán the Kings Seer in the wordes of God to lift vp the 〈◊〉 and God gaue to Hemán fourtene son nes and thre daughters 6 All these were vnder the hand of their father singing in the house of the Lord with cymbales violes and harpes for the seruice of the house of God and Asáph Ieduthún and Hemán were at the Kings commande ment 7 So was their nomber with their brethrē that were instruct in the songs of the Lord euē of all that were conning two hūdreth foure score and eight 8 And thei castlottes charge against charge aswel small as great the cunning man as the scholer 9 And the first lot fell to Ioséph which was of Asáph the secōde to Gedaliáh who with his brethren and his sonnes were twelue 10 The third to Zaccúr he his sonnes and his brethren were twelue 11 The fourte to Izri he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 12 The fift to Netaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 13 The sixt to Bukkiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 14 The seuent to Iesharéláh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 15 The eight to Ieshaiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 16 The nint to Mattaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 17 The tent to Shimei he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 18 The eleuent to Azaréel he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 19 The twelft to Ashabiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 20 The thirtene to Shubaél he his sonnes his brethren twelue 21 The fourtent to Mattithiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 22 The fiftent to Ierimóth he his sonnes his brethren twelue 23 The sixtente to Hananiáh he his sonnes his brethren twelue 24 The seuentente to Ioshbekáshah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 25 The eightente to Hanani he his sonnes his brethren twelue 26 The ninetente to Mallóthi he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 27 The twentieth to Eliáthah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 28 The one and twentieth to Hothir he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 29 The two and twentieth to Giddálti he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 30 The thre and twentieth to Mahazioth he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 31 The foure and twentieth to Romámtiézer he his sonnes and his brethren twelue CHAP. XXVI 1 The porters of the Tēple are ordeined euerie man to the gate which he shulde kepe 20 And ouer the treasure 1 COncerning the dinisions of the porters of the Kothites Meshelemiáh the sonne of Koré of the sonnes of Asáph 2 And 〈◊〉 sonnes of Meshelemiáh Zechariáh the eldest Iediaél the seconde Zebadiáh the third Iathniél the fourt 3 Elám the fift Iehohanán the sixt and Elichoenái the seuent 4 And of the sōnes of Obéd Edōm Shemaiáh the eldest Iehozabád the seconde Ioáh the third and
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
the Lord. 18 The Lord hathe chastened me sore but he hathe not deliuered me to death 19 Open ye vnto me the gates of righteousnes that I maye go in to them and praise the Lord. 20 This is the gate of the Lord the righteous shal entre into it 21 I wil praise thee for thou hast heard me and hast bene my deliuerance 22 * The stone which the buylders refused is the head of the corner 23 This was the Lords doing and it is maruelous in our eyes 24 This is the daye whiche the Lord hathe made let vs reioyce and be glad in it 25 O Lord I praye thee saue now ô Lord I praye thee now giue prosperitie 26 Blessed be he that cometh in the Name of the Lord we haue blessed you out of the house of the Lord. 27 The Lord is mightie and hathe giuen vs light binde the sacrifice with cordes vnto the hornes of the altar 28 Thou art my God I wil praise thee euē my God therefore I wil exalt thee 29 Praise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXIX 1 The Prophet exhorteth the children of God to frame their liues according to his holie worde 12 Also he sheweth wherein the true seruice of God standeth that is whē we serue him according to his worde not after our one fantasies ALEPH. 1 BLessed are those that are vpright in their waye and walke in the Lawe of the Lord. 2 Blessed are they that kepe his testimonies and seke him with their whole heart 3 Surely they worke none iniquitie that walke in his wayes 4 Thou hast commanded to kepe thy precepts diligently 5 Oh that my wayes were directed to kepe thy statutes 6 Then shulde I not be confounded when I haue respect vnto all thy commandements 7 I wil praise thee with an vpright heart when I shal learne the iudgements of thy righteousnes 8 I wil kepe thy statutes for sake me not ouer long BETH 9 Where with shal a yong man redresse his waye in taking hede thereto according to thy worde 10 With my whole heart haue I soght thee let me not wander from thy commandements 11 I haue hid thy promes in mine heart that I might not sinne against thee 12 Blessed art thou ô Lord teache me thy statu tes 13 With my lippes haue I declared all the iudgements of thy mouth 14 I haue had as great delite in the waie of thy testimonies as in all riches 15 I wil meditate in thy precepts and consider thy wayes 16 I wil delite in thy statutes and I wil not for get thy worde GIMEL 17 Be benificial vnto thy seruant that I maye liue and kepe thy worde 18 Open mine eyes that I may se the wonders of thy Law 19 I am a stranger vpon earth hide not thy commandements from me 20 Mine heart breaketh for thy desire to thy iudgements alwaie 21 Thou hast destroied the proude cursed are they that do erre from thy commandement 22 Remoue from me shame and contempt for I haue kept thy testimonies 23 Princes also did sit ād speake against me but thy seruant did meditate in thy statutes 24 Also thy testimonies are my delite ād my counselers DALETH 25 My soule cleaueth to the dust quicken me according to thy worde 26 I haue declared my waies and thou heardest me teache me thy statutes 27 Make me to vnderstand the waie of thy pre cepts and I wil meditate in the wonderous workes 28 My soule melteth for heauines raise me vp according vnto thy worde 29 Take from me the 〈◊〉 waie of lying and grant me graciously thy Law 30 I haue chosen the waie of trueth and thy iudgements haue I laied before me 31 I haue cleaued to thy testimonies ô Lord confounde me not 32 I wil runne the waie of thy cōmandements when thou shalt enlarge mine heart HE. 33 Teache me ô Lorde the waie of thy statutes and I wil kepe it vnto the end 34 Giue me vnderstanding and I wil kepe thy Law yea I wil kepe it with my whole heart 35 Direct me in the path of thy commandements for therein is my delite 36 Incline myne heart vnto thy testimonies and not to couetousnes 37 Turne awaie mine eyes from regarding va nitie and quicken me in thy waie 38 Stablish thy promes to thy seruant because he feareth thee 39 Take awaie my rebuke that I feare for thy iudgements are good 40 Beholde I desire thy commaundements quicken me in thy righteousnes VAV 41 And let thy louyng kindenes come vnto me o Lord and thy saluacion according to thy promes 42 So shal I make answere vnto my blasphemers for I trust in thy worde 43 And take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth for I wait for thy iudgements 44 So shall I alwaie kepe thy Lawe for euer and euer 45 And I wil walke at libertie for I seke thy precepts 46 I will speake also of thy testimonie before Kings and wil not be ashamed 47 And my delite shal be in thy commandements which I haue loued 48 Mine hands also wil I lift vp vnto thy commandements whiche I haue loued and I will meditate in thy statutes ZAIN 49 Remembre the promes made to thy seruant wherein thou hast caused me to trust 50 It is my comfort in my trouble for thy promes hathe quickened me 51 The proud haue had me excedingly in deri sion yet haue I not declined from thy Law 52 I remembred thy iudgementes of olde o Lord and haue bene comforted 53 Feare is come vpō me for the wicked that forsake thy Law 54 Thy statutes haue bene my songs in thy hou se of my pilgrimage 55 I haue remembred thy Name o Lord in the night and haue kept thy Law 56 This I had because I kept thy precepts CHETH 57 O Lord that art my porcion I haue deter mined to kepe thy wordes 58 I made my supplicatiō in thy presence with my whole heart be merciful vnto me accor ding to thy promes 59 I haue considered my waies ād turned my fete into thy testimonies 60 I made haste and delayed not to kepe thy commandements 61 The bands of the wicked haue robbed me but I haue not forgotten thy Law 62 At midnight wil I rise to giue thankes vnto thee because of thy righteous iudgements 63 I am companiō of all them that 〈◊〉 thee and kepe thy precepts 64 The earth o Lord is full of thy mercie teache me thy statutes TETH 65 O Lord thou hast delt graciously with thy seruant according vnto thy worde 66 Teache me good iudgemēt and knowledge for I haue beleued thy commandements 67 Before I was afflicted I went astraye but now I kepe
light and cryed for I waited on thy worde 148 Mine eyes preuent the night watches to meditate in thy worde 149 Heare my voice according to thy louing kindenes ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgement 150 They drawe nere that followe after malice and are farre from thy Law 151 Thou art nere ô Lord for all thy commande ments are true 152 I haue knowen long since by thy testimo nies that thou hast established them for euer RESH 153 Beholde mine afflictiō and deliuer me for I haue not forgotten thy Law 154 Pleade my cause and deliuer me quicken me according vnto thy worde 155 Saluacion is farre from the wicked becau se they seke not thy statutes 156 Great are thy tender mercies ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgements 157 My persecutours and mine oppressours are manie yet do I not 〈◊〉 from thy te stimonies 158 I sawe the transgressours and was grieued because they kept not thy worde 159 Consider ô Lord how I loue thy precepts quicken me according to thy louing kindenes 160 The beginning of thy worde is trueth and all the iudgements of thy righteousnes endure for euer SCHIN 161 Princes haue persecuted me without cause but mine heart stode in awe of thy wordes 162 I reioyce at thy worde as one that findeth a great spoile 163 I hate falsehode and abhorre it but thy Lawe do I loue 164 Seuen times a daie do I praise thee because of thy righteous iudgements 165 They that loue thy Law shal haue great prosperitie and they shal haue none hurt 166 Lord haue trusted in thy saluacion and haue done thy commandements 167 My soule hathe kept thy testimonies for I loue them excedingly 168 I haue kept thy precepts and thy testimonies for all my waies are before thee TAV 169 Let my cōplaint come before thee ô Lord and giue me vnderstanding according vn to thy worde 170 Let my supplicatiō come before thee deliuer me according to thy promes 171 My lippes shal speake praise when thou hast taught me thy statutes 172 My tongue shal in treate of thy worde for all thy commandements are righteous 173 Let thine hand helpe me for I haue chosen thy precepts 174 I haue longed for thy saluacion ô Lord thy Law is my delite 175 Let my soule liue and it shal praise thee and thy iudgements shal helpe me 176 I haue gone astraye like a lost shepe seke thy seruant for i do not forget thy commandements PSAL. CXX 1 The prayer of Dauid being vexed by the false reportes of Sauls flatterers 5 And therefore he lamenteth his long abode among those infideles 7 who were giuen to all kinde of wickednes and contention ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Called vnto the Lord in my trouble and he heard me 2 Deliuer my soule ô Lord from lying lippes and from a deceitful tongue 3 What doeth thy deceitful tongue bring vnto thee or what doeth it auaile thee 4 It is as the sharpe arrowes of a mightie man and as the coles of iuniper 5 Wo is to me that I remaine in Méshech dwell in the tentes of Kedár 6 My 〈◊〉 hathe to long dwelt with him that hateth peace 7 I seke peace and whē I speake thereof they are bent to warre PSAL. CXXI 2 This Psalme teacheth that the faithful ought onely to loke for helpe at God 7 VVho onely doeth mainteine preserue and prosper his Church ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Wil lift mine eyes vnto the mountaines from whence mine helpe shal come 2 Mine helpe commeth frō the Lord which hathe made the heauen and the earth 3 He wil not suffer thy fore to slippe for he that kepeth thee wil not slumber 4 Beholde he that kepeth Israél wil nether slumber nor slepe 5 The Lord is thy keper the Lord is thy shadowe at thy right hand 6 The sunne shal not smite thee by daie nor the moone by night 7 The Lord shal preserue thee from all euil he shal kepe thy soule 8 The Lord shal preserue thy going out and thy 〈◊〉 in from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXII 1 Dauid reioyceth in the name of the faithful that God hathe accomplished his promes and placed his Arke in Zión 5 For the which he giueth thankes 8 And praieth for the prosperitie of the Church ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 I Reioyced when they said to me We wil go into the house of the Lord. 2 Our fete shal stand in thy gates ô Ierusalém 3 Ierusalém is buylded as a citie that is compact together in it self 4 Whereunto the tribes euen the tribes of the Lord go vp according to the testimonie to Israél to praise the Name of the Lord. 5 For there are thrones set for iudgement euen the thrones of the house of Dauid 6 Praise for the peace of Ierusalém let thē pro sper that loue thee 7 Peace be within thy walles and prosperitie within thy palaces 8 For my brethren and neighbours sakes I wil wish thee now prosperitie 9 Because of the House of the Lord our God I wil procure thy welth PSAL. CXXIII 1 A praier of the faithful which were afflicted ether in Babylō or vnder Antiochus by the wicked worldelings and contemners of God ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Lift vp mine eyes to thee that dwellest in the heauens 2 Beholde as the eyes of seruants loke vnto the hand of their masters and as the eyes of a maiden vnto the hād of her mastres so our eyes waite vpon the Lord our God vntil he haue mercie vpon vs. 3 Haue mercie vpon vs ô Lord haue mercie vpon vs for we haue suffred to muche contempt 4 Our soule is filled to ful of the mocking of the welthie and of the despitefulnes of the proude PSAL. CXXIIII 2 The people of God escaping a great peril do acknowledge them selues to be deliuered not by their owne force but by the power of God 4 They declare the greatnes of the peril 6 And praise the Name of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 IF the Lord had not bene on our side maie Israél now say 2 If the Lord had not bene on our side when men rose vp against vs 3 They had then swallowed vs vp quicke when their wrath was kindled against vs. 4 Then the waters had drowned vs and the streame had gone ouer our soule 5 Then had the swelling waters gone ouer our soule 6 Praised be the Lord which hathe not giuē vs as a praye vnto their teeth 7 Our soule is escaped euen as a birde out of the snare of the foulers the snare is broken and we are deliuered 8 Our helpe is in the Name of the Lord which hathe made heauen and earth PSAL. CXXV
surely first taketh away such impedimentes as might iustely ether hurt let or difforme the worke so is it necessarie that your graces zeale appeare herein that nether the craftie persuasion of man nether worldly policie or naturall feare dissuade you to roote out cut downe and destroy these wedes and impedimentes whiche do not onely deface your building but vtterly indeuour yea and threaten the ruine thereof For when the noble Iosias entreprised the like kinde of worke among other notable and many things he destroyed not onely with vtter confusion the idoles with their appertināces but also burnt in signe of detestation the idolatrous priests bones vpon their altars and put to death the 〈◊〉 prophetes and sorcerers to performe the wordes of the Lawe of God and therfore the Lord gaue him good successe and blessed him wonderfully so long as he made Gods worde his line and rule to followe and enterprised nothyng before he had inquired at the mouth of the Lord. And if these zealous beginning seme dangerous and to brede disquietnes in your dominions yet by the storie of Kyng Asa it is manifest that the quietnes and peace of kingdomes standeth in the vtter abolishing of idolatrie and in aduancing of true religion for in his dayes Iudah lyued in rest and quietnes for the space of fyue and thirtie yere till at length he began to be colde in the zeale of the Lord feared the power of man imprisoned the Prophet of God and oppressed the people then the Lord sent hym warres and at length toke hym away by death Wherefore great wisdome not worldelie but heauenly is here required whiche your grace must earnestly craue of the Lord as did Salomon to whome God gaue an vnderstandyng heart to iudge his people a right and to discerne betwene good and bad For if God for the furnishing of the olde temple gaue the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstanding to them that shulde be the workemen thereof as to Bezaleel Aholiab and Hiram how muche more will he indewe your grace and other godly princes and chefe gouernours with a principall Spirit that you may procure and commande things necessarie for this moste holy Temple forese and take hede of things that might hinder it and abolish and destroy whatsoeuer might 〈◊〉 and ouerthrowe the same Moreouer the maruelous diligence zeale of Iehoshaphat Iosiah and Hezekiah are by the singuler prouidence of God left as an example to al godly rulers to reforme their countreys and to establish the worde of God with all spede lest the wrath of the Lord fall vpon them for the neglecting thereof For these excellent Kings did not onely imbrace the worde promptely and ioyfully but also procured earnestly and commanded the same to be taught preached and mainteyned through all their countreys and dominions byding them and all their subjectes bothe great and smale with solemne protestations and couenantes before GOD to obey the worde and to walke after the waies of the Lord. Yea and in the daies of Kyng Asa it was enacted that whosoeuer wolde not seke the Lord God of Israel shulde be slayne whether he were smale or great man or woman And for the establishing hereof and performance of this solem ne othe aswel Priests as Iudges were appointed and placed through all the cities of Iudah to instruct the people in the true knollage and feare of God and to minister iustice accordyng to the worde knowing that except God by his worde dyd reigne in the heartes and soules all mans diligence and indeuors were of none effect for without this worde we can not discerne betwene iustice and iniurie protection and oppression wisdome and foolishnes knollage and ignorance good and euill Therefore the Lord who is the chefe gouernour of his Churche willeth that nothyng be attempted before we haue inquired thereof at his mouth For seing he is our God of duetie we must giue him this preeminence that of our selues we entreprise nothing but that whiche he hath appointed who onely knoweth all things and gouerneth them as may best serue to his glorie and our saluation We ought not therefore to preuent hym or do any thing without his worde but assone as he hath reuciled his will immediately to put it in execution Now as concernyng the maner of this building it is not accordyng to man nor after the wisdome of the flesh but of the Spirit and according to the worde of God whose wais are diuers from mans wais For if it was not lawfull for Moses to builde the material Tabernacle after any other sorte then God had shewed him by a patern nether to prescribe any other ceremonies and lawes then suche as the Lord had expresly commanded how can it be lawfull to procede in this spiritual building any other waies then 〈◊〉 Christ the Sonne of God who is bothe the fundacion head and chief corner stone thereof hathe commanded by his worde And for asmuche as he hath established and left an order in his Churche for the buildyng vp of his body appoictyng some to be Apostles some Prophetes others Euangelistes some pastors and teachers he signifieth that euery one accordyng as he is placed in this body whiche is the Churche ought to inquire of his ministres concernyng the will of the Lord 〈◊〉 is reueiled in his worde For they are saieth Ieremiah as the mouth of the Lord yea he promiseth to be with their mouth and that their lippes shall kepe knollage and that the trueth and the law shal be in their mouth For it is their office chefely to vnderstand the Scriptures and teache them For this cause the people of Israell in matters of difficultie vsed to aske the Lord ether by the Prophets or by the meanes of the hie Priest who bare Vrim Thummin which were tokens of light and knollage of holines perfection which shulde be in the hie Priest Therfore when Iehoshap hat toke this order in the Churche of Israel he appointed Amariah to be the chief concernyng the worde of God because he was moste expert in the Lawe of the Lorde and colde gyue counsel and gouerne accordyng vnto the same Els there is no degre or office which may haue that autoritie and priuiledge to decise concerning Gods worde excepte with all he hath the Spirit of God and sufficient knollage and iudgement to define according thereunto And as euery one is indued of God with greater giftes so ought he to be herein chefely heard or at least that without the expresse worde none be heard for he that hathe not the worde speaketh not by the mouthe of the Lord. Agayne what daunger it is to do any thynge seme it neuer so godly or necessarie without consultyng with Goddes mouth the examples of the Israelites deceiued hereby through the Gibeonites and of Saul whose
vnto him and diuided them in the middes and laied euerie pece one against an other but the birdes diuided he not 11 Then foules fel on the carkases Abrám droue them awaie 12 And when the sunne went downe there fel an heauei slepe vpon Abrâm and lo a verie feareful darcknes fel vpon him 13 Then he said to Abrám * Knowe this of a suretie that thy sede shall be a stranger in a land that is not theirs foure hundreth yeres and shal serue them and they shall entreate them euill 14 Not withstanding the nacion whome they shal serue wil I iudge afterward shal they come out with great substance 15 But thou shalt go vnto thy fathers in peace and shalt be buryed in a good age 16 And in the fourthe generacion they shall come hether againe for the wickednes of the Amorites is not yet ful 17 Also when the sunne went downe there was a darckenes and beholde a smoking furnace and a fire brande whiche went betwene those peces 18 * In that same day the Lord made a coueuant with Abrám saying Vnto thy sede haue I giuen this land * from the riuer of Egipt vnto the great riuer the riuer Euphrates 19 The Kenites and the Kenizites and the Kadmonites 20 And the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Repahîms 21 The Amorites also and the Canaanites and the Girgashites and the Iebusites CHAP. XVI 1 Sarái being barren giueth Hagár to Abrám 4 Whiche conceiueth despiseth her dame 6 And being il hande led fleeth 7 The Angel comforteth her 11. 12 The name and maners of her sonne 13 She calleth vpon the Lord whome she findeth true 1 NOw Sarái Abrams wife bare him no children she had a maide an Egiptian Hagār by name 2 And Sarái said vnto Abrám Beholde now the Lord hathe restrayned me from childe bearing I pray thee go in vnto my maide it may be that I shall receiue a childe by her And Abram obeied the voice of Sarái 3 Then Sarái Abrams wife toke Hagár her maide the Egyptian after Abrám had dwelled ten yere in the land of Canáan and gaue her to her housband Abrám for his wife 4 ¶ And he went in vnto Hagár and she conceiued and when she sawe that she had con ceiued her dame was despised in her eies 5 Then Sarái said to Abrám Thou doest me wrong I haue giuen my maide into thy bosome and she seeth that she hath conceiued and I am despised in her eies the Lord iudge betwene me and thee 6 Then Abrám said to Sarâi Beholde thy maide is in thine hand do with her as it pleaseth thee Then Sarái delt roughly with her wherefore she fled from her 7 ¶ But the Angel of the Lord founde her beside a fountaine of water in the wildernes by the fountaine in the way to Shur 8 And he said Hagár Sarais maide whence comest thou and whether wilt thou go And she said I flee from my dame Sarâi 9 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the Lord said to her Returne to thy dame and humble thy self vn der her handes 10 Againe the Angel of the Lord said vnto her I wil so greatly encrease thy sede that it shal not be nombred for multitude 11 Also the Angel of the Lord said vnto her Se thou art with childe and shalt beare a sonne and shalt cal his name Ishma-él for the Lord hathe heard thy tribulation 12 And he shal be a wilde man his hand shal be against euerie man euerie mans hand against him * and he shall dwell in the presence of all his brethren 13 Then she called the name of the Lord that spake vnto her Thou God lokest on me for she said Haue I not also here loked after him that seeth me 14 * Wherefore the well was called Beér-la hai-roi lo it is betwene Kadésh and Béred 15 ¶ And Hagárbare Abrám a sonne Abrám called his sonnes name whiche Hagár bare Ishmaél 16 And Abrám was foure score and sixe yere olde when Hagár bare him Ishmaél CHAP. XVII 5 Abrams name is changed to confirme him in the promes 8 The land of Canáan is the fift time promised 12 Circumcision is instituted 15 Sarái is named Saráh 18 Abraham prayeth for Ishmaél 19 Izhak is promised 1 WHen Abrám was ninety yere olde and nine the Lorde appeared to Abrám and said vnto hym I am GOD all sufficient * walke before me and be thou vpright 2 And I will make my couenant betwene me and thee and I will multiply thee exceadingly 3 Then Abrám felon his face and God talked with hym saying 4 Beholde I make my couenant with thee thou shalt be a father of manie nacions 5 Nether shall thy name anie more be called Abrám but thy name shal be Abrahám * for a father of manie nacions haue I made thee 6 Also I wil make thee exceading fruteful ād wil make nacions of thee yea Kings shal procede of thee 7 Moreouer I wil establish my couenant betwene me and thee and thy sede after thee in their generacions for an * euerlasting coue nant to be God vnto thee and to thy sede after thee 8 And I wil giue thee and thy sede after thee the land wherein thou art a stranger euen al the land of Canáan for an euerlasting posses sion and I wil be their God 9 ¶ Againe God said vnto Abrahám Thou also shalt kepe my couenant thou and thy sede after thee in their generacions 10 This is my couenant which ye shal kepe betwene me and you and thy sede after thee * Let euerie man childe among you be circumcised 11 That is ye shal circumcise the foreskin of your flesh and it shal be a * signe of the couenant betwene me and you 12 And euerie man childe of eight daies olde among you shal be circumcised in your generacions aswel he that is borne in thine house as he that is boght with money of any stranger which is not of thy sede 13 He that is borne in thine house and he that is boght with thy money must nedes be circumcised so my couenant shal be in your flesh for an euerlasting couenant 14 But the vn circumcised man childe in who se slesh the foreskinne is not circumcised euen that personne shal be cut of from his people because he hathe broken my couenant 15 ¶ After ward God said vnto Abrahám Sarai thy wife shalt thou not call Sarâi but Saráh shal be her name 16 And I wil blesse her and wil also giue thee a sonne of her yea I wil blesse her and she shal be the mother of nations Kings also of people shal come of her 17 Then Abrahám fel vpon his face and laughed and said in his heart Shal a childe be borne vnto him that is an hundreth
he set him vpon the best charet that he had saue one they cryed before him Abréch placed him ouer al the lād of Egipt 44 Againe Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph I am Pha raóh without thee shal no man lift vp his hand or his fote in al the land of Egypt 45 And Pharaóh called Iosephs name Zaphnáth-paaneáh and he gaue hym to wife Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On then went Ioséph abroad in the land of Egypt 46 ¶ And Ioséph was thirty yere olde whē he stode before Pharaóh Kyng of Egypt and Ioséph departing from the presence of Pharaóh went through out all the land of Egypt 47 And in the seuen plenteous yeres the earth broght forthe store 48 And he gathered vp al the fode of the seuē plenteous yeres whiche were in the land of Egypt and layed vp fode in the cities the fode of the field that was rounde about eue ry citie layed he vp in the same 49 So Ioséph gathered wheat like vnto the sand of the sea in multitude out of measure vntil he left nombring for it was 〈◊〉 nombre 50 Now vnto Ioséph were borne* two sonnes before the yeres of famine came whiche Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On bare vnto hym 51 And Ioséph called the name of the first borne Manasseh for God said he hathe made me forget all my labour and all my fathers housholde 52 Also he called the name of the seconde Ephráim for God said he hath made me fru teful in the land of mine affliction 53 ¶ So the seuen yeres of the plentie that was in the land of Egypt were ended 54 * Then began the seuen yeres of famine to come accordyng as Ioséph had said and the famine was in al landes but in all the land of Egypt was bread 55 At the length al the land of Egypt was affamished ād the people cryed to Pharaóh for bread And Pharaóh said vnto all the Egyptians Go to Ioséph whathe saith to you do ye 56 When the famine was vpon all the land Ioséph opened all places wherein the store was and solde vnto the Egyptians for the fa mine waxed sore in the land of Egypt 57 And all countreis came to Egyptto bye corne of Ioséph because the famine was sore in all landes CHAP. XLII 3 Iosephs brethren come into Egypt to bye corhe 7 He knoweth them and tryeth them 24. 25. Simeón is put in prison 26 The other returne to their father to fet Beniamin 1 THen Iaakób sawe that there was fode in Egypt and Iaakób said vnto his sonnes Why gaze ye one vpon another 2 And he said Behold I haue heard that there is fode in Egypt * Get you downe thether and bye vs fode thence that we may liue and not dye 3 ¶ So went Iosephs ten brethren downe to bye corne of the Egyptians 4 But Beniamin Iosephs brother wolde not Iaakób send with his brethren for he said Lest death shulde befall him 5 And the sonnes of Israél came to bye fode among thē that came for there was famine in the land of Canáan 6 Now Ioséph was gouerner of the land who solde to all the people of the land then Iosephs brethren came and bowed their face to the grounde before him 7 And whē Ioséph sawe his brethrē he kne we them and made him selfe strange toward them and spake to them roughly said vnto them Whence come ye Who answered Out of the land of Canáan to bye vitaile 8 Now Ioséph knewe his brethren but they knewe not him 9 And Ioséph remēbred the * dreames which he dreamed of them and he said vnto them Ye are spies and are come to se the weakenes of the land 10 But they said vnto him Nay my Lord but to bye vitaile thy seruantes are come 11 We are al one mans sonnes we meane trnely and thy seruantes are no spies 12 But he said vnto them Nay but ye are come to sethe weakenes of the land 13 And they said We thy seruantes are twelue brethren the sonnes of one man in the land of Canáan and beholde the yongest is this day with our father and one is not 14 〈◊〉 Ioséph said vnto thē This is it that I spake vnto you saying Ye are spies 15 Hereby ye shal be proued by the life of Pharaóh ye shal not go hence except your yongest brother come hether 16 Send one of you whiche may fet your brother and ye shal be kept in prison that your wordes may be proued whether there be trueth in you or els by the life of Pharaóh ye are but spies 17 So he put them in warde thre dayes 18 Then Ioséph said vnto them the third day This do and liue for I feare God 19 If ye be true men let one of your brethren be bounde in your prison house and go ye carie fode for the famine of your houses 20 * But bring your yonger brother vnto me that your wordes may be tried and that ye die not and they did so 21 ¶ And they said one to an other We haue verely sinned against our brother in that we sawe the 〈◊〉 of his soule when he besoght vs we wolde not heare him therfore is this trouble come vpon vs 22 And Reubén answered thē saying Warned I not you saying * Sinne not against the child and ye wolde not heare and lo his blood is now required 23 And they were not aware that Ioséph vnderstode them for he spake vnto them by an interpreter 24 Then he turned from them and wept and turned to them againe and communed with them and 〈◊〉 Simeôn from among them and bounde him before their eyes 25 ¶ So Ioséph commanded that they shulde 〈◊〉 their sackes with wheat and put 〈◊〉 mans money againe in his sacke giue thē vitaile for the iourney and thus did he vnto them 26 And they laied their vitaile vpon their asses and departed thence 27 And as one of them opened his sacke for to giue his asse prouandre in the ynne he espied his money for lo it was in his sackes mouthe 28 Then he said vnto his brethren My money is restored for lo it is euen in my sacke And their hearts failed them they were astonished and said one to an other What is this that God hathe done vnto vs 29 ¶ And they came vnto Iaakób their father vnto the land of Canáan and tolde hym all that 〈◊〉 be fallen them saying 30 The man who is Lord of the land speake roughly to vs and put vs in prison as spies of the countrey 31 And we said vnto him We are true men and are not spies 32 We be twelue brethren 〈◊〉 of our father one is not and the yongest is this day with our father in the land of Canáan 33 Then the Lord of the countrey said vnto vs Hereby shal
of the middes of a bushe and he loked and beholde the bushe burned with fyre and the bushe was not consumed 3 Therefore Mosés sayd I wyll turne aside nowe and se this great sight why the bushe burneth not 4 And when the Lord sawe that he turned aside to se God called vnto hym out of the middes of the bushe and said Mosés Mosés And he answered I am here 5 Then he sayd Come not hither put thy shooes of thy fete for the place whereon thou standest is holy grounde 6 Moreouer he said * I am the God of thyfather the GOD of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the GOD of Iaakob Then Mosés hid hys face for he was afrayed to loke vppon God 7 ¶ Then the Lord sayd I haue surely sene the trouble of my people whiche are in Egypt and haue heard their crye because of their taske masters for I knowe their sorowes 8 Therefore I am come downe to deliuer them out of the hande of the Egyptians and to brynge them out of that lande into a good land and a large into a land that floweth with milke and hony euen into the place of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites ād the Hiuites and the Iebusites 9 And nowe lo the crye of the chyldren of Israél is come vnto me and I haue also sene the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them 10 Come now therefore and I will send thee vnto Pharaóh that thou maiest bring my peo ple the children of Israél out of Egypt 11 ¶ But Mosés said vnto God Who am I that I shulde go vnto Pharaóh and that I shulde bring the children of Israél out of Egypt 12 And he answered Certeinly I wil be with thee and this shal be a token vnto thee that I haue sent thee After that thou hast broght the people out of Egypt ye shal serue God vpon this Mountaine 13 Then Mosés said vnto God Behold whē I shall come vnto the children of Israél and shal say vnto them The God of your fathers hathe sent me vnto you if they say vnto me What is hys Name what aunswere shall giue them 24 And GOD aunswered Mosés I AM that I AM. Also he sayd Thus shalte thou saye vnto the chyldren of Israél I am hathe sent me vnto you 15 And God spake further vnto Mosés Thus shalte thou saye vnto the children of Israél The Lorde God of your fathers the God of Iaakób hathe sent me vnto you this is my Name for euer and this is my memorial vnto all ages 16 Go and gather the Elders of Israél together and thou shalt saye vnto them The LORD God of your fathers the God of Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób appeared vnto me and sayde I haue surely remembred you and that which is done to you in Egypt 17 Therefore I did saye I wyll bryng you out of the affliction of Egypte vnto the land of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites vnto a land that floweth with milke and hony 18 Then shal they obeye thy voyce and thou ād the Elders of Israél shal go vnto the King of Egypt and saye vnto hym The LORD praye the enowe therefore let vs go thre dayes iourney in the wildernes that we may sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 19 ¶ But I knowe that the Kyng of Egypt wil not let you go but by strong hand 20 Therefore wil I stretch out mine hand and smite Egypt with all my wonders whiche I will do in the middes thereof and after that shal he let you go 21 And I will make this people to be fauored of the Egyptians so that when ye go ye shal not go emptie 22 For euerie woman shall aske of her neigh bour and of her that soiourneth in her house iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and ye shal put them on your sonnes and on your daughters and shall spoile the Egyptians CHAP. IIII. 3 Moses rod is turned into a serpēt 6 His hād is leprous 9 The water of the riuer is turned into blood 14 Aaron is giuen to helpe Mosés 21 God hardeneth Pharaóh 25 His wife circumciseth her sonne 27 Aaron meteth with Mosés and they come to the Israelites and are beleued 1 THen Mosés aunswered and said But lo they wil not beleue me nor heark en vnto my voyce for they wilsay The Lorde hathe not appeared vnto thee 2 And the Lord said vnto him What is that in thine hand And he answered A rod. 3 Then said he Cast it on the grounde So he cast it on the grounde ād it was turned into a serpent and Mosés fled from it 4 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés Put for the thine hand and take it by the taile Then he put for the his hand and caught it and it was turned into a rod in his hand 5 Do thys that they may beleue that the Lord God of their fathers the God of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the God of Iaakób hathe appeared vnto thee 6 ¶ And the Lord said furthermore vnto him Thrust nowe thine hande into thy bosome And he thrust his hand into hys bosome and when he toke it out agayne beholde hys hand was leprous as snow 7 Moreouer he sayd Putthine hand into thy bosome agayne So he put his hand into hys bosome againe and pluckt it out of hys bosome and beholde it was turned agayne as his other flesh 8 So shal it be if they will not beleue thee nether obey the voyce of the firste signe yet shal they beleue for the voyce of the seconde signe 9 But if they will not yet beleue these two signes nether obey vnto thy voyce then shalt thou take of the water of the riuer and powre it vpon the drye lande so the water which thou shalt take out of the riuer shal be turned to blood vpon the drye land 10 ¶ But Mosés sayd vnto the Lorde Oh my Lord I am not eloquent nether at any time haue bene nor yet since thou haste spoken vnto thy seruaunt but I am slowe of speache and slow of tongue 11 Then the Lorde said vnto hym Who hathe giuen the mouth to man or who hathe made the domme or the deafe or hym that seeth or the blinde haue not I the Lord 12 Therefore go nowe and * I wyll be with thy mouth and will teache thee what thou shalt say 13 But he sayd Oh my Lorde send I pray thee by the hand of hym whome thou shuldest send 14 Then the Lorde was very angry with Mosés and said Do not I knowe Aarón thy bro ther the Leuite that he him self shal speak for lo he commeth also forthe to mete thee and when he seeth thee he wil be glad in his heart 15 Therefore thou shalt speake
vnto him and put these wordes in his mouth and I wil be with thy mouth and with his mouth and wilteache you what ye ought to do 16 And he shal be thy spokesman vnto the peo ple he shal be euē he shal be as thy mouth and thou shalt be to him as God 17 Moreouer thou shalt take this rod in thine hand where with thou shalt do miracles 18 ¶ Therefore Mosés went and returned to Iethró his father in lawe and sayd vnto him I pray thee let me go and returne to my brethren whiche are in Egypt and se whether they be yet aliue Then Iethró sayd to Mosés Go in peace 19 For the Lorde had said vnto Mosés in Midian Go returne to Egypt for they are all dead which went about to kil thee 20 Then Mosés toke his wife and his sonne and put them on an asse and returned to warde the land of Egypt and Mosés toke the rod of God in hys hand 21 And the LORD sayd vnto Mosés When thou art entred and come into Egypte agayne se that thou do al the wonders before Pharaoh whiche I haue put in thine hande but I wil harden his heart and he shall not let the people go 22 Then thou shalt say to Pharaóh Thus sayth the Lorde Israél is my sonne euen my first borne 23 Wherefore I say to thee Let my sonne go that he may serue me if thou refuse to let him go beholde I will slay thy sonne euen thy first borne 24 ¶ And as he was by the way in the ynne the Lord met him and wolde haue killed him 25 Then Zipporáh toke a sharpe knife and cut awaye the fore skinne of her sonne and cast it at his fete and sayd Thou art in dede a bloodie housband vnto me 26 So 〈◊〉 departed from hym Then she sayd O bloodye housband because of the circumcision 27 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd vnto Aaron Go mete Mosés in the wildernes And he went God of the Ebrewes hath met with vs we and met him in the Mount of God and kissed him 28 Then Mosés tolde Aarón all the wordes of the Lord who had sent him all the signes where with he charged him 29 ¶ So went Moses and Aaron and gathered all the Elders of the children of Israél 30 And Aarón tolde all the wordes which the Lord had spokenvnto Mosés and he did the miracles in the sight of the people 31 And the people beleued and when they heard that the Lord had visited the children of Israél and had loked vpon their tribulacion they bowed downe and worshipped CHAP. V. 1 Moses and Aaron do their message to Pharaoh who letteth not the people of Israel departe but oppresseth them more and more 20 They crye out vpō Moses and Aaron therefore and Moses complaineth to God 1 THen afterward Mosés and Aaron went ād said to Pharaóh Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Let my people go that they maie celebrate a feast vnto me in the wildernes 2 And Pharaóh said Who is the Lord that I shulde heare his voyce let Israél go I kno we not the Lord nether wil I let Israél go 3 And they said We worship the God of the Ebrewes we pray thee suffre vs to go thre daies iournei in the desert and to sacrifice vn to the Lord our God lest he bring vpon vs the pestilence or sworde 4 Then said the King of Egypt vnto them Mosés and Aarón why cause ye the people to cease from their workes get you to your burdens 5 Pharaóh said furthermore Beholde muche people is now in the land and ye make them leaue their burdens 6 Therefore Pharaoh gaue commandement the same day vnto the taske masters of the people and to their officers saying 7 Ye shal giue the people no more strawe to make bricke as in time past but let them go and gather them straw them selues 8 No withstanding lay vpon them the nombre of bricke which they made in time past diminish nothing thereof for they be idle therefore thei crye saying Let vs go to offre sacrifice vnto our God 9 Lay more worke vpon the men and cause them to do it and let them notregarde vaine wordes 10 ¶ Then went the taske masters of the people and their officers out and tolde the people saying Thus saith Pharaóh I wil giue you no more straw 11 Go your selues get you straw where ye can finde it yet shal nothing of your labour be diminished 12 Then were the people scatred abrode throughout all the land of Egypte for to gather stubble in stede of straw 13 And the taske masters hasted them saying Finish your dayes worke euerie dayes taske as ye did when ye had straw 14 And the officers of the children of Israéll which Pharaohs taske masters had set ouer them were beaten and demanded Wherefore haue ye not fulfilled your taske in making brick yesterday today as ī times past 15 ¶ Then the officers of the children of Israél came and cryed vnto Pharaóh saying Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy seruants 16 There is no straw giuen to thy seruants they say vnto vs Make bricke lo thy seruants are beaten and thy people is blamed 17 But he said Ye are to muche idle therefore ye say Let vs go to offre sacrifice to the Lord. 18 Go therefore now and worke for there shal no straw be giuē you yet shal ye deliuer the whole tale of bricke 19 Then the officers of the children of Israél sawe thē selues in an euil case because it was said Ye shal diminish nothing of your brick nor of euerie dayes taske 20 ¶ And they met Mosés and Aarón whiche stode in their way as they came out frome Pharaóh 21 To whome they said The Lordloke vpon you and iudge for ye haue made our sauour to * stincke before Pharaóh and before his seruants in that ye haue put a sworde in their hand to slay vs. 22 Wherefore Mosés returned to the Lord said Lord why hast thou afflicted this people wherefore hast thou thus sent me 23 For since I came to Pharaóh to speake in thy Name he hath vexed this people yet thou hast not deliuered thy people CHAP. VI. 3 God renueth his promes of the deliuerāce of the Israelites 9 Mosés speaketh to the Israelites but they beleue him not 10 Mosés And Aarō are sent againe to Pharaoh 14 The genealogie of Reubén Simeon and Leui of whome came Mosés and Aaron 1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés Now shalt thou se what I wil do vnto Pharaoh for by a strong hand shall he let them go and euen be constreined to driue them out of his land 2 Moreouer God spake vnto Mosés and said vnto him I am the Lord. 3 And I appeared vnto Abrahám to Izhák to laak ób by the Name of Almightie God
but by my Name Iehouáh was I not knowē vnto them 4 Furthermore as I made my couenant with them to giue them the land of Canáan the land of their pilgremage wherein they were strangers 5 So I haue also heard the groning of the chil dren of Israél whome the Egyptians kepe in bondage and haue remembred my couenant 6 Wherefore say thou vnto the children of Israél I am the Lorde and I wil bring you out from the burdens of the Egyptians and will deliuer you out of their bondage and wil redeme you in a stretched out arme in great iudgementes 7 Also I wil take you for my people and wil be your God then ye shall knowe that I the Lord your God bring you out from the bur dens of the Egyptians 8 And I wil bring you into the land whiche I sware that I wolde giue to Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaakôb and I wil giue it vnto you for a possession I am the Lord. 9 ¶ So Mosés tolde the children of Israél thus but thei heark ened not vnto Mosés for an guish of spirit and for cruel bondage 10 Then the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 11 Go speake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that he let the children of Israél go out of his lād 12 But Mosés spake before the Lorde saying Beholde the children of Israél hearken not vnto me how then shal Pharaóh heare me whiche am of vncircumcised lippes 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés and vnto Aarōn charged thē to go to the children of Israél and to Pharaōh King of Egypt to bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt 14 ¶ These be the heades of their fathers hou ses the sonnes of Reubén the first borne of Israél are Hanōch and Pallú Hezrōn Carmi these are the families of Reubén 15 Also the sonnes of Simeón Iemuéll and Iamin and O had and Iachin and Zōar and Shaull the sonnes of a Canaanitish woman these are the families of Simeōn 16 ¶ These also are the names of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 in their generacions Gershōn and Koháth and Merari and the yeres of the life os Leui were an hundreth thirty and seuē yere 17 The sonnes of Gershōn were Libni and Shimi by their families 18 And the sonnes of Koháth Amrám Izhár and Hebrōn and Vzziél and Koháth liued an hundreth thirty and thre yere 19 Also the sonnes of Merari were Mahali Mushi these are the families of Leui by their kinreds 20 And Amrám toke Iochébed his fathers sister to his wife and she bare him Aarōn Mosés and Amrám liued and hundreth thirty and seuen yere 21 ¶ Also the sonnes of Izhár Kórah and Néphegh and Zichri 22 And the sonnes of Vzzièl Mishaél and Elzaphán and Sithri 23 And Aarōn toke Elishēba daughter of Amminadáb sister of Nahashōn to his wife which bare him Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 24 Also the sonnes of Kōrah Assir and Elkanáh and Abiasáph these are the families of the 〈◊〉 25 And Eleazár Aarons sonne toke hym one of the daughters of Putiél to his wife which bare him * Phinehās these are the principal fathers of the Leuites through out their families 26 These are Aarōn and Mosés to whome the Lord said Bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt according to their armies 27 These are that Mosés Aarōn which spake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that they might bring the children of Israēl out of Egypt 28 ¶ And at that time when the Lord spake vn to Mosēs in the land of Egypt 29 When the Lord I say spake vnto Mosés saying I am the Lord speake thou vnto Pharaōh the King of Egypt all that I say vnto thee 30 Then Mosés said before the Lord Beholde I am of vncircumcised lippes and how shal Pharaōh heare me CHAP. VII 3 God hardeneth Pharaohs heart 〈◊〉 Moses and Aaron do the miracles of the serpent and the blood and Pharaohs sorcerers do the like 1 THen the Lord said to Mosēs Beholde I haue made thee Pharaohs God and Aa rōn thy brother shal be thy Prophet 2 Thou shalt speake all that I cōmanded thee and Aarôn thy brother shal speake vnto Pharaóh that he suffre the children of Israél to go out of his land 3 But I wil harden Pharaohs heart and multiplie my miracles and my wondres in the land of Egypt 4 And Pharaōh shal not hearken vnto you that I may lay mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out mine armies euen my people the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt by great iudgements 5 Then the Egyptians shalk now that I am the Lord when I stretch forth e mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out the children of Israél from among them 6 So Mosés and Aarōn did as the Lord commanded them euen so did they 7 Now Mosés was foure score yere olde Aarōn foure score and thre when thei spake vnto Pharaōh 8 ¶ And the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés Aarón saying 9 If Pharaōh speake vnto you saying Shewe a miracle for you then thou shalt say vnto Aarōn Take thyrod and cast it before Pharaōh and it shal be turned into a serpent 10 ¶ Then went Mosés and Aarón vnto Pharaōh and did euen as the Lord god commanded and Aarōn caste forthe his rod before Pharaōh and before his seruants and it was turned into a serpent 11 Then Pharaōh called also for the wise men and sorcerers and those charmers also of Egypt did in like maner with their enchantements 12 For they cast downe euerie man his rod and thei were turned into serpents but Aarons rod deuoured their rods 13 So Pharaohs heart was hardened and he hearkned not to them as the Lord had said 14 ¶ The Lord then said vnto Mosés Pharaohs heart is obstinat he refuseth to let the people go 15 Go vnto Pharaōh in the morning lo he wil come vnto the water thou shalt stand mete him by the riuers brinke and the rod which was turned into a serpent shalt thou take in thine hand 16 And thou shalt say vnto him The Lord God of the Ebrewes hath sent me vnto thee saying Let my people go that they may serue me in the wildernes and beholde hitherto thou woldest not heare 17 Thus saith the Lorde In this thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde beholde I will smite with the rod that is in mine handvpon the water that is in the riuer and it shal be turned to blood 18 And the fish that is in the riuer shall dye the riuer shal stinke and it shal greue the Egyptians to drinke of the water of the 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Lord then spake to Mosés Say vnto Aarón Take thy rod and stretche out thine hand ouer the waters of Egypt ouer their streames ouer their riuers ouer their pon des and ouer all
all your trees that bud in the field 6 And they shal fil thine houses and al thy seruant houses and the houses of al the Egyptians as nether thy fathers not thy fathers fath ers haue sene since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh 7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he be an offence vnto vs let the men go that they may serue the Lorde their God wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed 8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh and he said to them Go serue the Lord your God but who are they that shall go 9 And Mosés answered We will go with our yong and with our olde with our sonnes with our daughters with our shepe with our cattel wil we go for we must celebrate a feast vnto the Lord. 10 And he said vnto them Let the Lord so be with you as I will let you go and your children beholde for euill is before your face 11 It shal not be so now go ye that are men and serue the Lord for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence 12 ¶ After the Lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers that they may come vpon the land of Egypt and eat all the herbes of the land euen all that the haile hathe left 13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day and all that night in the morning the East winde broght the greshoppers 14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt and remained in all quaters of Egypt so grieuous greshoppers lyke to these were neuer before nether after them shal be suche 15 For they couered al the face of the earth so that the land was darcke and they did eat al the herbes of the land all the frutes of the trees which the haile had left so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt 16 Therefore Pharaôh called for Mosés and Aaron in haste and said I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD and against you 17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once and pray vnto the Lord your GOD that he may take away from me this death onely 18 Moses then went out from Pharaōh and praied vnto the Lord. 19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde and toke away the greshoppers and violently cast thē into the red Sea so that there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt 20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he did not let the children of Israél go 21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen that there may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes euen darcknes that may be felt 22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen and there was a blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days 23 No man sawe an other nether rose vp from the place where he was for thre dayes * but all the children of Israél had light where they dwelt 24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses and said Go serue the Lorde onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide and your childrē shall go with you 25 And Mosés said Thou must giue vs also sacrifices and burnt offrings that we may do sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs there shal not an hoofe be left for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod nether do we knowe how we shall serue the Lord vntil we come thither 27 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he wolde not let them go 28 And Pharaôh said vnto him Get thee from me loke thouse my face no more for when soeuer thou commest in my sight thou shalt dye 29 Then Moses said Thou hast said well from hence for the wil I se thy face no more CHAP. XI 1 God promiseth their departure 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne 1 NOw the Lord had said vnto Mosés Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh and vpon Egypt after that he wil let you go hence when he letteth you go he shal at once chase you hence 2 Speake thou now to the people that euerie man require of his neighbour and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluer and iewels of golde 3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the sight of the Egyptians also * Moses was 〈◊〉 great in the land of Egypt in the sight of Pharaohs seruants and in the sight of the people 4 Also Mosés said Thus saith the Lord * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt 5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne vnto the first borne of the maid seruant that is at the mille and all the first borne of beastes 6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt suche as was neuer none like nor shal be 7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue nether against man nor beast that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél 8 And all these thy seruantes shal come downe vnto me and fall before me saying Get thee out 〈◊〉 all the people that are at thy fete and after this wil I depart So he went out from Pharaóh very angry 9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Pharaōh shal not heare you that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt 10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land CHAP. XII 1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof 29 The first borne are slaine 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land 35 The Egyptians are spoiled 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt 40 How long thei were in Egypt 1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt saying 2 This moneth shal be vnto you the beginning of moneths it shal be to you the first moneth of the yere 3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél saying In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the fathers a lambe for an house 4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe he shal take his
Edôm shal be amased trembling shal come vpon the great men of Moāb all the inhabitants of Canáan shall waxe faint hearted 16 * Feare and dread shal fall vpon them because of the greatnes of thine arme they shal be stil as a stone til thy people passe ô Lord til this people passe which thou hast purchased 17 Thou shalt bring them in and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance which is the place that thou hast prepared 〈◊〉 Lord for to dwel in euen the sanctuarie ô Lord which thine hands shal establish 18 The Lord shal reigne for euer and euer 19 For Pharaohs horses went with his charets and horsmē into the Sea the Lord broght the waters of the Sea vpon them but the children of Israél went on drye land in the middes of the Sea 20 ¶ And Miriám the prophetesse sister of Aarōn toke a timbrel in her hand and all the women came out after her with timbrels daunces 21 And Miriám answered the men Singye vn to the Lord for he hathe triūphed gloriously the horse and his rider hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea 22 Then Mosés broght Israél from the red Sea aud they wēt out into the wildernes of Shur and they went thre dayes in the wildernes and founde no waters 23 And when they came to Maráh they colde not drinke of the waters of Maráh for they were bitter therefore the name of the place was called Maráh 24 Then the people murmured against Mosés saying What shal we drinke 25 And he cryed vnto the Lord and the Lord shewed him a * tre which whē he had cast into the waters the waters were swete there he made them an ordinance and a lawe and there he proued them 26 And said If thou wilt diligently hearken ô Israel vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and wilt do that which is right in his sight and wilt giue eare vnto his commande ments and kepe all his ordinances then wil I put none of these diseases vpō thee which I broght vpon the Egyptians for I am the Lord that healeth thee 27 ¶ * And they came to Elim where were twelue founteines of water and seuentie pal me trees they cāped there by the waters CHAP. XVI 1 The Israelites come to the desert of Sin and murmure against Mosés and Aarón 13 The Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Manna 17 The seuenth day Manna colde not be founde 32 It is kept for a remembrance to the 〈◊〉 1 AFterward all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed from Elim and came to the wildernes of Sin which is betwene Elim and Sinái the fiftenth day of the secōde moneth after thei departing out of the land of Egypt 2 And the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and against Aaron in the wildernes 3 For the children of Israél said to them Oh that we had dyed by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt when we sate by the flesh pottes when we ate bread our bellies ful for ye haue broght vs out into this wildernes to kil this whole companie with famine 4 ¶ Then said the Lord vnto Mosés Beholde I wil cause bread to raine from heauen to you and the people shal go out and gather that that is sufficient for euerie day that I may proue them whether they wil walke in my Lawe or no. 5 But the sixt day they shal prepare that which thei shal bring home and it shal be twise as muche as they gather daiely 6 Then Mosés and Aarôn said vnto all the children of Israél At euen ye shal knowe that the Lord broght you out of the land of Egypt 7 And in the morning ye shal se the glorie of the Lord for he hathe heard your grudgings against the Lord and what are we that ye haue murmured against vs 8 Againe Mosés said At euen shal the Lord giue you 〈◊〉 to eat and in the morning your fil of bread for the Lord hathe heard your murmurīgs which ye murmure against him for what are we your murmurings are not against vs but against the Lord. 9 ¶ And Mosés said to Aarón Say vnto all the Congregaciō of the childrē of Israél Drawe nere before the Lord for he hathe heard your murmurings 10 Now as Aarón spake vnto the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél they loked toward the wildernes and beholde the glorie of the Lord appeared* in a cloude 11 For the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés saying 12 * I haue heard the murmurings of the children of Israél tel them therefore and say At euen ye shal eat flesh and in the morning ye shal be filled with bread ye shal knowe that I am the Lord your God 13 And so at euen the * 〈◊〉 came and coue red the campe in the morning the dewe laye rounde about the hoste 14 * And when the dewe that was fallen was ascended beholde a smale rounde thing was vpon the face of the wildernes smale as the hore frost on the earth 15 And when the childrē of 〈◊〉 saue it they said one to another It is MAN for they wist not what it was And Mosés said vnto them * This is the bread which the Lord hathe giuen you to eat 16 ¶ This is the thing which the Lord hathe commanded 〈◊〉 of it euerie man according to his eating an Omer for a man accor ding to the nombre of your persones 〈◊〉 man shal take for thē which are in his tent 17 And the children of Israél did so and gathe red some more some lesse 18 And when they did measure it with an Omer * he that had gathered muche had nothing ouer and he that had gathered litle had no lacke so euerie man gathered according to his eating 19 Moses then said vnto them Let no man reserue thereof til morning 20 Notwithstanding thei obeid not Mosés but some of thē reserued of it til morning and it was ful of wormes and stanke therefore Mosés was angry with them 21 And they gathered it euerie morning euerie man according to his eating for whē the heat of the sunne came it was melted 22 ¶ And the sixt day they gathered twise so muche bread two Omers for one man then all the rulers of the Congregacion came and tolde Mosés 23 And he answered them This is that which the Lord hathe said To moro we is the rest of the holy Sabbath vnto the Lord bake that to daie which ye wil bake and seche that which ye wil sethe and all that remaineth lay it vp to be kept til the morning for you 24 And they laied it vp til the morning as Mo sés bade and it stanke not nether was there any worme therein 25 Then Mosés said Eat that to day for to day is the
them 13 Thē Mosés rose vp and his minister Ioshúa and Mosés went vp into the mountaine of God 14 And said vnto the Elders Tarie vs here 〈◊〉 we come againe vnto you and beholde Aaron and Hur are with you whosoeuer hathe anie matters let him come to them 15 Then Mosés went vp to the mount and the cloude couered the mountaine 16 And the glorie of the Lorde abode vppon mount Sinái and the cloude couered it six daies and the seuenth day he called vnto Mo sés out of the middes of the cloude 17 And the sight of the glorie of the lord was like consuming fire on the top of the moun taine in the eies of the children of Israél 18 And Mosés entred into the middes of the cloude and went vp to the mountaine and Mosés was in the * mount fourty dayes and fourty nightes CHAP. XXV 2 The voluntarie gifts for the making of the Tabernacle 10 The forme of the Arke 17 The Mercisent 23 The Table 〈◊〉 The Cádelsticke 40 Allmust be done according to the patern 1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél that they receiue an offring for me of * euerie man whose heart giueth it frely ye shal take the offring for me 3 And this is the offring which ye shall take of them golde and siluer and brasse 4 And blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine linen and goates heere 5 And ramme skins coulored red the skins of badgers and the wood Shittim 6 Oyle for the light spices for anoyting oyle and for the perfume of swete sauour 7 Onix stones and stones to be set in the * Ephod and in the * brest plate 8 Also they shal make me a Sanctuarie that I may dwel among them 9 According to all that I she we thee euen so shal ye make the forme of the Tabernacle the facion of all the instruments thereof 10 ¶ They shal make also an * Arke of Shittim wood two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad and a cubite and an halfe hie 11 And thou shal ouerlaie it with pure golde within and without shalt thou ouerlaie it shalt mak evpō it a crowne of golde rounde about 12 And thou shalt cast foure rings of golde for it put them in the foure corners thereof that is two rings shal be on the one side of it and two rings on the other side thereof 13 And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood and couer them with golde 14 Then thou shalt put the barres in the rings by the sides of the Arke to beare the Arke with them THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE A B The length two cubites and an halfe B C. The breadth a cubite and an halfe A D The height a cubite and an halfe E E The golden crow ne aboue the Arke F The foure rynges of golde in the foure corners G. The barres couered wyth golde to putte through the ryngs to cary the Arke H The inner parte of the Arke where the Testimonie was put I The Mercie 〈◊〉 whyche was the coueryng of the Arke where were the two Cherubims and whence the oracle 〈◊〉 15 The barres shal be in the rings of the Arke they shall not be taken away from it 16 So thou shalt put in the Arke the Testimo nie which I shall giue thee 17 Also thou shalt make a Merciseat of pure golde two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad 18 And thou shalte make two Cherubims of golde of worke beaten out with the 〈◊〉 shalt thou make them at the two endes of the Merciseat 19 And the one Cherub shalt thou make at the one end and the other Cherub at the other ende of the matter of the Mercise at shall ye make the Cherubims on the two endes thereof 20 And the Cherubims shall stretche their wyngs on hie coueryng the Merciseat with their wings and their faces one to an other to the Merciseat ward shall the faces of the Cherubims be 21 And thou shalt put the Merciseat aboue vppon the Arke and in the Arke thou shalt put the Testimonie which I wil giue thee 22 And there I wil declare my selfe vnto thee and frome aboue the Merciseat * betwene the two Cherubims whiche are vpon the Arke of the Testimonie I wyll tell thee all things which I will giue thee in commandement vnto the children of Israel THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD A B The heyght a cubite ād an halfe B C The length two cubites C D The breadth a cubite E A crowne of gold aboue and beneth separated the one from the other by a border of an hād breadth thycke whyche declareth that the table was an hande breadth thicke F The foure rings G The barres to cary the table which were put through the rings H Dishes wherein the shewe breade was put I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread K The goblets or couerings L The incense cuppes 23 ¶ * Thou shalt also make a table of Shittim wood of two cubites lōg a cubite broad and a cubite and an half hie 24 And thou shalt couer it with pure golde ād make therto a crown of gold round about 25 Thou shalt also make vnto it a border of fou re fingers round about thou shalt make a goldē crown round about the border therof 26 After thou shalt make for it foure rings of golde ād shalt put the rings in the foure cor ners that are in the foure fete thereof 27 Ouer agaynst the border shall the rings be for places for barres to beare the Table 28 And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood ād shalt ouerlay them with golde that the Table may be borne with them 29 Thou shalte make also dyshes for it and incens cups for it and couerings for it and goblets wherewith it shal be couered euē of fine golde shalt thou make them 30 And thou shalte set vpon the Table shewebread before me continually THE CANDELSTICKE Because the facion of the candelstick is so plaine and euident it nedeth not to describe the particular partes thereof accordyng to the ordre of lettres Onely where as it is sayd in the 34 verse that there shal be foure bowles or cuppes in the candelsticke it muste be vnderstande of the shaft or shanke for there are but thre for euerie one of the other braunches Also the knoppes of the candelsticke are those whyche are vnder the braunches as they issue out of the shaft on ether side 31 ¶ * Also thou shalt make a Candelsticke of pure golde of worke beaten out with the hammer shal the Candelsticke be made his shaft and his brāches his bolles his knops and his floures shal be of the same 32 Six branches also shal come out of
twined linen of broydred worke 7 The two shulders therof shal be ioined toge ther by their two edges so shal it be closed 8 And the embroydred garde of the same Ephod whiche shal be vpon hym shal be of the selfe same worke and stuffe euen of golde blewe silke ād purple and skarlet ād fine twined linen 9 And thou shalt take two onix stones and gra ue vpon them the names of the chyldren of Israél 10 Six names of thē vpon the one stone and the six names that remaine vpon the seconde stone according to their generacions 11 Thou shalt cause to graue the two stones ac cordyng to the names of the children of Israél by a grauer of signets that worketh and graueth in stone and shalt make them to be set and embossed in golde 12 And thou shalt put the two stones vpon the shulders of the Ephod as stones of remēbrance of the chyldren of Israél for Aarón shal beare their names before the Lord vpō his two shulders for a remembrance 13 So thou shalt make bosses of golde 14 ¶ And two cheynes of fine golde at the ende of wrethed worke shalte thou make them and shalt fasten the wrethed cheines vpon the bosses 15 ¶ Also thou shalte make the brest plate of iudgement with broydred worke lyke the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 〈◊〉 thou make it 16 Foure square it shal be ād double an hand bred long an hand bred broad 17 Then thou shalte set it full of places for stones euen foure rowes of stones the ordre shal be this a ruby a topaze and a carbū cle in the first rowe 18 And in the seconde rowe thou shalt set an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 19 And in the thirde rowe a turkeis an achate and an hematite 20 And in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper and they shal be set in gold in their embossements 21 And the stones shal be accordyng to the names of the children of Israél twelue according to their names grauen as signets euerie one after hys name and they shal be for the twelue tribes 22 ¶ Then thou shalte make vppon the brest plate two cheines at the endes of wrethen worke of pure golde 23 Thou shalt make also vpon the brest plate two rings of golde and put the two rings on the two endes of the brest plate 24 And thou shalt put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings in the endes of the brest plate 25 And the other two endes of the two wrethen cheines thou shalte fasten in the two embossements and shalt put them vpon the shulders of the Ephod on the foreside of it 26 ¶ Also thou shalt make two rings of golde which thou shalt put in the two other endes of the brest plate vpon the border there of to ward the inside of the Ephod 27 And two other rings of golde thou shalt make and put them on the two sides of the Ephod beneth in the fore parte of it ouer against the coupling of it vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod 28 Thus they shal binde the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blewe silke that it may be fast vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod and that the brest plate be not losed frō the Ephod 29 So Aarón shal beare the names of the chil dren of Israél in the brest plate of iudgement vpon his heart when he goeth into the holy place for a remembrance continually before the Lord. 30 ¶ Also thou shalt put in the brest plate of iudgemēt the Vrim the Thúmim which shal be vpon Aarons heart when he goeth in before the Lord and Aarón shal be are the iudgement of the children of Israél vpon his heart before the Lord continually 31 ¶ And thou shalt make the robe of the Ephod altogether of blewe silke 32 And the hole for his heade shal be in the middes of it hauing an edge of wouen worke rounde about the coller of it so it shal be as the coller of an habergeō that it rent not 33 ¶ And beneth vpō the skirtes thereof thou shalt make pomgranates of blewe silke and purple and skarlet round about the skirtes thereof and belles of golde betwene them round about 34 That is * a golden bel and a pomgranate a golden bel a pomgranate rounde about vpon the skirtes of the robe 35 So it shal be vpon Aarón when he ministreth and his sound shal be heard when he goeth into the holy place before the Lord when he commeth out and he shal not dye 36 ¶ Also thou shalt make a plate of pure golde and graue theron as signets are grauen HOLINES TO THE LORD 37 And thou shalt put it on a blewe silk elace and it shal be vpon the mitre euen vpō the fore fronte of the mitre shal it be 38 So it shal be vpō Aarons forehead that Aarón may be are the iniquitie of the offrings which the children of Israél shal offre in all their holy offrings ād it shal be alwaies vpon his forehead to make them acceptable before the Lord. 39 Likewise thou shalt embroydre the fine linen coat and thou 〈◊〉 make a mitre of fine linen but thou shalt make a girdel of nedle worke 40 Also thou shalt make for Aarons sonnes coates and thou shalt make them girdels bonets shal thou make them for glorie and comelines 41 And thou shalt put them vpon Aarōn thy brother and on his sonnes with him shalt anoynt them and fil their hands sanctifie them that they may ministre vnto me in the Priests office 42 Thou shalt also make them linen breches to couer their priuities from the loynes vnto the thighs shal they reache 43 And they shal be for Aarón and his sonnes when they come into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion or when they come vnto the altar to minister in the holy place that they commit not iniquitie and so dye This shabe a lawe for euer vnto him and to hys sede after hym CHAP. XXIX 1 The maner of consecrating the Priests 38 The cōtinual sacrifice 45 The Lord promiseth to dwel amōg the children of Israél 1 THis thyng also shalt thou do vnto them when thou consecratest them to be my Priestes * Take a yong calfe and two rams without blemish 2 And vnleauened bread and cakes vnleauened tempered with oyle and wafers vnleauened anointed with oyle of fine wheat flower shalt thou make them 3 Then thou shalt put thē in one basket and present them in the basket with the calfe and the two rams 4 And shalt bryng Aarón and his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and wash them with water 5 Also thou shalt take
the garments and put vpon Aarón the tunicle and the robe of the Ephod and Ephod and the brest plate and shalt close them to hym with the broydred garde of the Ephod 6 Then thou shalt put the mitre vppon hys head thou shalt put the holy * crowne vpon the mitre 7 And thou shalt take the anointyng * oyle and shalt powre vpon his head and anoint him 8 And thou shalt bring his sonnes and put coates vpon them 9 And shalt gird them with girdels bothe Aarón and his sonnes and shalt put the bonets on them and the Priestes office shal be theirs for a perpetuallawe thou * shalt also fil the hands of 〈◊〉 and the hands of his sonnes 10 After thou shalt present the calf before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion * Aaron and his sonnes shall put their hand vppon the head of the calf 11 So thou shalt kill the calf before the Lorde at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 12 Then thou shalt take of the blood of the calf and put it vpon the hornes of the altar with thy finger and shalt powre al the rest of the blood at the fote of the altar 13 * Also thou shalt take al the fat that couereth the inwardes and the kall that is on the liuer and the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and shalt burne them vpon the altar 14 But the flesh of the calf and his sking and his doūg shalt thou burne with fire without the hoste it is a sinne offring 15 ¶ Thou shalt also take one ram and Aarón and his sonnes shal put their hands vpon the head of the ram 16 Thē thou shalt kil therā take his blood and sprinkle it round about vpon the altar 17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces wash the inwardes of him and his legges shalt put them vpon the pieces thereof vpon his head 18 So thou shalt burne the whole ram vpó the altar for it is a burnt offring vnto the Lord for a swete sauo ur it is an offring made by sire vnto the Lord. 19 ¶ And thou shalt take the other ram and Aarón and his sonnes shall put their hands vpon the head of the ram 20 Then shalt thou kill the ram and take of his blood and put it vpon the lap of Aarons 〈◊〉 and vpō the lap of the right eare of his sonnes and vpon the thumbe of their right hand and vpon the great toe of their right fote and shalt sprinkle the blood vpon the altar round about 21 And thou shalt take of the blood that is vpon the altar and of the anointing oyle shalt sprinkle it vpon Aaron and vpon his garments and vpon his sonnes and vpon the garments of his sonnes with him so he shal be halowed ād his clothes his sonnes and the garments of his sonnes with hym 22 Also thou shalt take of the rams the fat and the rópe euen the fat that couereth the inwardes the kal of the liuer the two kidneis the fat that is vpon thē and the right shulder for it is the ram of consecration 〈◊〉 23 And one loaf of bread and one cake of bread tēpered with oyle one wafer out of the basket of the vnleauened bread that is before the Lord. 24 And thou shalt put all this in the hands of Aaron and in the hand of his sonnes and shalt shake them to and fro before the Lord 25 Againe thou shalt receiue them of their hands and burne thē vpon the altar besides the burnt offring for a swete sauour before the Lord for this is an offring made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 Likewise thou shalt take the brest of the rā of the consecracion whiche is for Aarón shalt shake it to h and fro before the Lorde and it shal be thy parte 27 And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the shaken offrings the shulder of the heaue offrings which was shaken to and fro whiche was hcaued vp of the ram of the consecracion which was for Aarón and whiche was for his sonnes 28 And Aarón and his sonnes shal haue it by a statute for euer of the children of Israél for it is an heaue offring and it shal be an heaue offringe of the children of Israél of their peace offrings euen their heaue offryng to the Lord. 29 ¶ And the holy garments which appertey ne to Aarón shal be his sonnes after him to be anointed therein and to be consecrat therein 30 That sonne that shal be Priest in his stede shal put them on seuen dayes when he cometh into the Tabernacle of the Cógregacion to minister in the holy place 31 ¶ So thou shalt take the ram of the consecracion and sethe his flesh in the holy place 32 * And Aarón and his sonnes shal eat the flesh of the ram and the bread that is in 〈◊〉 basket at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 33 So they shal eat these things whereby their atonement was made to consecrat thē and to sanctifie thē but a stranger shal not eate thereof because they are holy things 34 Now if ought of the flesh of the cōsecratiō or of the bread remaine vnto the morning then thou shalt burne the rest with fire it shal not be eatē because it is an holy thing 35 Therefore shalt thou do thus vnto Aarón and vnto his sonnes according to all things which I haue commanded thee seuen daies shalt thou consecrat them 36 And shalt offer euerie day a calf or a sinne offring for reconciliation and thou shalt clense the altar when thou hast offred vpon it for reconciliation and shalt anoint it to sanctifie it 37 Seuen daies shalt thou clense the altar and sanctifie it so the altar shal be moste holy whatsoeuer toucheth the altar shal be holy 38 ¶ * Now this is that which thou shalt present vpon the altar euen two lambes of one yere olde day by day continually 39 The one lambe thou shalt presēt in the mor ning and the other lambe thou shalt present at euen 40 And with the one lambe a tenth parte of fine floure mingled with the fourte parte of an Hin of beaten oile and the fourte parte of an Hin of wine for a drinke offring 41 And the other lambe thou shalt present at euen thou shalt do thereto according to the offring of the morning ād according to the drinke offring thereof to be a burnt offring for a swete sauoure vnto the Lord. 42 This shal be a continual burnt offring in your generations at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord where I wil make appointment with you to speake there vnto thee 43 There I wil appoint with the children of Israél and the place shal be 〈◊〉 by my glorie 44 And I wil sanctifie the
the morning that thou maiest come vp early vnto the mount of Sinai and waite there for me in the top of the mount 3 But let no man come vp with thee nether let anie mā be sene throughout al the mount nether let the shepe nor cattell fede before this mount 4 ¶ Then Mosés hewed two Tables of stone like vnto the first rose vp early in the morning and went vp vnto the mount of Sinái as the Lord had commanded him and toke in his hand two Tables of stone 5 And the Lord descended in the cloude and stode with him there and proclaimed the Name of the Lord. 6 So the Lorde passed before his face and cryed The Lord the Lord strong mercifull and gracious slow to angre and abundant in goodnes and trueth 7 Reseruing mercie for thousands forgiuing iniquitie and transgression and sinne not making the wicked innocent * visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the childrē and vpon the childrens children vnto the third and fourth generacion 8 Then Mosés made haste and bowed him self to the earth and worshipped 9 And said ô Lorde I praye thee if I haue founde grace ī thy sight that the Lord wolde now go with vs for it is a stifnecked people and pardone our iniquitie and our sinne and take vs for thine enheritance 10 And he answered Beholde * I will make a couenant before althy people and will do meruels suche as haue not bene done in all the world nether in al nations all the peo ple amōg whome thou art shalse the worke of the Lorde for it is a terrible thing that I wil do with thee 11 Kepe diligently that whiche I commande thee this day beholde I will cast out before thee the Amorites and the Canaanites the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 12 * Take hede to thy self that thou make no compact with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest lest they be the cause of ruine among you 13 But ye shall ouerthrowe their altars and breake their images in pieces cut downe their groues 14 For thou shalt bowe downe to none other god because the Lord whose Name is * Ielous is a ielous God 15 Lest thou make a * cōpact with the inhabitants of the land when they go a whoring after their gods and do sacrifice vnto their gods some man call thee and thou * eat of his sacrifice 16 And lest thou take of their* daughters vnto thy sonnes ād their daughters go a whoring after their gods and make thy sonnes go a whoring after their gods 17 Thou 〈◊〉 make thee no gods of metal 18 ¶ The feast of vnleauened bread shalt thou kepe seuē dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread as I commanded thee in the time of the * moneth of Abib for in the moneth of Abib thou camest out of Egypt 19 * Euerie male that first openeth the wombe shal be mine also the first borne of thy flocke shal be reconed mine bothe of beues and shepe 20 But the first of the asse thou shalt bye out with a lambe and if thou redeme him not then thou shalt breake his necke al the first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou redeme and none shal appeare before me empty 21 ¶ Six dayes thou shalt worke and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest bothe in earyng time and in the haruest thou shalt rest 22 ¶ * Thou shalt also obserue the feast of wekes in the time of the first frutes of wheat haruest and the feast of gathering frutes in the end of the yere 23 ¶ Thrise in a yere shal al your men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh God of Israel 24 For I wil cast out the nacions before thee and enlarge thy coastes so that no man shall desire thy land when thou shalt come vp to appeare before the Lorde thy God thrise in the yere 25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leauen nether shal ought of the sacrifice of the feast of Passeouer be left vnto the mornyng 26 The first 〈◊〉 frutes of thy land thou shalt bring vnto the house of the Lorde thy God yet shalt thou not se the a kid in his mothers milke 27 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Write thou these wordes for after the tenoure of* these wordes I haue made a couenant with thee with Israél 28 So he was there with the Lorde fourtie daies and fourtie nights and did nether eat bread nor drinke water and he wrote in the Tables * the wordes of the couenant 〈◊〉 the ten commandements 29 ¶ So when Mosés came downe frō mount Sinái the two Tables of the Testimonie were in Mosés hand as he descended from the mount now Mosés wist not that the skin of his face shone bright after that God had talked with him 30 And aarôn and all the children of Israél loked vpon Mosés beholde the skin of his face shone bright and they were afraide to come nere him 31 But Mosés called them and Aaron and al the chief of the Congregacion returned vnto him and Mosés talked with them 32 And after ward al the childrē of Israél came nere and he charged them with all that the Lord had said vnto him in mount Sinái 33 So Mosés made an end of communyng with them * ād had put a couering vpon his face 34 But when Mosés came before the Lorde to speake with hym he toke of the couering vntil he came out then he came out spake vnto the children of Israél that whiche was commanded 35 And the children of Israél sawe the face of Mosés how the skin of Mosés face shone bright therefore Mosés put the coueryng vpon his face vntil he wentto speake with God CHAP. XXXV 2 The Sabbath 5 The fre gifts are required 21 The readines of the people to 〈◊〉 30 Bezale él and Aholiáb are praised of Mosés 1 THen Mosés assembled all the Congregacion of the children of Israél said vnto thē These are the wordes whiche the Lorde hathe commanded that ye shulde do them 2 * Six dayes thou shalt worke but the seuēth day shall be vnto you the holy Sabbath of rest vnto the Lord whosoeuer soeuer doeth anye worke therein shal dye 3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout all your habitations vpon the Sabbath day 4 ¶ Againe Mosés spake vnto al the Congregacion of the children of Israél saying This is the thing which the Lorde commandeth saying 5 Take from among you an offring vnto the Lorde whosoeuer is of a * willing heart let him bring this offring to the Lord namely golde and siluer and brasse 6 Also blewe silke and purple and skarlet fine linen and goates heere 7 And rams skins died red and badgers skins with Shittim wood 8 Also oyle for light
offring * of Shittim woode fiue cubites was the length thereof and fiue cubites the breadth thereof it was square and thre cubites hie 2 And he made vnto it hornes in the foure cor ners thereof the hornes thereof were of the same and he ouerlaied it with brasse 3 Also he made al the instruments of the Altar the * ashpans and the besomes and the basins the fleshokes and the censers all the instruments thereof made he of brasse 4 Moreouer he made a brasen grate wroght like a net to the Altar vnder the compas of beneth in the middes of it 5 And cast foure rings of brasse for the foure ends of the grate to put barres in 6 And he made the barres of 〈◊〉 wood couered them with brasse 7 The which barres he put into the rings on the sides of the altar to beare it with all and made it holowe within the boardes 8 ¶ Also he made the Lauer of brasse and the fote of it of brasse of the glasses of the women that did assemble and came together at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 9 ¶ Finally he made the courte on the South-side ful Southe the hangings of the courte were of 〈◊〉 twined linen hauing an hundreth cubites 10 Their pillers were twentie and their brasen sockets twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets were of siluer 11 And on the Northside the hangings were an hundreth cubites their pillers twentie their sockets of brasse twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets of 〈◊〉 12 On the Westside also were hangings of fiftie cubites their ten pillers with their ten sockets the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer 13 And toward the Eastside ful East were hangings of fiftie cubites 14 The hangings of the one side were fiftene cubites their thre pillers and their thre sockets 15 * And of the other side of the courte gate on bothe sides were hangings of fiftene cubites with their thre pillers and their thre sockets 16 All the hangings of the courte round about were of fine twined linen 17 But the 〈◊〉 of the pillers were of brasse the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer and the couering of their chapiters of siluer and all the pillers of the courte were hooped about with siluer 18 He made also the hanging of the gate of the courte of nedle worke blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen euen twentie cubites long and fiue cubites in height and breadth like the hangings of the courte 19 And their pillers were foure with their foure sockets of brasse their hokes of siluer and the couering of their chapiters ād their filets of siluer 20 But all the * pins of the Tabernacle and of the courte round about were of brasse 21 ¶ These are the partes of the Tabernacle I meane of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie which was appointed by the commandement of Mosés for the office of the Leuites by the hand of Ithamár sonne to Aaron the Priest 22 So Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh made all that the Lord commanded Mosés 23 And with him Aholiáb sonne of Ahisamách of the tribe of Dan a cunning workeman and an embroyderer and a worker of nedle worke in blewe silke and in purple and in skarlet and in 〈◊〉 linen 24 All the golde that was occupied in all the worke wroght for the holy place which was the golde of the offring was nine and twentie talents and seuen hundreth and thir tie shekels according to the shekel of the Sanctuarie 25 But the siluer of them that were nombred in the Congregacion was an hundreth talents and a thousand seuen hundreth seuentie and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 26 A portion for a man that is halfe a shekel after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for all them that were nombred from twentie yere olde and aboue among six hundreth thousand and thre thousand and fiue hundreth and fiftie men 27 Moreouer there were an hundreth talents of siluer to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie and the sockets of the vaile an hundreth sockets of an hundreth talens a talent for a socket 28 But he made the hokes for the pillers of a thousand seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue shekels and ouerlaied their chapiters and made filets about them 29 Also the brasse of the offring was seuentie talents and two thousand and foure hundreth shekels 30 Whereof he made the sockets to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the brasen Altar and the brasengrate which was for it with all the instruments of the Altar 31 And the sockets of the courte round about and the sockets for the courte gate and all the * pins of the Tabernacle and all the pins of the courte round about CHAP. XXXIX 1 The apparel of Aarón and his sonnes 32 All that the Lord commanded was made and finished 43 Mosés blesseth the people 1 MOreouer they made garments of ministration to ministre in the Sanctuarie of blewe silke and purple and skarlet thei * made also the holy garments for Aarón as the Lord had commanded Mosés 2 So he made the Ephód of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 3 And they did beate the golde into thin plates and cut it into wiers to worke it in the blewe silke and in the purple and in the skar let in the fine linē with broydred worke 4 For the which thei made shulders to couple together for it was closed by the two edges thereof 5 And the broydred garde of his Ephód that was vpon him was of the same stuffe and of like worke euen of golde of blewe silke purple and skarlet and fine twined linen as the Lord had commanded Mosés 6 ¶ And they wroght * two onix stones closed in ouches of golde and graued as signets are grauen with the names of the children of Israél 7 And put thē on the shulders of the Ephód as stones for a * remembrance of the children of Israél as the Lord had commanded Mosés 8 ¶ Also he made the brest plate of broydred worke like the worke of the Ephód to wit of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 9 They made the brest plate double and it was square an hand breadth long an hand breadth broad it was also double 10 And they filled it with foure rowes of stones The ordre was thus 〈◊〉 ruby a topaze a carbuncle in the first rowe 11 And in the seconde rowe an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 12 Also in the third rowe a turkeis an a chate and an hematite 13 Like wise in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper closed and set in ouches of golde 14 So the stones were according to the names of the children
vpō the wood that is in the fire for it is a burnt offrīg an oblatiō made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 The meat offring is after thre sortes of fine floure vnbaken 4 Of bread baken 14 And of corne in the eare 1 ANd when anie wil offer a meat offring vnto the Lord his offring shal be of fine floure and he shal poure oyle vpon it put incenseth ereon 2 And shall bring it vnto Aarons sonnes the Priests he shal take thēce his handful of the floure of the oyle with al the incense and the Priest shal burne it for a memoriall vpon the altar for it is an offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 3 * But the remnant of the meat offryng shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is most holy of the Lords offrings made by fire 4 ¶ If thou bring also a meat offring baken in the ouen it shal be an vnleauened cake of fine floure mingled with oyle or an vnlea uened wafer anointed with oyle 5 ¶ But if thy meat offring be an oblation of the friyng pan it shal be of fine floure vnleauened mingled with oyle 6 And thou shalt parte it in pieces and powre oyle thereon for it is a meat offring 7 ¶ And if thy meat offring be an oblation made in the caudron it shal be made of fine floure with oyle 8 After thou shalt bring the meat offring that is made of these things vnto the Lord and shalt present it vnto the Priest and he shal bring it to the altar 9 And the Priest shal take from the meat offring a * memorial of it shal burne it vpon the altar for it is an oblation * made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 10 But that which is left of the meat offring shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is moste holy of the offrings of the Lord made by fire 11 All the meat offrings which ye shal offer vnto the Lord shal be made without leauen for ye shal nether burne leauen nor hony in any offring of the Lord made by fire 12 ¶ In the oblation of the first frutes ye shal offer them vnto the Lord but they shal not be burnt vpon the altar for a swete sauour 13 All the meat offrings also shalt thou season with * salt nether shalt thou suffre the salt of the couenant of thy God to be lacking frō thy meat offring but vpon all thine oblations thou shalt offer salt 14 If then thou offer a meat offring of thy first frutes vnto the Lord thou shalt offer for thy meat offring of thy first frutes * eares of cor ne dried by the fire and wheat beaten out of the grene eares 15 After thou shalt put oyle vpon it and laie incense thereon for it is a meat offring 16 And the Priest shal burne the memorial of it euen of that that is beaten and of the oyle of it with all the incense thereof for it is an offring vnto the Lord made by fire CHAP. III. 1 The maner of peace offrings and beasts for the same 17. The Israclites may nether eat fat nor blood ALso if his oblation be a peace offring if he wil offer of the droue whether it be male or female he shal offer suche as is without blemish before the Lord 2 And shal put his hand vpon the head of his offring and kil it at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes the Priests shal sprinckle the blood vpon the altar round about 3 So he shal offer parte of the peace offrigs as a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord euen the * fat that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 4 He shal also take away the two kidneis and the fat that is on them and vpon the flanks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis 5 And Aarons sonnes shal burne it on the altar with the burnt offring whiche is vpon the wood that is on the fire this is a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauourvnto the lord 6 ¶ Also if his oblation be a peace offring vn to the Lord out of the flocke whether it be male or female he shall offer it without blemish 7 If he offer a lambe for his oblation then he shall bring it before the Lord. 8 And lay his hand vpon the head of his offring and shall kill it before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood therof round about vpon the altar 9 After of the peace offrings he shal offer an offring made by fire vnto the Lord he shall take awai the fat thereof the rumpe altogether hard by the backe bone and the far that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 10 Also he shall take away the two kidneis with the fat that is vpō thē vpō the * flāks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 11 Then the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar as the meat of an offrings made by fire vnto the Lord. 12 ¶ Also if his offring be a goat then shal he offer it before the Lord. 13 And shall put his hand vpon the head of it and kil it before the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion and the sonnes of Aarón shall sprinkle the blood thereof vpon the altar roundabout 14 Then he shal offer there of his offring euē an offring made by fire vnto the Lord the fat that couereth the inwardes al the fat that is vpon the inwardes 15 Also he shal take away the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and vpon the flanks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 16 So the Priest shal burne thē vpon the altar as the meat of an offring made by fire for a swete sauour * all the fat is the Lords 17 This shal be a perpetual ordināce for your generacions throughoutal your dwellings so that ye shal eat nether fat nor * blood CHAP. IIII. 1 The offring for sinnes done of ignorāce 3 For the Priest 13 The Congregacion 22 The ruler 27 And the priuate man 1 MOreouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél saying If anie shall sinne through ignorāce in anie of the commandements of the Lord which oughtnot to be done but shal do cōtrarie to anie of them 3 If the Priest that is anointed do sinne according to the sinne of the people thē shall he offer for his sinne which he hath sinned a yong bullocke without blemish vnto the Lord for a sinne offring 4 And he shal bring the bullocke vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord and shal put his hand vpō the bullocks head and kil the
shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these points 5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of these things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein 6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed euen a female from the flocke be it a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne 7 But if he be not able to bring a shepe he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed two turtle doues or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring 8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest who shal offer the sinne offring first and * wring the necke of it a sundre but not plucke it cleane of 9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar and the rest of the blood shal be shed at the fote of the altar for it is a sinne offring 10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offring as the maner is so shal the Priest make an atonement for him for his sinne which he hathe committed and it shal be forgiuen him 11 ¶ But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues or two yong pigeons then he that ha the sinned shal bring for his offring the tēth parte of an Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring he shal put none oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon for it is a sinne ne offring 12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembrance thereof and burne it vpon the altar * with the offrings of the Lord made by fire for it is a sinne offring 13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him as touching his sinne that he hathe cōmitted in one of these points and it shal be forgiuen him and the remnant shal be the Priests as the meat offring 14 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 15 If anie persone transgresse sinne through ignorance by taking awaie things consecrated vnto the Lord he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke worthe two shekels of siluer by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for a trespasse offring 16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended in taking awaie of the holy thing and shal put the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto the Priest so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring and it shal be forgiuen him 17 ¶ Also if anie sinne and * do against anie of the commandements of the Lord which ought not to be done and knowe not and sinne and beare his iniquitie 18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke in thy estimation worth * two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning his ignorance wherein he erred and was not ware so it shal be forgiuen him 19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasse committed against the Lord CHAP. VI. 6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar 14 The lawe of the meat offring 20. The offrings of Aarón and his sonnes 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 If anie sinne cōmit a trespasse against the Lord denie vnto his neighbour that which was takē him to kepe or that which was put to him of trust or doeth by robberie or by violēce oppresse his neighbour 3 Or hathe found that which was lost and denieth it and sweareth falsely * for anie of these things that a man doeth wherein he sinneth 4 When I say he thus sinneth and trespasseth he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe or the lost thing which he founde 5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe and shal adde the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth the same day that he offreth for his trespasse 6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord a ram without blemish out of the * flocke in thy estimatiō worthe two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest 7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord and it shal be forgiuen him whatsoeuer thing he hathe done and trespassed therein 8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes saying This is the lawe of the burnt offring it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning and the fire burneth on the altar 10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment and shal put on his linnen breches vpon his flesh and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offring vpon the altar and he shal put them beside the altar 11 After he shal put of his garments and put on other raiment and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place 12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō and neuer be put out wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings 13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar and neuer go out 14 ¶ * Also this is the lawe of the meat offring which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presence of the Lord before the altar 15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle and all the incens which is vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour as a * memorial therefore vnto the Lord 16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat it shal be eaten without leauen in the holy place in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it 17 It shal not be baken with leauen I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire for it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring 18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it It shal be a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord made by fire * whatsoeuer tou cheth them shal be holy 19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying
by a statute for euer frō among the children of Israél 35 ¶ This is the anointyng of Aarôn and the anointyng of his sonnes concernyng the offrings of the Lorde made by fire in the daye whē he presented them to serue in the Priests office vnto the Lord. 36 The which portions the Lord commāded to gyue them in the daye that the anointed them from among the children of Israél by a statute for euer in their generacions 37 This is also the lawe of the burnt offryng of the meat offring and of the sinne offring and of the trespasse offring and of the consecrations and of the peace offrings 38 Which the Lord commanded Mosés in the mount Sinái when he commanded the children of Israél to offer their giftes vnto the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái CHAP. VIII 12 The anointing of Aarón and his sonnes with the sacrifice con ceinyng the same 1 AFterwarde the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 2 * Take Aarón and his sonnes with hym and the garments and the * anointing oyle and a bullocke for the sin offring and two rams and a basket of vnleauened bread 3 And assemble all the companie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 So Mosés did as the Lord had commanded him and the companie was assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō 5 Then Mosés said vnto the companie * This is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to do 6 And Mosés broght Aarón and his sonnes ād washed them with water 7 And put vpon him the coat and girded him with a girdel ād clothed him with the robe and put the Ephōd on him which he girded with the broydred garde of the Ephód and bonde it vnto him therewith 8 After he put the brest plate thereon and put in the brest plate * the Vrim and the 〈◊〉 9 Also he put the mitre vpon his head and put vpon the mitre on the fore fronte the golden plate ād the holy crowne as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 Now Mosés had taken the anointing oyle and anointed the Tabernacle and that was therein and sanctified them 11 And sprink led thereof vpon the altar seuen times and anointed the altar and all hys instruments and the lauer and hys fote to sanctifie them 12 * And he powred of the anoynting oyle vppon Aarons head and anointed hym to sanctifie him 13 After Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put coates vpon them and girded them with gir dels and put bonets vpon their heades as the Lord had commanded Mosés 14 * Then he broght the bullocke for the sin offryng and his sonnes put their handes vppon the head of the bullocke for the sinne offring 15 And Mosés slewe hym and toke the blood which he put vpon the hornes of the Altar round about with his finger ād purified the Altar and powred the reste of the blood at the fote of the Altar so he sanctified it to make reconciliation vpon it 16 Then he toke all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis with their fat which Mosés bur ned vpon the Altar 17 But the bullocke and hys hyde and hys flesh and his doung he burnt with fire without the hoste as the Lorde had commanded Mosés 18 ¶ Also he broght the ram for the burnt offryng and Aaron and hys sonnes put their hands vpon the head of the ram 19 So Mosés killed it and sprinkled the blood vpon the Altar round about 20 And Mosés cut the ram in pieces ād burnt the head with the pieces and the fat 21 And washed the inwardes ād the legs in water so Mosés burnt the ram euerie whit vpō the Altar for it was a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour whiche was made by fire vnto the Lord as the Lord had cōmanded Mosés 22 ¶ * After he broght the other ram the ram of consecracions and Aarōn and his sonnes laied their hands vpon the head of the ram 23 Whyche Mosés slewe and toke of the blood of it and put it vppon the lap of Aarons ryght eare and vppon the thombe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his ryght fote 24 Then Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put of the blood on the lap of theyr ryght eares and vpon the thumbes of their ryght hands and vpon the great toes of their right fete and Mosés sprinkled the reste of the blood vpon the Altar round about 25 And he toke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis wyth their fat and the right 〈◊〉 26 Also he toke of the basket of the vnleauened bread that was before the Lord one vnleauened cake and a cake of oyled breade and one wafer and put them on the fat and vpon the right shulder 27 So he put * all in Aarons handes and in hys sonnes hands and shoke it to and fro before the Lord. 28 After Mosés toke them out of their hands and burnt them vpon the Altar for a burnt offryng for these were consecracions for a swete sauour which were made by fire vnto the Lord. 29 Likewise Mosés toke the breast of the ram of consecracions and shoke it to and fro before the Lord for it was Mosés * portion as the Lord had commanded Mosés 30 Also Mosés toke of the anointing oyle and of the blood which was vpon the Altar and sprinkled it vpon Aarón vpon 〈◊〉 garments and vpon his sonnes and on hys 〈◊〉 garments with him so he sanctified Aarón hys garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him 31 ¶ Afterward Mosés sayd vnto Aarón and his sonnes Sethe the fleshe at the dore of the g Tabernacle of the Congregacion and there * eat it with the bread that is in the basket of consecracions as I cōmanded saying Aarón and his sonnes shal eat it 32 But that which remaineth of the fleshe and of the bread shal ye burne with fire 33 And ye shalte not departe from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion seuen dayes vntil the dayes of your consecracions be at an end * for seuē daies said the Lord shal he consecrate you 34 As he hathe done thys day so the Lorde hathe commanded to do to make an atonement for you 35 Therefore shall ye abide at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion daye and nyght seuen dayes and shal kepe the watch of the LORD that ye dye not for so I am commanded 36 So Aarôn and his sonnes did all things whiche the Lord had commanded by the hand of Mosés CHAP. IX 8 The first offrings of Aarón 22 Aaron blesseth the people 23 The glorie of the Lorde is sheweth 24 The fire commeth from the Lord. 1 ANd in the eyght daye Mosés called Aarón and hys sonnes and the Elders of
Isráel 2 * Thē he said vnto Aaron Take thee a yong calf for a sinne offring ād a ram for a burnt offring bothe without blemish and bring them before the Lord. 3 And vnto the children of Israél thou shalte speake saying Take ye an he goat for a sinne offring and a calf and a lambe both of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring 4 Also a bullocke ād a ram for peace offrings to offer before the Lord and a meat offring mingled with oyle for to day the Lorde will appeare vnto you 5 ¶ Then thei broght that which Mosés commanded before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the assemble drewe nere and stode before the Lord. 6 For Mosés had said This is the thing which the Lord commanded that ye shulde do and the glorie of the Lord shal appeare vnto you 7 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn Drawe nere to the Altar and offer thy sin offring and thy burnt offring and make an atonement for thee for the people offer also the offring of the people and make an atonement for them as the Lord hathe commanded 8 ¶ Aarón therefore went vnto the Altar and killed the calf of the sin offring which was for him self 9 And the sonnes of Aaron broght the blood vnto him ād he dipt his finger in the blood and put it vpon the hornes of the Altar and powred the rest of the blood at the fote of the Altar 10 But the fat and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer of the sin offring he burnt vpon the Altar as the LORD had commanded Mosés 11 The flesh also and the hyde he burnt with fire with out the hoste 12 After he slewe the burnt offring and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled round about vpon the Altar 13 Also thei broght the burnt offring vnto him with the pieces thereof and the head and he burnt them vpon the Altar 14 Likewise he did wash the inwardes and the legs and burnt them vpon the burnt offring on the Altar 15 ¶ Then he offred the peoples offring and toke a goat which was the sin offring for the people and slewe it and offred it for sinne as the first 16 So he offred the burnt offring and prepared it according to the maner 17 He presented also the meat offring and filled his hand thereof and * beside the burnt sacrifice of the morning he burnt this vpon the Altar 18 He slewe also the bullocke and the ram for the peace offrings that was for the people and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled vpon the Altar round about 19 With the fat of the bullocke and of the ram the rumpe and that which couereth the inwardes and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer 20 So thei laied the fat vpon the breasts and he burnt the fat vpon the Altar 21 But the breasts and the right shulder Aarôn shoke to fro before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses 22 So Aarón lift vp his hand towarde the people and blessed thē and came downe from offring of the sinne offring and the burnt offring and the peace offrings 23 After Mosés and Aarón went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and came out and blessed the peole * and the glorie of the Lord appeared to all the people 24 * And there came a fire out from the Lord and consumed vpon the Altar the burnt offring and the fat which when all the people sawe thei gaue thankes fel on their faces CHAP. X. 2 Nadáb and Abihu are burnt 6 Israél murneth for thē but the Priests might not 9 The Priests are forbidden wine 1 BVt * Nadáb and Abihú the sonnes of Aarôn toke ether of them his censor and put fire therein and put incens thereupon and offred strange fire before the LORD which he had not commanded them 2 Therefore a fire went out from the Lord and deuoured them so thei dyed before the Lord. 3 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn This is it that the Lord spake saying I wil be sanctified in them that come nere me and before all the people I wil be glorified but Aarón helde his peace 4 And Mosés called Mishaél and Elzaphán the sonnes of Vzziél the vncle of Aarón and said vnto them Come nere cary your brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the hoste 5 Then thei went and caryed them in their coates out of the hoste as Mosés had commanded 6 After Mosés said vnto Aarón and vnto Eleazar and I thamar his sonnes Vncouer not your heades nether rent your clothes lest ye dye and lest wrath come vpon all the people but let your brethren all the house of Israél be waile the burning which the Lord hathe kindled 7 And go not ye out from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion lest ye dye for the anointing oyle of the Lord is vpon you and thei did according to Mosés commandement 8 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Aarôn saying 9 Thou shalt not drinke wine nor strong drinke thou nor thy sonnes with thee when ye come into the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion lest ye dye this is an ordinance for euer throughout your generacions 10 That ye may put difference betwene the holy and the vnholy and betwene the cleane and the vncleane 11 And that ye may teache the children of Israél all the statutes which the Lord hathe cō manded them by the hand of Mosês 12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn and vnto Eleazár and to Ithamár his sonnes that were left Take the meat offring that remaineth of the offrings of the Lord made by fire and eat it without leauen beside the altar for it is moste holy 13 And ye shal eat it in the holy place because it is thy duetie and thy sonnes duetie of the offrings of the Lord made by fire for so I am commanded 14 Also* the shaken breast and the heaue shul der shal ye eat in a cleane place thou and thy sonnes and thy daughters with thee for thei are giuen as thy 〈◊〉 and thy sonnes duetie of the peace offrings of the children of Israél 15 The heaue shulder and the shaken breast shal they bring with the offrings made by fire of the fat to shake it to and fro before the Lord and it shal be thine and thy sonnes with thee by alawe for euer as the Lord hathe commanded 16 ¶ * And Mosés soght the goat that was offred for sinne and lo it was burnt therefore he was angry with Eleazár and Ithamár the sonnes of Aarón which were left aliue saying 17 Wherefore haue ye not eaten the sin offring in the holy place seing it is moste holy and God hathe giuen it you to beare the iniqui tie of the Congregacion to make an atonement for them
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
the Congregacion shal Aarôn dresse them bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies this shal be a law for euer through your generacions 4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pure Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually 5 ¶ Also thou shalt take fine floure and bake tweleue* cackes thereof two tenth deales shal be in one cake 6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes six in a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord. 7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes that in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce and an offring made by fire to the Lord. 8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore receauing thē of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant 9 * And the bread shal be Aarōs and his sonnes and thei shal eat it in the holy place for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance 10 ¶ And there went out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman whose father was an Egyptian this sonne of the Israelitish womā amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste 11 So the Israelitish womās sonne blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed they broght him vnto Mosés his mothers name also was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Dan. 12 And they* put him in warde till he tolde them the minde of the Lord. 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste and let all that heard him * put their hāds vpon his head and let al the Congregaciō stone him 15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél saying Whosoeuer curseth his God shal beare his sinne 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord shal be put to death all the Congregacion shallstone him to death as well the strāger as he that is borne in the land whē he blasphemeth the Name of the Lord let him be slaine 17 ¶ * He also that killeth anie man he shal be put to death 18 And he that killeth a beast he shal restore it beast for beast 19 Also if a man cause anie blemish in hys neighbour as he hathe done so shall it be done to him 20 * Breache for breache eie for eie to the for to the such a blemish as he hath made in anie suche shal be repaied to him 21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it but he that killeth a man shal be slaine 22 Ye shal haue* one la we it shal be aswel for the stranger as for one borne in the countrey for I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ Then Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste and stond him with stones so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. XXV 2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere 14 Not to oppresse their brethren 23 The sale and redeming of lands houses and persones 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye shall come into the land which I giue you the* land shall kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord. 3 Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde and gather the frute thereof 4 But the seuenth yere shal be a Sabbath of rest vnto the land it shal be the Lords Sab bath thou shalt nether sowe thy field nor cutthy vineyarde 5 That which groweth of it owne accorde of thy haruest thou shalt not reape nether gather the grapes that thou haste lefte vnlaboured for it shal be a yere of reste vnto the land 6 And the rest of the land shal be meate for you euen for thee and for thy seruant for thy maid for thy hyred seruāt for the stranger that soiourneth with thee 7 And for thy cattel and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat 8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuen Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee euen seuen times seuē yere the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine fourty yere 9 Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth day of the seuenth moneth euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe throughout all your land 10 And ye shall halowe that yere euen the fiftieth yere and proclaime libertie in the land to all the inhabitants there of it shal be the Iubile vnto you and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his possession and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie 11 This fiftieth yere shal be a yere of Iubile vnto you ye shall not sowe nether reape that which groweth of it self nether gather the grapes therof that are left vnlaboured 12 For it is the Iubile it shall be holy vnto you ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field 13 In the yere of this Iubile ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession 14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour or byest at thy neighbours hande ye shal not oppresse one another 15 But according to the nōber of yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour also according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues he shal sel vnto thee 16 According to the multitude of yeres thou shalt encrease the price therof and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres thou shalt abate the price of it for the nomber of frutes doeth he sel vnto thee 17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour but thou shalt feare thy God for I am the Lord your God 18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces and kepe my Lawes and do them and ye shalwel in the land in saftie 19 And the land shal giue her frute ye shall eat your fil and dwel therein 〈◊〉 20 And if ye shal say What shal we eat the seuēth yere for we shal not sowe nor gather-in our increase 21 I wil send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere and it shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres 22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere vntil the frute therof come ye shal eat the olde 23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to be cut of frō the familie for the land is mine ye be but strangers and soiourners with me 24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shal grante a redempciō for the land 25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished and sel his possession thē his redemer shall come euen his nere kinsman and bye out
the Priest shal value him according to the abilitie of him that vow ed so shal the Priest value him 9 And if it be a beast whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord shal be holy 10 He shal not alter it nor change it a good for a bad nor a bad for a good and if he change beast for beast then both this that which was chāged for it shal be holy 11 And if it be anie vncleane beast of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest 12 And the Priest shal value it whether it be good or bad ād as thou valuest it which art the Priest so shal it be 13 But if he wil bie it againe then he shal giue the fift parte of it more aboue thy valuacion 14 ¶ Also whē a mā shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord thē the Priest shall value it whether it be good or bad as the Priest shal prise it so shal the value be 15 But if he that sanctified it wil redeme his house then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion and it shal be his 16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritāce then shalt thou esteme it according to the sede thereof an Homer of barlie sede shal be at fiftie shekels of siluer 17 If he dedicate his field immediately from the yere of Iubile it shal be worthe as thou doest estemeit 18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile then the Priest shal reken hym the money according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile and it shal be abbated by thy estimacion 19 And if he that dedicateth it wil redeme the field then he shal put the fift parte of the price that thou estemedst it at theren̄to and it shal remaine his 20 And if he wil not redeme the filed but the Priest sel the field to another man it shal be redemed no more 21 But the field shal be holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile as a filed separe te from commune vses the possession ther of shal be the Priests 22 If a mā also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght which is not of the grounde of his inheritance 23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him as * thou estemest it vnto the yere of Iubile and he shal giue thy price the same day as a thing holy vnto the Lord. 24 But in the yere of Iubile the field shal returne vnto him of whome it was boght to him I say whose inheritāce the lād was 25 And all thy valuacion shal be according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie a shekel cō teineth twenty gerahs 26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of the beastes because it is the Lords first borne none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke or shepe for it is the Lords 27 But if it be an vncleane beast then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto if it be not rede med then it shal be solde according to thy estimacion 28 * Notwithstāding nothing separate frō the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe whether it be man or beast or land of his inheritance may be solde nor redemed for euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord. 29 Nothing separate from the cōmune vse which shal be separate from man shal be redemed but dye the death 30 Also all the tithe of the lād bothe of the sede of the ground of the frute of the 〈◊〉 is the Lords it is holy to the Lord. 31 But if a man wil redeme anie of his tithe he shal adde the fift parte thereto 32 And euerie tithe of bullocke and of shepe and of all that goeth vnder the rod the tenth shal be holy vnto the Lord. 33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it els if he change it bothe it and that it was changed with all shal be holy and it shal not be redemed 34 These are the commādements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés called Nombers THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shal be vnder the crosse bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things and also fele his comforte when all other helpe faileth he did not straight way bring his people after their departure out of Egypt into the land which he promised them but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it to trye their faith to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God who serued him with pure heart where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie and making religion to serue their purpose murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes and gouerneth his by his holy Spirit that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences or els returne to him quickely by true repentance and therefore he continueth his graces toward them he giueth them ordinances and instructions aswel for religion as out ward policie he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome CHAP. I. 1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord. 1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés ī the wildernes of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō in the first day of the seconde moneth in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt saying 2 * Take ye the summe of all the Congregaciō of the children of Israel after their familiers housholdes of their fathers with the nōber of their names to with all the
their father 5 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Bring the tribe of Leui and set them before Aarôn the Priest that thei may serue him 7 And take the charge with him 〈◊〉 the char ge of the whole Congregacion before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 8 Thei shal also kepe all the instruments of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and haue the charge of the children of Israél to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 9 And thou shalt giue the Leuites vnto Aarón and to his sonnes for thei are giuen him frely from among the children of Israél 10 And thou shalt appoint Aarōn and his sonnes to execute their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 11 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Beholde I haue euen taken the Leuites frō among the children of Israél for all the first borne that openeth the matrice among the childrē of Israél the Leuites shal be mine 13 Because all the first borne are mine for the same day that I smote all the first borne in the land of Egypt * I sanctified vnto me all the first borne in Israél bothe man and beast mine thei shal be I am the Lord. 14 ¶ Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernes of Sinái saying 15 Nomber the children of Leui after the houses of their fathers in their families euerie male from a moneth olde and aboue shalt thou nomber 16 * Then Mosés nombred them according to the worde of the Lord as he was commanded 17 And these were the sonnes of Leui by their names * Gershón and Koháth and Merari 18 Also these are the names of the sonnes of Gershón by their families Libni and Shimei 19 The sonnes also of Koháth by their families Amrám and Izehár Hebrón and Vzziél 20 And the sonnes of Merari by their families Mahli and Mushi These are the families of Leui according to the houses of their fathers 21 Of Gershón came the familie of the Libnites and the familie of the Shimeites these are the families of the Gershonites 22 The summe whereof after the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was counted seuen thousand and fiue hundreth 23 ¶ The families of the Gershonites shal pitch behinde the Tabernacle Westwarde 24 The captaine and ancient of the house of the Gershonites shal be Eliasáph the son ne of Laél 25 And the charge of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō shal be the Tabernacle and the pauillion the coue ring thereof and the vaile of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 And the hanging of the courte and the vaile of the dore of the courte which is nere the Tabernacle and nere the Altar round about and the cordes of it for all the seruice thereof 27 ¶ And of Koháth came the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izeharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the fa milie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites 28 The nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was eight thousand and six hundreth hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie 29 The families of the sonnes of Koháth shal pitch on the Southside of the Tabernacle 30 The captaine ancient of the house and families of the Kohathites shal be Elizaphán the sonne of Vzziél 31 And their charge shal be the Arke and the table and the candelsticke and the altars and the instruments of the Sanctuarie that they minister with and the vaile and all that serueth thereto 32 And Eleazárthe sonne of Aarón the Priest shal be chief captaine of the Leuites hauing the ouersight of them that haue the charge of the Sanctuarie 33 ¶ Of Merarî came the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari 34 And the summe of them according to the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde aboue was six thousand two hundreth 35 The captaine and the ancient of the house of the families of Merari shal be Zuriél the sóne of Abihail thei shal pitch on the North side of the Tabernacle 36 And in the charge and custodie of the sonnes of Merari shal be the boardes of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and his pillers and his sockets all the instruments thereof and all that serueth thereto 37 With the pillers of the court round about with their sockets and their pins and their cordes 38 ¶ Also on the forefront of the Tabernacle toward the East before the Tabernacle I say of the Congregacion Eastwarde shal Mosés and Aaron and his sonnes pitch hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the children of Israél but the stran ger that commeth nere shal be slaine 39 The whole summe of the Leuites which Mosés and Aarón nombred at the commandement of the Lord throughout their families euen all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was two and twentie thousand 40 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Nomber all the first borne that are males among the children of Israél from a moneth olde and aboue and take the nomber of their names 41 And thou shalt take the Leuites to me for all the first borne of the children of Israél I am the Lord and the cattel of the Leuites for all the first borne of the cattel of the children of Israél 42 And Mosés nombred as the Lord comman ded him all the first borne of the children of Israél 43 And all the first borne males rehearsed by name from a moneth olde and aboue according to their nomber were two and twentie thousand two hundreth seuentie and thre 44 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 45 Take the Leuites for all the first borne of the children of Israél and the cattel of the Leuites for their cattel the Leuites shal be mine I am the Lord 46 And for the redeming of the two hundreth seuentie and thre which are mo then the Leuites of the first borne of the children of Israél 47 Thou shalt also take fiue shekels for euerie persone after the weight of the Sanctuarie shalt thou take it * the shekel conteineth twentie gerahs 48 And thou shalt giue the money where with the odde nomber of them is redemed vnto Aarón and to his sonnes 49 Thus Mosés toke the redempcion of them that were redemed being mo then the Leuites 50 Of the firstborne of the children of Israél toke he the money euen a thousande thre hundreth thre score and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 51 And Mosés gaue the money of them that were redemed vnto Aarōn ād to his sonnes accordyng to the worde of the Lorde as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. IIII. 5 The offices of the Leuites when
vp at once ād possesse 〈◊〉 for vndoutedly we shal ouercome it 32 But the men that went vp with hym sayd We be not able to go vp against the people for they are stronger then we 33 So they broght vp an euyll reporte of the land which they had searched for the childrē of Israél saying The lāde which we haue gone through to searche it out is a land that eateth vp the inhabitantes thereof for all the people that we sawe in it are men of great stature 34 For there were sawe gyantes the sonnes of Anák whiche come of the gyantes so that we semed in our sight lyke greshoppers and so we were in their sight CHAP. XIIII 2 The people murmure against Moses 10 They wolde haue stoned Caléb and Ioshua 13 Moses pacifieth God by his prayer 45 The people that wolde entre into the land contrarie to Gods wil are slaine 1 THen all the Congregacion lifted vp their voyce and cryed and the people wept that nyght 2 And all the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and Aaron and the whole assemblie sayd vnto them Wolde God we had dyed in the land of Egypte or in this wildernes wolde God we were dead 3 Wherefore nowe hathe the Lord broght vs into this lande to fall vpon the sworde our wiues and our children shal be a pray were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt 4 And they said one to another Let vs make a captaine and returne into Egypt 5 Then Mosés and Aarōn fell on their faces before all the assemblie of the Congregaciō of the children of Israél 6 * And Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Calēb the sonne of Iephunnéh two of them that searched the land rent their clothes 7 And spake vnto all the assemblie of the children of Israél saying The lande whiche we walked through to searche it is a very good land 8 If the Lord loue vs he will bring vs into this land and giue it vs which is a land that floweth with milke and honie 9 But rebell not ye agaynst the Lorde nether feare ye the people of the lande for they are but breade for vs theyr shielde is departed from them and the Lord is with vs feare them not 10 And all the multitude said Stone thē with stones but the glorie of the Lorde appeared in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before all the children of Israél 11 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés How long will this people prouoke me and how long will it be yer they beleue me for all the signes which I haue shewed among them 12 I wil smite them with the pestilēce destroye them and will make thee a greater nacion and mightier then they 13 But Mosés said vnto the Lorde * When the Egyptians shall heare it for thou broghtest thys people by thy power frome among them 14 Then they shall saye to the inhabitantes of this land for they haue heard that thou Lord art among this people and that thou LORD art sene face to face and that thy cloude standeth ouer them and that thou* goest before them by day time in a piller of a cloude and in a piller of fire by night 15 That thou wilte kyll thys people as one man so the heathen whiche haue heard the fame of thee shall thus say 16 Because the Lorde was not * able to bryng this people into the lande whiche he sware vnto them therefore hathe he slayne them in the wildernes 17 And now I beseche thee let the power of my Lorde be great accordyng as thou haste spoken saying 18 The LORDE is * slowe to angre and of greate mercye and * forgyuyng iniquitie and sinne but not makyng the wicked innocent and * visiting the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children in the thirde and fourth generacion 19 Be merciful I beseche thee vnto the iniquitie of people according to thy great mercy and as thou hast forgiuen this people frome Egypt euen vntill nowe 20 And the Lord said I haue forgiuen it according to thy request 21 Notwithstandynge as I liue all the earth shal be filled with the glorie of the Lord. 22 For al those men whiche haue sene my glorie and my miracles which I did in Egypt ād in the wildernes and haue tempted me this ten times and haue not obeyed my voyce 23 Certeinely they shal not se the land whereof I sware vnto their fathers nether shall anie that prouoke me se it 24 But my seruant * Caléb because he had an other spirit ād hathe folowed me stil euen hym will I bryng into the land whether he went and his sede shall inherit it 25 Nowe the Amalekites and the Canaanites remaine in the valley wherfore turne back tomorowe and get you into the wildernes by the way of the red Sea 26 ¶ After the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarōn saying 27 * How long shall I suffre this wicked multitude to murmure agaynst me I haue heard the murmurynges of the children of Israél which they murmure against me 28 Tel them As * I liue sayeth the Lord I will surely do vnto you euen as ye haue spoken in mine eares 29 Your carkeises shall fall in thys wyldernes and all you that were * counted through all your nombers frome twentie yere olde and aboue which haue murmured against me 30 Ye shal not doutles come into the land for the whiche I * lifted vp mine hand to make you dwell therein saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh and Ioshua the sonne of Nun. 31 But your children which ye said shulde be a praye them wyll I bryng in and they shall knowe the land whiche ye haue refused 32 But euen your carkeises shall fall in thys wildernes 33 And your chyldren shall wander in the wildernes fourtie yeres and shal beare your whoredomes vntill your carkeises be wasted in the wildernes 34 After the nomber of the dayes in the whiche ye searched out the land euen fourtie dayes * euerie daye for a yere shall ye beare your iniquitie for * fourtie yeres and ye shal fele my breache of promise 35 I the Lord haue sayd Certeinely I wyll do so to all this wicked companie that are gathered together against me for in this wildernes they shal be consumed and there they shal dye 36 And the men whyche Mosés had sent to searche the lande which when they came againe made all the people to murmure agaynste hym and broght vp a slander vpon the land 37 Euen those men that did bring vp that vyle slander vpon the land * shal dye by a plague before the Lord. 38 But Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh of those mē that went to searche the land shal liue 39 ¶ Then Mosés tolde these sayings vnto all the children of Israél ād the people sorowed greatly
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
other thre bokes of Moses 40. Ioshúa 27. So the whole maketh 2597 yeres CHAP. I. 2 The Lord incourageth Ioshua to inuade the lād 4. The borders and limites of the land of the Israelites 5 The Lord promiseth to assist Ioshua if he obey his worde 11. Ioshua commandeth the people to prepare them selues to passe ouer Iordén 12 And exhorteth the Reubenites to execute their charge 1 〈◊〉 after the death of Mosés the seruāt of the Lord the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun Mosés minister saying 2 Mosés my sernant is dead now therefore arise go ouer this Iordén thou and all this people vnto the land which I giue them that is to the children of Israél 3 * Euerie place that the sole of your fote shal treade vpon haue I giuen you as I said vnto Mosés 4 * From the wildernes and this Lebánón euen vnto the great Riuer the riuer Peráth all the land of the Hittites euen vnto the great sea toward the going downe of the sunne shal be your coast 5 There shal not a man be able to withstand thee all the dayes of thy life as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee * I wil not lea ue thee nor forsake thee 6 Be strong and of a good courage for vnto this people shalt thou deuide the land for an inheritance which I sware vnto their fathers to giue them 7 Onely be thou strong and of a moste valiant courage that thou maiest obserue and do according to all the' Lawe which Mosés my seruant hathe commanded thee * thou shalt not turne away from it to the right hād nor to the left that thou maiest prosper whethersoeuer thou goest 8 Let not this boke of the Lawe departe out of thy mouth but meditate therein day and night that thou maiest obserue and do according to all that is writtē therein for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous then shalt thou haue good successe 9 Haue not I commanded thee saying Be strong and of a good courage feare not nor be discouraged for I the Lord thy God wil be with thee whethersoeuer thou goest 10 ¶ Then Ioshúa commanded the officers of the people saying 11 Passe through the hoste and commande the people saying Prepare you vitailes for after thre daies ye shal passe ouer this Iordē to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you to possesse it 12 ¶ And vnto the Reubenites and to the Gadites to halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 spake Ioshúa saying 13 * Remēber the worde which Mosés the ser uant of the Lorde commanded you saying The Lord your God hathe giuen you rest hathe giuen you this land 14 ¶ Your wiues your children your cattel shall remaine in the land which Mosés gaue you on this side Iordén but ye shal go ouer before your brethren armed all that be men of warre and shal helpe them 15 Vntill the Lord haue giuen your brethren rest as well as to you and vntil they also shall possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth thē then shal ye returne vnto the land of your possession shal possesse it whiche land Mosés the Lords 〈◊〉 gaue you on this side 〈◊〉 towarde the sunne rising 16 Then they answered Ioshúa saying Al that thou hast commanded vs we wil do whethersoeuer thou sendest vs we wil go 17 As we obeyed Mosés in all things so will we obey thee onely the Lord thy GOD be with thee as he was with Mosés 18 Whosoeuer shal rebelle against thy cōman dement wil not obey thy wordes in al that thou cōmandest him let him be put to death onely be strong and of good courage CHAP. II. 1 Ioshúa sendeth mē to spie 〈◊〉 whome Raháb hideth 11 She consesseth the God of Israél 12 She requireth a signe for 〈◊〉 deliuerance 21 The spies returne to Ioshúa with comfortable tidings 1 THen Ioshúa the sonne of Nun sent out of Shittim two men to spie secretly saying Go ve we the land also Ierichó and they went and * came into an harlots house named Raháb and lodged there 2 Then reporte was made to the Kyng of Ierichó saying Beholde there came men hether to night of the children of Israél to spie out the countrey 3 And the King of Ierichô sent vnto Rahāb saying Bring forth the men that are come to thee and whiche are entred into thine house for they be come to searche out all the land 4 But the woman had taken the two men hid them Therefore said she thus There came men vnto me but I wist not whence they were 5 And when they shut the gate in the darcke the men went out whether the men went I wote not followe ye after thē quickely for ye shall ouertake them 6 But she had broght thē vp to the roofe of the house and hyd them with the stalkes of flaxe whiche she had spread abroade vpon the roofe 7 And certeine men pursued after them the way to Iordén vnto the fourdes and assone as thei which pursued after them were gone out thei shut the gate 8 ¶ And before thei were a slepe she came vp vnto them vpon the roofe 9 And said vnto the men I knowe that the Lord hathe giuen you the land and that the feare of you is fallen vpon vs and that all the inhabitants of the land faint because of you 10 For we haue heard how the Lord * dryed vp the water of the read Sea before you whē you came out of Egypt and what you did vnto the two Kings of the Amorites that were on the other side Iordén vnto * Sihōn and to Og whome ye vtterly destroyed 11 And whē we hearde it our heartes did faint and there remained no more courage in anie because of you for the Lord your God he is the God in heauen aboue and in earth beneth 12 Now therefore I pray you sweare vnto me by the Lord that as I haue shewed you mercie ye wil also shewe mercie vnto my fathers house and giue me a true token 13 And that ye wil saue aliue my father and my mother and my brethren and my sisters and all that thei haue and that ye wil deliuer our soules from death 14 And the men answered her Our life for you to dye if ye vtter not this 〈◊〉 busines when the Lord hathe giuen vs the land we wil deale mercifully and truely with thee 15 Thē she let them downe by a corde through the windowe for her house was vpon the towne wall and she dwelt vpon the wall 16 And she said vnto them Go you into the mountaine lest the pursuers mete with you and hyde your selues there thre daies vntil the pursuers be returned thē afterward may ye go your way 17 And the men
hast spoken of shal I be had in honour 23 Therefore Michál the daughter of Saúl had no childe vnto the day of her death CHAP. VII 2 Dauid wolde buylde God an house but is forbidden by the Prophet Nathán 8 God putteth Dauid in minde of his 〈◊〉 12 He promiseth continuance of his kingdome and posteritie 1 AFterwarde* when the King sate in his house and the Lord had giuen him rest round about from all his enemies 2 The King said vnto Nathán the Prophet Beholde now I dwel in an house of cedar trees the Arke of God remaineth within the curtaines 3 Then Nathán said vnto the King Go and do all that is in thine hearte for the Lorde is with thee 4 ¶ And the same nyght the worde of the Lord came vnto Nathán saying 5 Go and tel my seruant Dauid Thus saieth the Lord Shalt thou buyld me an house for my dwelling 6 For I haue dwelt in no house since the time that I broght the children of Israél out of Egypt vnto this day but haue walked in a tent and tabernacle 7 In all the places wherein I haue walked with all the children of Israél spake I one worde with anie of the tribes of Israél when I commāded the iudges to fede my people Israél or said I Why buylde ye not me an house of cedar trees 8 Now therefore so say vnto my seruant Dauid Thus sayeth the LORD of hostes * I toke thee from the shepecote followyng the shepe that thou mightest be ruler ouer my people ouer Israél 9 And I was with thee wheresoeuer thou hast walked and haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight and haue made thee a great name like vnto the name of the great men that are in the earth 10 Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél and wil plant it that they may dwell in a place of their owne moue nomore nether shal wicked people trouble them anie more as before time 11 * And since the time that I set iudges ouer my people of Israél and I wil giue thee rest from all thine enemies also the Lord telleth thee that he wil make thee an house 12 * And when thy dayes be fulfilled thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and I wil set vp thy seede after thee which shall procede out of thy body and wil stablish his kingdome 13 * He shal buyld an house for my Name I will stablishe the throne of his kingdome for euer 14 * I wil be his father he shal be my sonne and * if he sinne I wil chasten him with the rod of men and with the plagues of the children of men 15 But my mercy shal not depart away from him as I toke it from Saúl whome I haue put away before thee 16 And thine house shal be stablished and thy kingdome for euer before thee euen thy throne shal be stablished for euer 17 According to all these words and according to all this vision Nathán spake thus vnto Dauid 18 Then King Dauid went in and sate before the Lord and said Who am I ô Lord God and what is myne house that thou haste broght me hitherto 19 And this was yet a small thing in thy sight ô Lord GOD therefore thou hast spoken also of thy seruāts house for a great while but doeth this apperteine to mā ô Lord God 20 And what can Dauid say more vnto thee for thou Lord God knowest thy seruant 21 For thy wordes sake and accordynge to thine owne hearte hast thou done all these great things to make them knowen vnto thy seruant 22 Wherefore thou art great ô Lord GOD for there is none like thee nether is there anie God besides thee accordynge to all that we haue heard with our eares 23 * And what one people in the earthe is like thy people like Israél whose GOD went and redemed them to him selfe that they might be his people that he might make him a name and do for you greate things and terrible for thy land ô Lorde euen 〈◊〉 thy people whome thou redemest to thee out of Egypt from the nacions and their Gods 24 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thy people for euer and thou Lord art become their God 25 Now therefore ô Lord God confirme for euer the worde that thou hast spoken cōcerning thy seruant and his house and do as thou hast said 26 And let thy Name be magnified for euer by them that shall say The Lord of hostes is the GOD ouer Israél let the house of thy seruant Dauid be stablished before thee 27 For thou ô Lord of hostes God of Israél hast reueiled vnto thy seruāt saying I will buyld thee an house therefore hathe thy seruant bene bolde to praye thys prayer vnto thee 28 Therefore now ô Lord God for thou art God and thy wordes be true and thou hast tolde this goodnes vnto thy seruant 29 Therefore now let it please thee to blesse the house of thy seruant that it may cōtinue for euer before thee for thou ô Lorde God hast spokē it let the house of thy seruāt be blessed for euer with thy blessing CHAP. VIII 1 Dauid ouercommeth the Philistims and other strange nacions and maketh them tributaries to Israél 1 AFter this now Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them and Dauid toke the bridle of bondage out of the hand of the Philistims 2 And he smote Moáb and measured them with a corde and cast them downe to the ground he measured them with two cordes to put them to death and with one ful corde to kepe them aliue so became the Moabites Dauids seruāts broght gifts 3 ¶ Dauid smote also Hadadézer the sonne of Rehób King of Zobáh as he wēt to recouer his border at the riuer Euphrátes 4 And Dauid to ke athousand and seuen hūdreth horsemen and twentye thousande fotemē and destroyed all the charets but he reserueth an hundreth charets of them 5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Dammések to succour Hadadézer King of Zobáh but Dauid slewe of the Aramites two twentie thousand men 6 And he put a garison in Arám of Dāmések and the Aramites became seruantes to Dauid and broght giftes And the Lord saued Dauid wheresoeuer he went 7 And Dauid toke the shields of golde that belonged to the seruants of Hadadézer broght them to Ierusalém 8 And out of Betáh and Berothái cities of Hadadézer Dauid broght exceding much brasse 9 ¶ Then Tôiking of Hamáth heard how Dauid had smitten all the hoste of Hadadézer 10 Therefore Tói sent Iorám his sonne vnto King Dauid to salute him and to reioyce with him because he had foght against Hadadézer and beaten him for Hadadézer had warre with 〈◊〉 who broght with
sight and Israél shal be a prouerbe and a commune talke among all people 8 Euen this hie house shal be so euerie one that passeth by it shal be a stonied ād shall hisse and they shal say * Why hathe the Lord done thus vnto this land and to this house 9 And they shal answer Because they forsoke the Lord their God which broght their fathers out of the land of Egypt and haue taken holde vpon other gods and haue worshiped them and serued them therefore hathe the Lord broght vpon them all this euil 10 * And at the end of twentie yeres when Salomón had buylded the two houses the house of the Lord and the Kings palace 11 For the which Hirám the King of Tyrus had broght to Salomō timber of cedre and firre trees and golde and whatsoeuer he desired then King Salomón gaue to Hirám twentie cities in the land of Galil 12 And * Hirám came out from Tyrusto sethe cities which Salomón had giuen him and they pleased him not 13 Therefore he said What cities are these which thou hast giuen me my brother And he called them the land of Cabúl vnto this day 14 And Hiram had sent the King six score talents of golde 15 ¶ And this is the cause of the tribute why King Salomō raised tribute to wit to buyl de the house of the Lord his owne house and Milló and the wall of 〈◊〉 and Hazōr and Megiddō and Gezér 16 Pharaóh King of Egypt had come vp and taken Gezer and burnt it with fire and slewe the Canaanites that dwelt in the ci tie gaue it for a presēt vnto his daughter Salomons wife 17 Therefore Salomōn buylt Gezér and Beth-horón the nether 18 And Baaláth and Tamór in the wildernes of the land 19 And all the cities of store that Salomón had euen cities for charets and cities for horsemen and all that Salomón desired wolde buyld in Ierusalém and in Lebanon and in all the land of his dominion 20 All the people that were left of the Amorites 〈◊〉 Perizzittes Hiuites and 〈◊〉 which were not of the children of Israél 21 To wit their children that were left after them in the land whome the children of Is raél were not able to destroye those did Salomón make tributaires vnto this day 22 But of the children of Israél did Salomón * make no bondmen but they were men of warre and his seruants and his princes and his captaines and rulers of his charets and his horsemen 23 These were the princes of the officers that were ouer Salomóns worke euen fi ue hundreth and fiftie and they ruled the people that wroght in the worke 24 ¶ And Pharaohs daughter came vp from the citie of Dauid vnto the house which Salomón had buylt forher then did he buylde Millô 25 And thrise a yere did Salomón offer burnt offrings and peace offrings vpon the altar which he buylt vnto the Lord and he burnt incense vpon the altar that was before the Lord when he had finished the house 26 ¶ Also King Salomón made a nauie of ship pes in Ezeon-geber which is beside Eloth and the brincke of the red Sea in the land of Edóm 27 And Hirám sent with the nauie his 〈◊〉 uāts that were mariners had knowled ge of the sea with the seruants of Salomon 28 And thei came to Ophir and fet from thēce foure hundreth and twenty talents of golde and broght it to King Salomon CHAP. X. 1 The quene of Sabā commeth to heare the wisdome of Salomon 18 His royal throne 23 His power and magnificence 1 ANd the * quene of Shebá hearing the fame of Salomon concerning the Na me of the Lord came to proue him with hard questions 2 And she came to Ierusalém with a very great traine and camels that bare swete o dors and golde exceding muche and precious stone and she came to Salomón and communed with him of all that was in her heart 3 And Salómon declared vnto her all her questions nothing was hid from the King which he expounded not vnto her 4 Then the quene of Shebá sawe all Salomons wisdome and the house that he had buylt 5 And the meat of his table and the sitting of his seruants and the ordre of his ministers and their apparel and his drinking vessels and his burnt offrings that he offred in the house of the Lord she was greatly astonied 6 And she said vnto the King It was a true worde that I heard in mine owne land of thy sayings and of thy wisdome 7 How beit I beleued not this reporte til I came and had sene it with mine eyes but lo the one halfe was not tolde me for thou hast more wisdome and prosperitie then I haue heard by reporte 8 Happy are thy men happy are these thy seruants which stand euer before thee heare thy wisdome 9 Blessed by the Lord thy God which loued thee to set thee on the throne of Israél because the Lord loued Israél for euer and make thee King to do equitie and righteousnes 10 And she gaue the King six score talents of golde and of swete odors exceding muche and precious stones There came no more suche abundance of swete odors as the quene of Shebá gaue to King Salomón 11 The nauie also of Hirám that caried golde from Ophir broght likewise great plēty of * Almuggim trees from Ophir and pre cious stones 12 And the King made of the Almuggim trees pillers for the house of the Lord and for the kings place made harpes psalteries for singers There came no more suche Almuggim trees nor were anie more sene vnto this day 13 And King Salomón gaue vnto the quene of Sheba what soeuer she wolde aske besides that which Salomō gaue her of his king lie liberalitie so she returned went to her owne countrey bothe she and her seruants 14 Also the weight of golde that came to Sa lomon in one yere was six hundreth thre score and six * talents of golde 15 Beside that he had of marchant men and of the marchandises of them that solde spi ces and of all the Kings of Arabia and of the princes of the countrey 16 And King Salomon made two hundreth targats of beaten golde six hūdreth shekels of golde went to a targat 17 And thre hūdreth shields of beaten golde thre pounde of golde went to one shield and the King put thē in the * house of the wood of Lebanôn 18 ¶ Then the King made a great throne of yuerie and couered it with the best golde 19 And the throne had six steps and the top of the throne was round behinde there were stayes on ether side on the place of the throne and two lions standing by the stayes 20 And there stode twelue lions on the six steps on ether side
17 ¶ And after these thynges the sonne of the wife of the house fel sicke hys sicknes was so sore that there was no breath left in him 18 And she said vnto Eliáh What haue I to do with thee ô thou man of God art thou come vnto me to call my sinne to remembrance and to slaye my sonne 19 And he said vnto her Giue me thy sonne he toke him out of her bosome and caried him vp into a chāber where he abode and laied him vpon his owne bed 20 Then he called vnto the Lord and said O Lord my GOD hast thou punished also this widowe with whome I soiourne by killing her sonne 21 And he stretched him selfe vpon the child thre times and called vnto the Lorde and said O Lord my GOD I pray thee let this childes soule come in to him againe 22 Thē the Lord heard the voyce of Eliáh the soule of the chylde came into hym againe and he reuiued 23 And Eliáh toke the childe broght him downe out of the chamber into the house and deliuered him vnto his mother and Eliáh said Beholde thy sonne liueth 24 And the woman said vnto Eliah Now I knowe that thou art a man of GOD and that the worde of the Lord in thy mouthe is true CHAP. XVIII 1 Eliah is sent to Ahab 13 Obadiah hideth an hundreth Prophetes 40 Eliiah killeth all Baals Prophetes 45 He obteineth raine 1 AFter many daies the word of the Lord came to Eliiáh in the third yere saying Go shewe thy selfe vnto Aháb and I wil send raine vpon the earth 2 And Eliiáh went to shewe him selfe vnto Aháb and there was a great famine in Samaria 3 And Aháb called Obadiah the gouernour of his house and Obadiah feared GOD greatly 4 For whē Iezébel destroyed the Prophetes of the Lord Obadiah toke an hundreth Prophetes hid them by fiftie in a caue and he fed them with bread and water 5 And Ahab sayde vnto Obadiah Go in to the land vnto all the fountaines of water and vnto all the riuers if so be that we may finde grasse to saue the horses and the mules a liue lest we depriue the land of the beastes 6 And so thei deuided the land betwene thē to walke through it Aháb went one way by him selfe and Obadiáh went another way by him selfe 7 ¶ And as O badiáh was in the way beholde Eliiáh met him and he knewe him and fel on his face and said Art not thou my Lord Eliiáh 8 And he answered him Yea go tel thy lord Beholde Eliiáh is here 9 And he said what haue I sinned that thou woldest deliuer thy seruant into the hand of Ahà b to slaye me 10 As the Lord thy God liueth there is no na cion or kingdome whether my lord hathe not sent to seke thee and when they said He is not here he toke an othe of the kingdome nacion if thei had not founde thee 11 And now thou saist Go tel thy lord Beholde Eliiáh is here 12 And when I am gone from thee the Spirit of the Lord shal cary thee into some place that I do not knowe so when I come and tel Aháb if he can not finde thee then wil he kil me but I thy seruant feare the Lord from my youth 13 Was it not tolde my Lord what I did when Iezebél slewe the Prophetes of the Lord how I hidde an hundreth men of the Lords prophetes by fifties in a caue and fed them with bread and water 14 And now thou saiest Go tel thy Lord Beholde Eliáh is there that he may slaye me 15 And Eliiáh said As the Lord of hostes liueth before whome I stand I wil surely shewe my selfe vnto him this day 16 ¶ So Obadiáh went to mete Aháb and tolde him and Aháb went to mete Eliiáh 17 And when Aháb sawe Eliiáh Aháb said vnto him Art thou he that troubleth Israél 18 And he answered I haue not troubled Israél but thou and thy fathers house in that ye haue for saken the commandemēts of the Lord and thou hast followed 〈◊〉 19 Now therefore send and gather to me all Israél vnto mount Carmél and the prophe tes of Báal foure hundreth and fiftie the prophetes of the groues foure hundreth which eat at Iezebels table 20 ¶ So Ahab sent vnto all the children of Israél gathered the prophetes together vnto mount Carmel 21 And Eliiáh came vnto all the people and said How long halt ye betwene two opinions If the Lord be God followe him but if Báal be he then go after him And the people answered him not a worde 22 Then said Eliiáh vnto the people I onely remaine a Prophet of the Lord but Baals prophetes are foure hundreth fiftie mē 23 Let them therefore giue vs two bullocks and let them chuse the one and cut him in pieces and laye him on the wood but put no fyre vnder and I wil prepare the other bullocke and laye him on the wood and wil put no fire vnder 24 Then call ye on the name of your god I wil call on the Name of the Lord and then the God that answereth by fyre let him be God And all the people answered and said It is wel spoken 25 And Eliiáh said vnto the prophetes of Báal Chuse you a bullocke and prepare him first for ye are many and call on the name of your gods but put no fyre vnder 26 So thei toke the one bullocke that was giuen them and they prepared it and called on the name of Baal from morning to noone saying O Baal heare vs but there was no voyce noranie to answer and thei leapt vpon the altar that was made 27 And at noone Eliiah mocked them and said Crye loud for he is a god ether he 〈◊〉 or pursueth his enemies or is in his iourney or it may be that he slepeth must be a waked 28 And they cryed loude and cut them selues as their maner was with kniues and lancets til the blood 〈◊〉 out vpon them 29 And whē mydday was passed and thei had prophecied vntil the offring of the euening sacrifice there was nether voyce nor one to answer nor anie that regarded 30 And Eliiah said vnto all the people Come to me And all the people came to him And he repared the altar of the Lord that was broken downe 31 And Eliiáh toke twelue stones according to the nomber of the tribes of the sonnes of Iaakob vnto whome the worde of the lord came saying * Israél shal be thy name 32 And with the stones he buylt an altar in the 〈◊〉 of the Lord and he made a ditche rounde about the altar as great as wolde conteine two measures of sede 33 And he put the wood in order and hewed the bullocke in pieces and layed him on the wood 34 And said Fil foure barels with water and powre it on the burnt
with me to battel against Ramóth Gileád And Iehoshaphat said vnto the King of Israél I am as thou art my people as thy people and mine horses as thine horses 5 Then Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél Aske counsel I pray thee of the Lord to day 6 Then the King of Israél gathered the Prophetes vpon a foure hundreth men and said vnto them Shal I go against Ramoth Gileád to battel or shal I let it alone And they said Go vp for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hands of the King 7 And Iehoshaphát said Is there here neuer a Prophet of the Lord more that we might in quire of him 8 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát There is yet one man Micháiah the sonne of Imláh by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord but I hate him for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me but euil And Iehoshaphát said Let not the King say so 9 Then the King of Israél called an Eunuche and said Call quickely Micháiah the sonne of Imláh 10 And the King of Israél and Iehoshaphát the King of Iudáh sate ether of them 〈◊〉 his throne in their apparel in the voyde place at the entring in of the gate of Samaria and all the Prophetes prophecīed before them 11 And Zidkiiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh ma de him hornes of yron said Thus sayth the Lord With these shalt thou push the Aramites vntil thou hast consumed them 12 And all the Prophetes prophecied so saying Go vp to Ramoth Gileád and pros per for the Lord shal deliuer it into the Kings hand 13 ¶ And the messenger that was gone to call Michálah spake vnto him saying Behold now the wordes of the Prophetes declare good vnto the King with one accorde let thy worde therefore I pray thee be like the worde of one of thē speake thou good 14 And Micháiah said As the Lord liueth what soeuer the Lord sayth vnto me that wil I speake 15 ¶ So he came to the King and the King said vnto him Micháiah shal we go agaīst Ramoth Gilead to battel or shal we leaue of And he answered him Go vp and pro sper and the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King 16 And the King said vnto him How oft shal I charge thee that thou tel me nothing but that which is true in the Name of the Lord. 17 Then he said I sawe all Israél scatred vpon the mountaines as shepe that had no shepherd And the Lord said These haue no master let euery mā returne vnto his house in peace 18 And the King of Israel said vnto Iehosha phar Did I not tel thee that he wolde pro phecie no good vnto me but euil 19 Againe he said Heare thou therefore the worde of the Lord I sawe the Lord sit on his throne and all the hoste of heauē stode about him on his right hand and on his left hand 20 And the Lord said Who shal entise Aháb that he may go and fall at Ramóth Gilead And one said on this maner and another said on that maner 21 Then there came forthe a spirit stode before the Lord and said I wil entise him And the Lord said vnto him Where with 22 And he said I wil go out and be a false spi rit in the mouthe of all his prophetes Thē he said Thou shalt entise him shalt also preuaile go forthe and do so 23 Now therefore beholde the Lord hathe put a lying spirit in the mouthe of all the se thy prophetes and the Lord hathe appointed euil against thee 24 Then 〈◊〉 the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere smote Micháiah on the chek and said * When went the Spirit of the Lord from me to speake vnto thee 25 And Micháiah said Beholde thou shalt se in that day when thou shalt go from chāber to chamber to hide thee 26 And the King of Israel said Take Micháiah and cary him vnto Amon the gouern our of the citie and vnto Ioásh the Kings sōne 27 And say thus sayth the King Put this mā in the prison house fede him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction vntil I returne in peace 28 And Micháiah said If thou returne in pea ce the Lord hathe not spok en by me And he said Hearken all ye people 29 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaph át the King of Iudáh wēt vp to Ramôth Gileáe 30 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphát I wil change mine apparel and wil entre into the battel but put thou on thine apparel And the King of Israél changed him selfe and went into the battel 31 And the King of Aram commāded his two and thirtie captaines ouer his charrets saying Fight nether with smal nor great saue onely against the King of Israel 32 And when the captaines of the charets sa we Iehoshaphát they said Surely it is the King of Israél and they turned to fight against him and Iohoshaphát cryed 33 And when the captaines of the charets sawe that was not the King of Israél they turned backe from him 34 Then a certeine man drue a bowe mightely and smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntes of his brigandine Wherefore he said vnto his charet man Turne thine hand and cary me out of the hoste for I am hurt 35 And the battell encreased that day the King stode stil in his charet against the Aramites and dyed at euen and the blood ran out of the wounde into the middes of the charet 36 And there went a proclamation through our the hoste about the going downe of the sunne saying Euery man to his 〈◊〉 euery man to his owne countrei 37 So the King dyed and was broght to Samaria they buried the King in Samaria 38 And one washed the charet in the poole of Samaria and the doggs licked vp his blood they washed his armour accordīg * vnto the worde of the Lord which he spake 39 Concerning the rest of the actes of Aháb and all that he did and the yuorie house which he buylt and all the cities that he buylt are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 40 So Aháb slept with his fathers and Ahaziáh his sonne reigned in his steade 41 ¶ * And Iehoshaphat the sonne of Asábe gan to reigne vpon Iudáh in the fourth yere of Ahà b King of Israél 42 Iehoshaphát was fiue and thirtie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém And his mo ther 's name was Azubáh the daughter of Shilhi 43 And he walked in all the wayes of Asá his father and declined not there from but did that which was right in the eyes of the Lord Neuertheles the hie places were not taken away for the people
haue we hitherto the chief actes from the beginning of the worlde to the buylding againe of Ierusalém which was the two and thirtieth yere of Darius conteinein the whole thre thousand foure hundreth foure score and eight yeres and six moneths CHAP. I. 6 The offring of Salomón at Gibeón 8 He prayeth vnto God to giue him wisdome 11 whiche he giueth hym and more 14 The nomber of his charets and horses 15 And of his riches 1 THen Salomón the sonne of Dauid was confirmed in hys kingdome and the * Lord his God was with him magni fied him highlie 2 And Salomō spake vnto all Israél to the captaines of thousands and of hūdreths and to the iudges to all the gouernours in all Israél euen the chief fathers 3 So Salomōn and all the Congregacion with him went to the hye place that was at Gibeón for there was the Tabernacle of the Congregacion of God which Mosés the seruant of the Lord had made in the wildernes 4 But the Arke of God had Dauid broght vp from Kiriath-iearim when Dauid had made preparaciō for it for he had pitched a tent for it in Ierusalém 5 Moreouer the brasen altar * that Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur had made did he set before the Tabernacle of the Lord and Salomón and the Cōgregacion soght it 6 And Salomō offred there before the Lord vpon the brasen altar that was in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion * euen a thousand burnt offrings offred he vpon it 7 ¶ The same night did God appeare vnto Salomón and said vnto hym Aske what I shal giue thee 8 And Salomón said vnto God Thou hast shewed great mercie vnto Dauid my father and hast made me to reigne in his steade 9 Now therefore ô Lord God let thy promes vnto Dauid my father be true for thou hast made me King ouer a great people like to the dust of the earth 10 Giue me now wisdome knowledge that I may go out go in before this people for who can iudge this thy great people 11 And God said to Salomón Because thys was in thine heart and thou hast not asked riches treasures nor honour nor the liues of thine enemies nether yet hast asked long life but hast asked for thee wisdome and knowledge that thou mightest iudge my people ouer whome I haue made thee King 12 Wisdome and knowledge is grāted vnto thee and I wil giue thee riches and treasures honour so that there hath not bene the like among the Kings which were before thee nether after thee shall there be the like 13 Then Salomōn came from the hye place that was at Gibeón to Ierusalém from before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and reigned ouer Israél 14 * And Salomón gathered the charets and horsmen and he had a thousand and foure hundreth charets and twelue thousande horsmen whome he placed in the charet cities and with the King at Ierusalém 15 And the King gaue siluer and golde at Ierusalém as stones and gaue cedre trees as the wilde fig trees that are abundātly in the plaines 16 Also Salomón had horses broght out of Egypt and * fine linen the Kinges marchants receiued the fine linen for a price 17 They came vp also and broght out of Egypt some charet worthe six hundreth shekels of siluer that is an horse for an hundreth and fiftie and thus they broght horses to all the Kings of the Hittites to the Kings of Aram by their meanes CHAP. II. 2 The nomber of Salomons workemen to buylde the Téple 3 Salomon sendeth to Hirám the King of Tyrus for wood and workemen 1 THen Salomón determined to buyld an house for the Name of the Lord and an house for his kingdome 2 And Salomōn tolde out seuentie thousand that bare burdens and foure score thousand men to hewe stones in the mountaine and thre thousand and six hundreth to ouersee them 3 And Salomón sent to Hurám the King of Tyrus saying As thou hast done to Dauid my father and * didest send him cedre trees to buyld him an house to dwel in so do to me 4 Beholde I buyld an house vnto the Name of the Lord my God to sactifie it vnto him and to burne swete incense before him for the continuall shew bread and for the burnt offrings of the morning euening on the Sabbath daies and in the newe moneths and in the solemne feastes of the Lord our God this is a perpetual thing for Israél 5 And the house which I buyld is great for great is our God aboue all Gods 6 Who is he then that can be able to buyld him an house when the heauen and the heauen of heauens can not conteine him who am I thē that I shuld buyld him an hou se but I do it to burne incēse before him 7 Send me now therefore a cunning māthat can worke in golde in siluer and in brasse and in yron and in purple and crimosin and blewe silke and that can graue in grauen worke with the cunning men that are with me in Iudáh and in Ierusalém whome Dauid my father hathe prepared 8 Send me also cedre trees firre trees and Algummim trees from Lebanón for I knowe that thy seruants can skil to hewe timbre in Lebanōn and beholde my seruants shal be with thine 9 That they may prepare me timbre in abūdance for the house which I do buyld is great and wonderfull 10 And beholde I will giue to thy seruantes the cutters and the hewers of timbre twētie thousand measures of beaten wheat and twentie thousand measures of barlye and twentie thousand baths of wine and twentie thousand baths of oyle 11 Then Hurám King of Tyrus answered in writing which he sent to Salomōn Because the Lord hathe loued his people he hathe made thee King ouer them 12 Hurám said moreouer Blessed be the lord God of Israél which made the heauen and the earth and that hathe giuen vnto Dauid the King a wise sonne that hath discretion prudence and vnderstandyng to buylde an house for the Lord and a palace for his kingdome 13 Now therfore I haue sent a wise man and of vnderstanding of my father Hurams 14 * The sonne of a woman of the daughters of Dan and his father was a man of Tyrus and he can skill to worke in golde in siluer in brasse in yron in stone in timbre in purple in blewe silke and in 〈◊〉 linen and in crimosin and can graue in all grauē workes and broder in all broydred work that shal be giuen hym with thy cunning men with the cunning men of my Lord Dauid thy father 15 Now therefore the wheat and the barly the oyle and the wine which my Lord hath spoken of let him send vnto his seruants 16 And we wil cut wood in Lebanón
all the worke finished that Salomōn made for the house of the Lord and Salomōn broght in the thynges that Dauid his father had dedicated wyth the siluer and the golde and all the vessels put them amōg the treasures of the house of God 2 Then Salomōn assembled the Elders of Israél and all the heades of the tribes the chief fathers of the children of Israél vnto Ierusalém to bring vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lord from the citie of Dauid which is Zión 3 And all the men of Israél assembled vnto the King at the feast it was in the seuenth moneth 4 And all the Elders of Israél came and the Leuites toke vp the Arke 5 And thei caryed vp the Arke and the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the holy vessels that were in the Tabernacle those did the Priests Leuites bring vp 6 And King Salomōn and all the Congregacion of Israél that were assembled vnto him were before the Arke offring shepe and bullockes whiche colde not be tolde nor nombred for multitude 7 So the Priests broght the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord vnto his place into the Oracle of the house into the moste Holye place euen vnder the wings of the Cherubims 8 For the Cherubims stretched out theyr wings ouer the place of the Arke and the Cherubims couered the Arke and the barres there of aboue 9 And they drewe out the barres that the ends of the barres might be sene out of the Arke before the Oracle but they were not sene without and there they are vnto this day 10 Nothing was in the Arke saue the two Tables whiche Mosés gaue at Horéb where the Lord made a couenant with the children of Israél when they came out of Egypt 11 And when the Priestes were come out of the Sanctuarie for all the Priests that were present were sanctified and did not wait by course 12 And the Leuites the singers of all sortes as of Asáph of Hemán of Ieduthún of their sonnes and of their brethren being cladde in fine linen stode with cymbales and with violes and harpes at the Eastend of the altar and with them an hundreth twentie Priests blowing with trumpets 13 And thei were as one blowing trūpets and singing and made one sounde to be heard in praising and thanking the Lord and when they lift vp their voyce wyth trumpets and with cymbales and with in struments of musike and when they praised the Lord singing For he is good because his mercie lasteth for euer thē the house euen the house of the Lord was filled with a cloude 14 So that he Priests colde not stand to ministre because of the cloude for the glorie of the Lord had filled the house of God CHAP. VI. 3 Salomón blesseth the people 4 He praiseth the Lord. 14 He praieth vnto God for those that shal pray in the Temple 1 THen Salomōn said The Lord hathe said that he wolde dwel in the darke cloude 2 And I haue buylt thee an house to dwel in an habitacion for thee to dwel in for euer 3 And the King turned his face and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél for all the Congregacion of Israél stode there 4 And he said Blessed be the Lord God of Israél who spake with his mouthe vnto Dauid my father and hathe with his hand fulfilled it saying 5 Since the day that I broght my people out of the land of Egypt I chose no citie of all the tribes of Israél to buylde an house that my Name might be there nether cho se Ianie man to be a ruler ouer my people Israél 6 But I haue chosen Ierusalém that my Name might be there and haue chosen Dauid to be ouer my people Israél 7 * And it was in the heart of Dauid my father to buylde an house vnto the Name of the Lord God of Israél 8 But the Lord said to Dauid my father Where as it was in thine heart to buylde an house vnto my name thou didest wel that thou wast so minded 9 Notwithstanding thou shalt not buylde the house but thy sonne which shal come out of thy loynes he shal buylde an house vnto my Name 10 And the Lord hathe performed his worde that he spake and I am risen vp in the roume of Dauid my father and am set on the throne of Israél as the Lord promised haue buvlt an house to the Name of the God of Israél 11 And I haue set the Atke there wherein is the couenant of the Lord that he made with the children of Israél 12 ¶ And the King stode before the altar of the Lord in the presence of all the Congregacion of Israél and stretched out his hands 13 For Salomōn had made a brasen skaffolde and set it in the middes of the courte of fiue cubites long fiue cubites broade and thre cubites of height and vpon it he stode and kneled downe vpon his knees before all the Congregacion of Israél and stretched out his hands towarde heauen 14 And said O Lord God of Israél * there is no God like thee in heauen nor in earth which kepest couenant and mercie vnto thy seruants that walke before thee with all their heart 15 Thou that hast kept with thy seruats Da uid my father that thou hast promised him for thou spake with thy mouthe and hast fulfilled it with thine hands as appeareth this day 16 Therefore now Lord God of Israél kepe with thy seruant Dauid my father that thou hast promised him sayīg Thou shalt not want a man in my sight that shal sit vpon the throne of Israél so that thy sonnes take 〈◊〉 to their waies to walke in my Lawe as thou hast walked before me 17 And now ô Lord God of Israél let thy worde be verified which thou spakest vnto thy seruant Dauid 18 Is it true in dede that God wil dwel with man on earth beholde the * heauens and the heauens of heauens are not able to to cōteine thee how muche more vnable is this house which I haue buylt 19 But haue thou respect to the prayer of thy 〈◊〉 and to his supplicacion ô Lord my God to heare the crye and prayer which thy seruant prayeth before thee 20 That thine eyes may be open toward this house day and night euen toward the pla ce where of thou hast said That thou woldest put thy Name there that thou maiest hearken vnto the prayer which thy seruāt prayeth in this place 21 He are thou therefore the 〈◊〉 of thy seruant and of thy people Israél which they praye in this place and heare thou in the place of thine habitacion euen in hea uen and when thou hearest be merciful 22 ¶ * When a man shal sinne against his neighbour and he lay vpon him anothe to cause him to sweare and the swearer shal come before thine
13 If I shut the heauen that there be no raine or if I commāde the grashoppers to de uore the land or if I send pestilence amōg my people 14 If my people among whome my Name is called vpon do humble them selues and praye and seke my presence and turne frō their wicked wayes thē wil I heare in heauen and be merciful to their sinne wil heale their land 15 Then mine eyes shal be opē and mine eares attēt vnto the prayer made in this place 16 For I haue now chosen and sanctified this house that my Name may be there for euer and mine eyes and mine heart shal be there perpetually 17 And if thou wilt walke before me as Dauid thy father walked to do according vnto all that I haue commanded thee and shalt obserue my statuts my iudgemēts 18 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome according as I made the couenant with Dauid thy father saying * Thoushalt not want a man to be ruler in Israel 19 But if ye turne away and forsake my statutes and my commandements which I haue set before you shalgo serue other gods and worship them 20 Then wil I plucke them vp out of my land which I haue giuen them and this house which I haue sanctified for my Name wil I cast out of my sight and wil make it to be a prouerbe and a commune talke amōg all people 21 And this house which is moste hie shal be an astonishment to euerie one that passeth by it so that he shal say Why hathe the Lord done thus to this lād to this house 22 And they shalt answer Because they forsoke the Lord God of their fathers which broght them out of the land of Egypt haue taken holde on other gods and haue worshiped them and serued them therefo re hathe he broght allthis euil vpon them CHAP. VIII 2 The cities that Salomon buylt 7 People that were made tributarie vnto him 12 His sacrifices 17 He sendeth to Ophir 1 ANd * after twentie yere when Salomón had buylt the house of the Lord and his owne house 2 Thē Salomón buylt the cities that Hurám gaue to Salomón and caused the childrē of Israél to dwel there 3 And Salomón went to Hamáth Zobáh and ouercame it 4 And he buylt Tadmór in the wildernes repaired all the cities of store which he buylt in Hamath 5 And he buylt Beth-horón the vpper and Beth-horó the nether cities defēced with walles gates and barres 6 Also Baaláth and all the cities of store that Salomón had and all the charet cities and the cities of the horsemen and euerie pleasant place that Salomón had a minde to buylde in Ierusalém and in Lebanón and throughout all the land of his dominion 7 And all the people that were left of the Hittites and the Amorites Perizites the Hiuites and the Iebusites which were not of Israél 8 But of their childrē which were left after them in the land whome the children of Israél had not consumed euen then did Sa lomón make tributaries vntil this day 9 But of the children of Israél did Salomôn make no seruants for his worke for they were men of warre and his chief princes and the captaines of his charets of his horsemen 10 So these were the chief of the officers which Salomón had euen two hundreth and fiftie that bare rule ouer the people 11 ¶ Then Salomón broght vp the daughter of Pharaōh out of the citie of Dauid into the house that he had buylt for her for he said My wife shal not dwel in the house of Dauid King of Israél for it is holy because that the Arke of the Lord came vnto it 12 ¶ Thē Salomon offred burnt offrings vnto the Lord on the * altar of the Lord which he had buylt before the porche 13 To * offer according to the commandement of Mosés euerie day in the Sabbats in the newe moones and in the solemne feastes thre times in the yere that is in the feast of the Vnleauened bread and in the feast of the Wekes and in the feast of of the Tabernacles 14 And he set the courses of the Priests to their offices according to the ordre of Da uid his father and the Leuites in their wat ches for to praise and minister before the Priests euerie day the porters by * their courses at euerie gate forso was the cōmandement of Dauid the man of God 15 And they declined not from the commandement of the King cōcerning the Priests and the Leuites touching all things and touching the treasures 16 ¶ Now Salomón had made prouision for all the worke from the day of the fundacion of the house of the Lord vntil it was finished so the house of the LORD was perfite 17 Then went Salomón to Ezion-géber and to Eloth by the seasied in the lādof Edòm 18 And Hurám sent him by the hands of his seruāts shippes seruāts had that knowledge of the sea and they went with the seruants of Salomón to Ophir broght thence four hundreth and fiftie talens of golde and broght them to King Salomón CHAP. IX 1.9 The Quene of Shebá cometh to se Salomón and bringeth giftes 13. His yerely reuenues 30 The time of his rei gnc. 31 His death 1 ANd * when the Quene of Shebá heard of the fame of Salomôn she came to proue Salomón with harde questions at Ierusalém with a verie great traine and camels that bare swete odours and muche golde and precious stones and when she came to Salomón she cōmuned with him of all that was in her heart 2 And Salomón declared her all her questions and there was nothing hid from Salomon which he declared not vnto her 3 Then the Quene of Shebá sawe the wisdome of Salomôn and the house that he had buylt 4 And the meat of his table and the sitting of his seruants and the ordre of his waiters aud their apparel and his burnt offrings which he offred in the house of the Lord and she was greatly astonied 5 And she said to the King It was a true worde which I heard in mine oune land of thy sayings and of thy wisdome 6 Howbeit I beleued not their reporte vntil I came and mine eyes had sene it and beholde the one halfe of thy great wisdome was not tolde me for thou excedest the fame that I heard 7 Happie are thy men and happie are these thy seruants which stande before thee all way and heare thy wisdome 8 Blessed be the Lord thy God which loued thee to set thee on his throne as King in the stead of the Lord thy God because thy God loueth Israél to establish it for euer therefore hathe he made the King ouer them to execute iudgement iustice 9 Then she gaue the King six
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
reuerence thou him 12 And the daughter of Tyrus with the riche of the people shal do homage before thy face with presents 13 The Kings daughter is all glorious within her clothing is of broydered golde 14 She shal be broght vnto the King in raiment of nedle worke the virgins that fol low after her and her companions shal be broght vnto thee 15 Withioye and gladnes shal thei be broght and shal enter into the Kings palace 16 In steade of thy fathers shal thy children be thou shalt make then princes through all the earth 17 I wil make thy Name to be remembred through all generations therefore shal the people giue thankes vnto thee worlde without end PSAL. XLVI 1 A song of trumpeth or thankes giuing for the deliuerance of Ierusalém after Sennaherib with his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 awaie or some other like sudden and maruelous 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 hand of God 8 Whereby the Pro phet commending this great benefite doeth exhorte the faithful to giue them selues wholly into the hand of God douting nothing but that vnder his protection 〈◊〉 shal be safe against all the 〈◊〉 of their enemies because this is his delite to asswage the rage of the 〈◊〉 when 〈◊〉 are moste busie against the iust ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Alamoth a song committed to the sonnes of Korah 1 GOd is our hope and strength helpe in troubles readie to be found 2 Therefore wil not we feare thogh the earth be moued and thogh the mountaines fall into the middes of the sea 3 Thogh the waters thereof rage and be troubled the mountaines shake at the surges of the same Sélah 4 Yet there is a Riuer whose streames shal make glad the Gitie of God euen the San ctuarie of the Tabernacles of the moste High 5 God is in the middes of it therefore shal it not be moued God shal helpe it verie early 6 When the nations raged the kingdomes were moued God thundred the earth melted 7 The Lord of hostes is with vs the God of Iaakób is our refuge Sélah 8 Come beholde the workes of the Lord k what desolations he hathe made in the earth 6 He maketh warres to cease vnto the ends of the worlde he breaketh the bowe and cutteth the speare and burneth the chariots with fyre 10 Be stil and knowe that I am God I wil be exalted among the heathen I wil be exalted in the earth 11 The Lord of hostes is with vs the God of 〈◊〉 our refuge Sélah PSAL. XLVIII 2 The prophet exhorteth all people to the worship of the true and euerliuing God cūmeading the mercie of God toward the posteritie of Iaakób 9 And after prophecieth of the kingdome of christ in this time of the Gospel ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kórah 1 〈◊〉 people clap your hands sing loude vnto God with a ioyful voice 2 For the Lord is high terrible a great King ouer all the earth 3 He hathe subdued the people vnder vs and the nations vnder our fete 4 He hathe chosen our inheritance for vs euen the glorie of Iaakób whome he loued Sélah 5 God is gone vp with triumph euen the Lord with the sounde of the trumpet 6 Sing praises to God sing praises sing prai ses vnto our King sing praises 7 For Godis the King of all the earth sing praises euerie one that hathe e vnderstāding 8 God reigne th ouer the heathē God sitteth vpon his holie throne 9 The princes of the people are gathered vnto the people of the God of Abraham for the shields of the worldes belong to God he f is greatly to be exalted PSAL. XLVIII 1 A notable deliuerance of Ierusalem from the hand of ma nie Kings is ment ioned for the which thankes are 〈◊〉 to God and the state of that citie is praised that hathe God so presently at all times readie to defend the. The 〈◊〉 semeth to be made in the time of Aház Ioshaphát Asá or 〈◊〉 for in their times chiefly was 〈◊〉 citie by foren princes assalted ¶ a A song or Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kōrah 1 GReat is the Lord greatly to be praised in the b Citie of our God euen vpon his holie Mountaine 2 Mount Zion lying Northward is faire in situation it is the c ioye of the whole 〈◊〉 and the citie of the great King 3 In the palaces theere of God is knowen for a d refuge 4 For lo the Kings were e gathered went together 5 When thei sawe f it thei marueiled thei we re astonied suddenly driuen backe 6 Feare came there vpon them and sorowe as vpon a woman in trauaile 7 As with an East winde thou breakest the shippes g of Tarshish so were they destroyed 8 As we haue h heard so haue we sene in the Citie of the Lord of hostes in the Citie of our God God wilstablish it for euer Selah 9 We waite for thy louing kindenes ō God in the middes of thy Temple 10 O God according vnto thy Name so is thy praise vnto the i worldes end thy right hād is ful of righteousnes 11 Let mount Zion reioyce the daughters of Iudáh be glad because of thy iudgements 12 Compasse about Zión and go rounde about it tel the towres thereof 13 Marke wel the wall thereof be holde her towres that ye maie tel your posteritie 14 For this God is our God for euer euer he shal be our guide vnto the death PSAL. XLIX 1 The holie God calleth all men to the consideration of mans life 7 Shewing them not to be moste blessed that are moste wealthie and therefore not to be feared but contrary wise he 〈◊〉 vp our mindes to consider how all things are ruled by God prouidēce 14 Who as he iudgeth these worldelie misers to euerlasting torments 15. So doeth he 〈◊〉 his and wil rewarde them inthe day of the resurrection 2 These 1. 〈◊〉 ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kórah 1 HEare this all ye people gine eare all ye that dwel in the worlde 2 Aswel lowe as hie bothe riche and poore 3 My mouth shal speake of wisdome and the meditacion of mine heart is of knowled ge 4 I wil incline mine eare to a parable and vtter my graue matter vpon 〈◊〉 harpe 5 Wherefore shulde I feare in the euil daies when iniquitie shal compasse me about as at mine heles 6 They trust in their goods and boast thē selues in the multitude of their riches 7 Yet a man can by no meanes redeme his brother he can not giue his ran some to God 8 So precious is the redemption of their soules and the continuance for euer 9 That he may liue stil for euer not se the the
the hyls shall brynge peace to the people by iustice 4 He shall iudge the poore of the people he shal saue the children of the nedie and shall subdue the oppressor 5 They shall feare thee as longe as the sonne and moone endureth from generation to generation 6 He shall come downe lyke the raine vpon the mowen grasse and as the showres that water the earth 7 In his daies shal the righteousnes florish and abundance of peace shal be so long as the moone endureth 8 His dominion shal be also from sea to sea and from the Riuer vnto the ends of he land 9 They that dwell in the wildernes shall knele before him his enemies shallicke the dust 10 The Kings of Tarshishand of the yles shal bring presentes the Kings of Sheba and Seba shal bring giftes 11 Yea all Kings shal worship him all nations shall serue him 12 For he shall deliuer the poore when he cryeth the nedye also and hym that hathe no helper 13 He shal be mercifull to the poore and nedie and shal preserue the soules of the poore 14 He shall redeme their soules frome deceit and violence and deare shal their blood be in his sight 15 Yea he shal liue and vnto him shall they giue of the golde of Shebá they shall also praye for hym continually and dayly blesse hym 16 An handfull of corne shal be sowen in the earth euen in the top of the mountaines and the frute thereof shall shake like the trees of Lebanō ād the childrē shal florish out of the citie like the grasse of the earth 17 His name shal be for euer hys name shal in dure as long as the sunne al nations shal bles se him and be blessed in him 18 Blessed be the Lord God euē the God of Israél which onely doeth wōderous things 19 And blessed be his glorious Name for euer and let all the earth be filled with his glorie So be it euen so be it HERE END THE prayers of Dauid the sonne of Ishai PSAL. LXXIII 1 The Prophete teacheth by his example that nether the worldelie prosperitie of the 〈◊〉 14 Nor yet the affliction of the good ought to discourage Gods children but rather ought to moue vs to consider our Fathers 〈◊〉 and to cause vs to reuerence Gods iudgemen s. 19 For asmuche as the wicked vanish awaye 24 And the godlie 〈◊〉 into life 〈◊〉 28 In hope whereof he resigneth him self into Gods hands ¶ A Psalme committed to Asaph 1 YEt God is good to Israél euen to the pure in heart 2 As for me my fete were almoste gone my steps had wel nere slipe 3 For I freated at the foolish whē I sawe the prosperitie of the wicked 4 For there are no bands in their death but they are lustie and strong 5 They are not in trouble as other men nether are they plagued with other men 6 Therefore pride is as a chaine vnto them and crueltie couereth them as a garment 7 Their eyes stand out for fatnes they haue more then heart can wish 8 They are licencious and speake wickedly of their oppressiō they take presūpteously 9 They set their mouthe against heauen and their tongue walketh through the earth 10 Therefore his people turne hither for wa ters of a ful cup are wrung out to them 11 And they say Howe doeth God knowe it or is there knowledge in the moste High 12 Lo these are the wicked yet prosper they alway and increase in riches 13 Certeinly I haue clensed mine heart in vaine and washed mine hands in innocencie 14 For daily haue I bene punished and chaste ned euerie morning 15 If I say I wil iudge thus beholde the generacion of thy children I haue trespaced 16 Then thoght I to know this but it was to peineful for me 17 Vntill I went into the Sanctuarie of God then vnderstode I their end 18 Surely thou hast set thē in slipperie places and castest them downe into desolation 19 How suddenly are they destroyed perished and horribly consumed 20 As a dreame when one awaketh ó Lorde when thou raisest vs vp thou shalt make their image despised 21 Certeinly mine heart was vexed and I was pricked in my reines 22 So foolish was I and ignorant I was a beast before thee 23 Yet I was alway with thee thou hast holden me by my righthand 24 Thou wilt guide me by thy counsel and af terwarde receiue me to glorie 25 Whome haue I in heauen but thee and I haue desired none in the earth with thee 26 My fleshe faileth and mine heart also but God is the strength of mine heart and my porcion for euer 27 Forlo they that withdrawe them selues from thee shall perishe thou destroyest all them that go a whoring from thee 28 As forme it is good for me to draw nere to God therefore I haue put my truste in the Lord God that I may declare all thy workes PSAL. LXXIIII 1 The faithfull complaine of the destructiō of the Church and true religion 2 Vnder the name of Zion and the Temple destroyed 11 And trusting in the might and fre mercies of God 20 By his couenant 21 They require helpe and succour for thy glorie of Gods holie Name for the saluacion of his poore afflicted seruants 23 And the confusion of his proude enemies ¶ A Psalme to giue instruction ' committed to Asaph 1 O God why haste thou put vs a waye for euer why is thy wrath kindled agaynst the shepe of thy pasture 2 Thinke vpon thy Congregacion whiche thou hast possessed of old and on the rod of thine inheritance which thou hast rede med and on this mount Zion wherein thou hast dwelt 3 Lift vp thy strokes that thou maiest for euer destroye euerie enemie that doeth euil to the Sanctuarie 4 Thine aduersaries roare in the middes of thy Congregacion and set vp their banners for signes 5 He that lifted the axes vpon the thicke trees was renoumed as one that broght a thing to perfection 6 But now they breake downe the carued worke thereof with axes and hammers 7 They haue cast thy Sanctuarie into the fyre and raised it to the ground and haue defiled the dwelling place of thy Name 8 They said in their hearts Let vs destroye them altogether they haue burnt all the Synagogues of God in the land 9 We se not our signes there is not one Prophet more nor anie with vs that knoweth how long 10 O God how long shal the aduersarie reproche thee shal the enemie blaspheme thy Name for euer 11 Why withdrawest thou thine hand euen thy right hand drawe it out of thy bosome and consume them 12 Euen God is my King of olde working sal uacion in the middes of the earth 13 Thou didest diuide the Sea by thy power thou
spoile his labour 12 Let there be none to extend mercie vnto him nether let there be anie to shewe mer cie vpon his fatherles children 13 Let his posteritie be destroyed and in the generacion following let their name be put out 14 Let the iniquitie of his fathers be had in remembrance with the Lord and let not the sinne of his mother be done 〈◊〉 15 But let them alway be before the Lord that maie cut of their memorial from the earth 16 Because he remembred not to shewe mer cie but persecuted the afflicted and poore man and the sorowful hearted to slaye him 17 As he loued cursing so shal it come vnto him and as he loued not blessing so shal it be farre from him 18 As he clothed him self with cursing like a raiment so shal it come into his bowels like water and like oyle into his bones 16 Let it be vnto him as a garment to couer him and for a girdle wherewith he shal be alwaie girded 20 Let this be the rewarde of mine aduersarie from the Lord and of them that speake euil against my soule 21 But thou ó Lord my God deale with me according vnto thy Name deliuerme for thy mercie is good 22 Because I am poore and nedie and mine heart is wounded within me 23 I departe like the shadowe that 〈◊〉 am shaken of as the grashoper 24 My knees are weake through fasting my flesh hathe lost all fatnes 25 I became also a rebuke vnto them they that loked vpon me shaked their heads 26 Helpe me ô Lord my God saue me according to thy mercie 27 And they shal knowe that this is thine hand and that thou Lord hast done it 28 Thogh they curse yet thou wilt blesse they shal arise and be confounded but thy seruant shal reioyce 29 Let mine a duersaries be clothed with shame and let thē couer thē selues with their confusion as with a cloke 30 I wil giue thankes vnto the Lord greatly with my mouthe and praise him among the multitude 31 For he wil stand at the right of the poore to saue him from them that wolde condēne his soule PSAL CX 1 Dauid prophecieth of the power and euerlasting kingdo me giuen to Christ. 4. And of his Priesthode which shuld put an end to the Priesthode of Leui. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord said vnto my Lord Sit thou at my right hād vntil I make thine ene mies thy fotestole 2 The Lord shal send the rod of thy power out of Zion be thou ruler in the middes of thine enemies 3 The people shal come willingly at the ti me of assembling thine armie in holie beautie the youth of thy wombe shal be as the morning dewe 4 The Lord sware and wil not repent Thou art a Priests for euer after the ordre of Melchi-zédek 5 The Lord that is at thy right hand shal wounde Kings in the daie of his wrath 6 He shal be Iudge among the heathen he shal fil 〈◊〉 with death bodies smite the head ouer great countreis 7 He shal drinke of the brooke in the waie therefore shal be lift vp his head PSAL. CXI 1 He giueth to the Lord for his merciful workes toward his Church to And declareth wherein true wisdome right knowledge consisteth ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 I Wil praise the LORD with my whole heard in the assemblie and Congregaciō of the iust 2 The workes of the Lord are great and ought to be soght out of all thē that loue them 3 His worke is beautiful and glorious and his right cousnes endureth sor euer 4 He hathe made his wonderful workes to be had in remembrance the Lord is merci ful and ful of compassion 5 He hathe giuen a portion vnto thē that feare him he wil euer be mindeful of his couenant 6 He hatheshewed to his peoples the power of is workes in giuing vnto them the heritage of the heathen 7 The workes of his hands are trueth and iudgement all statutes are true 8 Thei are stablished for euer euer and are done in trueth and equitie 9 He sent redemption vnto his people he hathe 〈◊〉 his couenant for euer holie and feareful is his Name 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord all they that obserue them haue good vnderstanding his praise endu reth for euer PSAL. CXII 1 He praiseth the felicitie of them that feare God 〈◊〉 And condemneth the cursed state of the contemners of God ¶ Praiseye the Lord. 1 BLessed is the man that feareth the Lord deliteth greatly in his commandements 2 His sede shal be mightie vpon earth the generaciō of the righteous shal be blessed 3 Riches and treasures shal be is his house and his righteousnes endureth for euer 4 Vnto the righteous ariseth light in darknes he is merciful and ful of compassiō and righteous 5 A good man is merciful and lendeth and wil measure his affaires by iudgemēt 6 Surely he shal neuer be moued but the righteous shal be had in euerlasting remēbrance 7 He wil not be afraid of euil tidings for his heart is fixed and beleueth in-the Lord 8 His heart is stablished therefore he wil not feare vntil he se his desire vpon his enemies 9 He hathe distributed and giuen to the poore his righteousnes remaineth for euer his horne shal be exalted with glorie 10 The wicked shal se it and be angrie he shal gnash with his teeth and consume awaie the desire of the wicked shal perish PSAL. CXIII 1 An exhortation to praise the Lord for his prouidence 7 In that 〈◊〉 contrarie to the course of nature he worketh in his Church ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ôye seruants of the Lord praise the Name of the Lord. 2 Blessed be the Name of the Lord from hen ce forthe and for euer 3 The Lords Name is praised from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same 4 The Lord is high aboue all nacions and his glorie aboue the heauens 5 Who is like vnto the Lord our God that hathe his dwelling on high 6 Who abaseth him self to beholde things in the heauen and in the earth 7 He raiseth the nedie out of the dust lifteth vp the poore out of the dung 8 That he maie set him with the princes euen with the princes of his people 9 He maketh the baren womā to dwell with a familie and a ioyful mother of children Praise ye the Lord PSAL. CXIIII 1 How the Israelites were deliuered forthe of Egypt of the wonderful miracles that God wroght at that time which put' vs in remembrance of Gods great mercie toward his Church who when the course of nature failleth preserueth his miraculously 1 WHen * Israél went out of Egypt the house of Iaak ób from
the barbarous people 2 Iudáh was his sanctificatiō and Israél his dominion 3 The Seasawe it and fled Iordén was turned backe 4 The moūtaines leaped like ramps the hilles as lambs 5 What ailed thee ô Sea that thou fled dest ô Iordén why wast thou turned backe 6 Ye mountaines why leaped ye like rams and ye hilles as lambs 7 The earth trembled at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the God of Iaak 〈◊〉 8 Which turneth the rocke into waterpooles and the flint into a fountaine of water PSAL. CXV 1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour 〈◊〉 Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer deliuer them by his omni potent power 1 NOt vnto vs ô Lord not vnto vs but vnto thy Name giue the glorie for thy louing mercie and for thy trueths sake 2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye Where is now their God 3 But our God is in heauen he doeth whatsoeuer he wil. 4 Their idoles are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens hands 5 They haue a mouth and speake not thei haue eyes and se not 6 Thei haue eares and heare not thei haue no ses and smell not 7 Thei haue hands and touche not they haue fete and walke not nether make they a sounde with their throte 8 They that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 9 O Israél trust thou in the Lord for he is their helpe and their shield 10 O house of Aarō trust ye in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 11 Ye that feare the Lord trust in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs he wil blesse he wil blesse the house of Israél he wil blesse the house of Aarón 13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord both small and great 14 The Lord wil encrease his graces toward you euen toward you and toward your chil dren 15 Ye are blessed of the Lord which made the heauen and the earth 16 The heauens euen the heauens are the Lords but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men 17 The dead praise not the Lord nether anie that go downe into the place of silence 18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVI 1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him magnisieth suche great mercies 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same 1 I Loue the Lord because he hathe heard my voice and my prayers 2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me whē I did call vpon him in my dayes 3 When the 〈◊〉 of death compassed me the griefs of the graue caught me when I founde trouble and sorowe 4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord saying I beseche thee 〈◊〉 Lord deliuer my soule 5 The Lord is merciful and righteous and our God is ful of compassion 6 The Lord preserueth the simple I was in mi serie and he saued me 7 Returne vnto thy rest ô my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee 8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death mine eyes from teares and my fete from falling 9 I shal walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing 10 I beleued therefore did I speake for I was sore troubled 11 I said in my feare All men are lyers 12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me 13 I wil take the cup of saluacion and call vpon the Name of the Lord. 14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 15 Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his Saints 16 Beholde Lord for I am thy seruant I am thy seruant and the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds 17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise wil call vpon the Name of the Lord. 18 I wil paie my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 19 In the courtes of the Lords house euen in the middes of thee ô 〈◊〉 Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVII 1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ. 1 ALl * naciōs praise ye the Lord all ye peo ple praise him 2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs and the trueth of the Lord endureth for euer Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVIII 1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people at the time appointed obteined the kingdome 4 For the which he bid deth all them that feare the Lord to be thankeful And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the who shulde be of his people reiected 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Let Israél now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 3 Let the house of Aarón now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 4 Let them that feare the Lord now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 5 I called vpon the Lord in trouble and the Lord heard me and set me at large 6 The Lord is with me therefore I wil not feare what man can do vnto me 7 The Lord is with me among thē that helpe me therefore shal I se my desire vpon mine enemies 8 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in man 9 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in princes 10 All nations haue compassed me but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them 11 Thei haue compassed me yea they haue cōpassed me but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 12 They came about me like bees but they were quēched as a fyre of thornes for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 13 Thou hast thrust sore at me that I might fall but the Lord hathe holpen me 14 The Lord is my strength and song for he hathe bene my deliuerance 15 The voice of ioye and deliuerance shal be in the tabernacles of the righteous saying The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 17 I shal not dye but liue and declare the workes of
1 He describeth the 〈◊〉 of the faithful in their afflictions 4 And desireth their welth 5 And the destructiō of the wicked ¶ A song of degrees 1 THei that trust in the Lord shal be as mount Ziôn which can not be remoued but remaineth foreuer 2 As the mountaines are about Ierusalém so 〈◊〉 the Lord about his people from hence for the and for euer 3 For the rod of the wicked shal not rest on the lot of the righteous lest the righteous put forthe their hand vnto wickednes 4 Do wel ô Lord vnto those that be good true in their hearts 5 c But these that turne aside by their croked waies them shal the Lord leade with the workers of iniquitie but peace shal be vpon Israél PSAL. CXXVI 1 This Psalme was made after the returne of the people frō Babylon and sheweth that the meane of their 〈◊〉 was wonderful after the seuentie yeres of captiuitie 〈◊〉 respoken by Ieremie chap. 25 12. and 29. 10. ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 WHen the Lord broght againe the captiuitie of Zión we were like them that dreame 2 Then was our mouth filled with laughter and our tongue with ioye then said they among the heathen The Lord hathe done great things for them 3 The Lord hathe done great things for vs whereof we reioyce 4 O Lord bring againe our captiuitie as the riuers in the South 5 They that sowe in teares shal reape in ioye 6 They went weping and caried precious sede but they shal returne with ioye and bring their sheaues PSAL. CXXVII 1 He sheweth that the whole estate of the worlde both do mestical and political standeth by Gods mere prouidence and blessing 3 And that to haue children wel nurtred is an especial grace and gift of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Salomón 1 EXcept the Lord buylde the house they labour in vaine that buylde it except the Lord kepe the citie the keper watcheth in vaine 2 It is in vaine for you to rise early to lye downe late and eat the bread of sorow but he wil surely giue rest to his beloued 3 Beholde children are the inheritance of the Lord and the frute of the wombe his rewarde 4 As are the arrowes in the hand of the strōg man so are the children of youth 5 Blessed is the man that hathe his quiuerful of them for they shal not be ashamed when they spake with their enemies in the gate PSAL. CXXVIII 1 He sheweth that blessednes apperteineth not to all vniuersally but to them onely that feare the Lord and walke in his wayes ¶ A sing of degrees 1 BLessed is euerie one that feareth the Lord and walketh in his wayes 2 When thou eatest the labours of thine hāds thou shalt be blessed and it shal be wel with thee 3 Thy wife shal be as the fruteful vine on the sides of thine house and thy children the oliue plants round about thy table 4 Lo surely thus shal the man be blessed that feareth the Lord. 5 The Lord out of Zión shal blesse thee and thou shalt se the welth of Ierusalém all the dayes of thy life 6 Yea thou shalt se thy childrens childrē peace vpon Israél PSAL. CXXIX 1 He admonisheth the Church to reioyce thogh it be affli cted 4 〈◊〉 by the righteous Lord it shal be deliuered 6 And the enemies for all their glorious shewe shal sudden ly be destroyed ¶ A song of degrees 1 THey haue often times afflicted me from my youth may Israél now say 2 They haue often times afflicted me from my youth but they colde not preuaile against me 3 The plowers plowed vpon my backe and made long forowes 4 But the righteous Lord hathe cut the cor des of the wicked 5 They that hate Zion shal be all ashamed and turned backwarde 6 They shal be as the grasse on the house top pes which withereth afore it cōmeth forthe 7 Whereof the mower filleth not his hand ne ther the glainer his lap 8 Nether they whiche go by say The blessing of the Lord be vpon you or We bles se you in the Name of the Lord. PSAL. CXXX 1 The people of God from their bottomles miseries do crie vnto God and are heard 3 They confesse their sinnes flee vnto Gods mercie ¶ A song of degrees 1 OVt of the depe places haue I called vnto thee ô Lord. 2 Lord heare my voyce let thine eares attend to the voice of my prayers 3 If thou ô Lord straitly markest iniquities o Lord who shal stand 4 But mercie is with thee that thou maiest be feared 5 I haue waited on the Lord my soule hathe waited and I haue trusted in his worde 6 My soule waiteth on the Lord more thē the morning watche watcheth for the morning 7 Let Israél waite on the Lord for with the Lord is mercie and with him is great redemption 8 And he shal redeme Israél from all his iniqui ties PSAL. CXXXI 1 Dauid charged with ambitiō and gredie desire to reigne protesteth his humilitie modestie before God and teacheth all men what they shulde do ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 LOrd mine heart is not hawtie nether are mine eyes 〈◊〉 nether haue I walked in great matters and hid from me 2 Surely I haue behaued my self like one wained from his mother and kept silence I am in my self as one that is wained 3 Let Israél waite on the Lord from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXXII 1 The faithful grounding on Gods promes made vnto Da uid desire that he wolde establish the same bothe as touching his posteritie and the buylding of the Temple to praye there as was fore spoken Deut. 12 5. ¶ A song of degrees 1 LOrd remēber Dauid with all his afflictiō 2 Who sware vnto the Lord vowed vnto the mightie God of Iaakób saying 3 I wil not enter into the tabernacle of mine house not come vpon my palet or bed 4 Nor suffer mine eyes to slepe nor mine eye lids to slumber 5 Vntil I fiade out a place for the Lord an ha bitacion for the mightie God of Iaakób 6 Lo we heard of it in Ephráthah found it in the fields of the forest 7 We wil entre into his Tabernacles and worship before his fotestole 8 Arise ô Lord to come into thy rest thou and the Arke of thy strength 9 Let thy Priests be clothed with righteousnes and let thy Saintes reioyce 10 For thy seruant Dauids sake refuse not the face of thine Anointed 11 The Lord hathe sworne in trueth vnto Dauid and he wil not shrinke from it saying Of the frute of thy bodie wil I set vpon thy throne 12 If thy sonnes kepe my couenant and my te stimonies that
I shal teache them their sonnes also shal sit vpon thy throne for euer 13 For the Lord hathe chosen Zion loued to dwell in it saying 14 This is my rest for euer here wil I dwell for I haue a delite therein 15 I wil surely blesse her vitailes wil satisfie her poore with bread 16 And wil clothe her Priests with saluacion and her Saintes shal showte for ioye 17 There wil I make the horne of Dauid to bud for I haue ordeined a light for mine Anointed 18 His enemies wil I clothe with shame but on him his crowne shal florish PSAL. CXXXIII 1 This psalme conteineth the commendacion of brotherlie amitie among the seruants of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 BEholde how good how comelie a thīg it is brethren to dwell euen together 2 It is like to the precious ointment vpon the head that runneth downe vpō the beard euē vnto Aarons beard which wēt downe on the border of his garments 3 And as the dewe of Hermōn which falleth vpon the moūtaines of Ziōn for there the Lord appointed the blessing life for euer PSAL. CXXXIIII 1 He 〈◊〉 the Leuites watching in the Temple to praise the Lord. ¶ A song of degrees 1 BEholde praise ye the Lord all ye seruāts of the Lord ye that by night stand in the House of the Lord. 2 Lift vp your hands to the Sanctuarie and praise the Lord. 3 The Lord that hathe made heauen earth blesse thee out of Zión PSAL. CXXXV 1 He exhorteth all the faithful of what estate so euer they be to praise God for his maruelous workes 12 And specially for his graces toward his people wherein he hathe declared his maiestie 15 To the confusion of all idolaters and their idoles ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise the Name of the Lord ye seruants of the Lord prayse him 2 Ye that stand in the House of the Lord in the courtes of the House of our God 3 Praise ye the Lord for the Lord is good sing praises vnto his Name for it is a comelie thing 4 For the Lord hathe chosen Iaakōb to him selfe and Israél for his chief treasure 5 For I know that the Lord is great and that our Lord is aboue all gods 6 Whatsoeuer pleased the Lord that did he in heauē and in earth in the sea and in all the depths 7 He bringeth vp the cloudes from the ends of the earth and maketh the * lightnings with the raine he draweth forthe the winde out of his treasures 8 * He smote the first borne of Egypt bothe of man and beast 9 He hathe sent tokens and wonders into the middes of thee ô Egypt vpon Pharaōh and vpon all his seruants 10 * He smote manie nacions and slewe mightie Kings 11 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites and Og King of Bashán and all the kingdomes of Canáan 12 And gaue their land for an inheritance euen an inheritance vnto Israél his people 13 Thy Name ô Lord endureth for euer ô Lord thy remembrance is from generation to generation 14 For the Lord wil iudge his people and be pacified towards his seruants 15 The idoles of the heathen are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens 〈◊〉 16 Thei haue a mouth and speake not they ha ue eyes and se not 17 They haue eares and heare not nether is there anie breath in their mouth 18 Thei that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 19 Praise the Lord ye house of Israél praise the Lord ye house of Aarōn 20 Praise the Lord ye house of Leui ye that feare the Lord praise the Lord. 21 Praised be the Lord out of Ziōn whiche dwelleth in Ierusalém Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXXXVI 1 A moste earnest exhortation to giue thankes vnto God for the creation gouernāce of all things which stādeth in confessing that he giueth vs all of his mere liberalitie 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 〈◊〉 ye the GOD of gods for his mercie endureth for euer 3 Praise ye the Lord of lords for his mercie endureth for euer 4 Which onelie doeth great wonders for his mercie endureth for euer 5 Which by his wisdome made the heauens for his mercie endureth for euer 6 Which hathe stretched out the earth vpon the waters for his mercie endureth for euer 7 Which made great lights for his mercie en dureth for euer 8 As the sunne to rule the daie for his mercie endureth for euer 9 The moone and the starres to gouerne the night for his mercie endureth for euer 10 Which smote Egypt with their first borne for his mercie endureth for euer 11 And broght out Israél from among them for his mercie endureth for euer 12 With a mightie hand and stretched out arme for his mercie endureth for euer 13 Which diuided the red Sea in two partes for his mercie endureth for euer 14 And made Israél to passe through the middes of it for his mercie endureth for euer 15 And ouerthrowe Pharaōh his hoste in the red Sea for his mercie endureth for euer 16 Which led his people through the wildernes for his mercie endureth for euer 17 Which smote great Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 18 And slewe mightie Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 19 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites for his mer cie endureth for euer 20 And Og the King of Bashán for his mercie endureth for euer 21 And gaue their land for an heritage for his mercie endureth for euer 22 Euen an heritage vnto Israél his seruant for his mercie endureth for euer 23 Which remembred vs in our base estate for his mercie endureth for euer 24 And hathe rescued vs from our oppressours for his mercie en dureth for euer 25 Which giueth foode to all 〈◊〉 for his mercie endureth for euer 26 Praise ye the God of heauen for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXXXVII 1 The people of God in their banishment seing Gods true religion decaie liued in great anguish and sorowe of heart the which grief the Chaldeans did so litle pitie 3. That thei rather increased the same daiely with tauntes reproches and blasphemies against God 7 wherefore the Israelites desire God first to punish the Edomites who prouoked the Babylonians against them 8 And mo ued by the Spirit of God prophecie the destruction of Ba bylon where thei were handled so tyrannously 1 BY the riuers of Babél we sate and there we wept when we remembred Ziōn 2 We hanged our harpes vpon the willowes in the middes thereof 3 Then thei that led vs captiues required of vs songs and mirth when we had hanged vp our harpes saying Sing vs one of the songs of Zión 4 How shal we sing said we a
of death 13 Euen in laughing the heart is sorowful and the end of that mirth is heauines 14 The heart that declineth shal be saciate with his owne wayes but a good man shal departe from him 15 The foolish wil beleue euerie thing but the prudent wil consider his steppes 16 A wise man eareth and departeth from euil but a foole rageth and is careles 17 He that is hastie to angre committeth folie and a busie bodie is hated 18 The foolish do inheritie folie but the prudent are crowned with knowledge 19 The euil shal bowe before the good and the wicked at the gates of the righteous 20 The poore is 〈◊〉 euē of his owne neigh bour but the friēds of the riche are manie 21 The sinner despiseth his neighbour but he that hathe mercie on the poore is blessed 22 Do not they erre that imagine euil 〈◊〉 but to them that thinke on good things shal be mercie and trueth 23 In all labour there is abundance but the talke of the lippes bringeth onely want 24 The 〈◊〉 of the wise is their riches and the folie of fooles is foolishnes 25 A faithful witnes deliuereth soules but a disceiuer speaketh lies 26 In the feare of the Lord is an assured strength and his children shal haue hope 27 The feare of the Lord is as a well spring of life to auoide the snares of death 28 In the multitude of the people is the ho nour of a King and for the want of people cometh the destruction of the prince 29 He that is slowe to wrath is of great wis dome but he that is of an hastie minde exalteth folie 30 A sound heart is the life of the flesh but enuie is the rotting of the bones 31 * He that oppresseth the poore reproueth him that made him but he honoreth him that hathe mercie on the poore 32 The wicked shal be cast away for his malice but the righteous hathe hope in his death 33 Wisdome resteth in the heart of him that hathe vnderstanding and is knowē in the mindes of fooles 34 Iustice exalteth a nation but sinne is a shame to the people 35 The pleasure of a King is in a wise seruāt but his wrath shal be toward him that is lewde CHAP XV. 1 A * Soft answer putteth away wrath but grieuous wordes stirre vp angre 2 The tongue of the wise vseth knowledge aright but the mouth of fooles * bableth out foolishnes 3 The eyes of the Lord in euerie place behol de the euil and the good 4 A wholsome tongue is as a tre of life but the frowardnes thereof is the breaking of the minde 5 A foole despiseth his fathers instruction but he that regardeth correctiō is prudēt 6 The house of the righteous hathe muche treasure but in the reuenues of the wicked is trouble 7 The lippes of the wise do spread abroad knowledge but the heart of the foolish doeth not so 8 The sacrifice of the wicked is a bomin ation to the Lord but the praier of the righ teous is acceptable vnto him 9 The way of the wicked is an abominacion vnto the Lord but he loueth him that fol loweth righteousnes 10 Instructiō is euil to him that for saketh the way and he that hateth correction shal dye 11 Hel destructiō are before the lord how much more the hearts of the sonnes of mē 12 A scorner loueth not him that rebuketh him nether wil he go vnto the wise 13 * A ioyful heart maketh a chereful countenance but by the sorow of the heart the minde is heauie 14 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding seketh knowledge but the mouthe of the foole is fed with foolishnes 15 All the daies of the afflicted are euil but a good conscience is a continual feast 16 * Better is a litle with the feare of the lord thē great treasure and trouble therewith 17 Better is a dinner of grene herbes were loue is then a stalled oxe hatred therewith 18 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife but he that is slowe to wrath appeaseth strife 19 The way of a slouthful man is as an hedge of thornes but the way of the righteous is plaine 20 * A wise sonne reioyceth the father but a foolish man despiseth his mother 21 Foolishnes is ioye to him that is destitute of vnderstanding but a man of vnderstanding walketh vprightly 22 Without coūsel toghtes come to nought but f in the multitude of counsellers there is stedfastnes 23 A ioye cometh to a mā by the answer of his mouth and how good is a worde in due season 24 The waie of life is on high to the prudēt to auoide from hel beneth 25 The Lord wil destroy the house of the prou de men but he wil stablish the borders of the widowe 26 The thoghts of the wicked are abomination to the Lord but the pure haue plea sant wordes 27 He that is gredie of gaine troubleth his owne house but he that hateth giftes shal liue 28 The heart of the righteous studieth to an swer but the wicked mans mouth bableth euil things 29 The Lord is farre of from the wicked but he heareth the praier of the righteous 30 The light of the eies reioyceth the heart and a good name ma keth the bones fat 31 The eare that hearkeneth to the correction of life shal lodge among the wise 32 He that refuseth instruction despiseth his owne soule but he that obeieth correctiō getteth vnderstanding 33 The feare of the Lord is the instruction of wisdome and before honour goeth humilitie CHAP. XVI 1 THe preparations of the heart are in man but the answer of the tōgue is of the Lord. 2 All the waies of a man are cleane in his o wne eies but the lord pōdereth the spirits 3 Cōmit thy workes vnto the Lord thy thoghts shal be directed 4 The Lord hathe made all things for his owne sake yea euen the wicked for the day of euil 5 All that are proude in earth are an abomi nation to the Lord thogh * hand ioyne in hand he shal not be vnpunished 6 By mercie and trueth iniquitie shal be forgiuē and by the feare of the Lord they departe from euil 7 When the waies of a man please the Lord he wil make also his enemies at peace with him 8 * Betteri litle with righteousnes then great reuenues without equitie 9 The heart of mā purposeth his way but the Lord doeth direct his steppes 10 A diuine sentence shal be in the lippes of the King his mouth shal not transgresse iniudgement 11 * A true weight and balance are of the Lord all the weights of the bagge are his worke 12 It is an abominacion to Kings to commit wickednes for the throne isstablished by iustice 13 Righteous lippes are the
sowing and in the third yere sowye and reape plāt vineyardes and eat the frute thereof 31 And the remnant that is escaped of the house of Iudáh shal againe take roote dow neward and be are frute vpward 32 For out of Ierusal 〈◊〉 go a remnant thei that escape out of mount Zion the 〈◊〉 of the Lord of hostes shal do this 33 Therefore thus saith the lord concerning the King of 〈◊〉 He shal not enter into this citie nor shoote an arowe there nor come before it with shield not cast a moūt against it 34 By the same way that he came he shal returne and not come into this citie saith the Lord. 35 For I wil defend this citie to saue it for mi ne owne sake and for my seruant Dauids sake 36 ¶ * Then the Angel of the Lord went out and smote in the campe of Asshúr an hundreth foure score fiue thousand so when they arose early in the morning beholde thei were all dead corpses 37 So Saneherib King of 〈◊〉 departed and and went a way and returned and dwelt at Neneuéh 38 And as he was in the temple worshiping of Nisroch his god 〈◊〉 and Sharé zér his sonnes slewe him with the sworde aud thay escaped into the land of Ararát and Esarhád don his sonne reigned in his stead CHAP XXXVIII 1 Hezekiah is sicke 5 He is restored to health by the Lord and liueth fiftene yeres after 10 He giueth thankes for his benefit 1 ABout * that time was Hezekiáh sicke vnto the death and the Prophet Isaiáh sonne of Amóz came vnto him and said vnto him Thus saith the Lord Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye not liue 2 Then Hezekiáh turned his face to the wall and praied to the Lord. 3 And said I beseche thee Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in tru eth and with a perfite heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord to Isa iáh saying 5 Go and say vnto Hezekiáh Thus saith the lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy praier and 〈◊〉 thy teares be holde I wil adde vnto thy daies 〈◊〉 yeres 6 And I wil deliuer thee out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and this citie for I wil defend this citie 7 And this signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do this thing that he hathe spoken 8 Beholde I wil bring againe the shado we the degrees whereby it is gone downe in the dial of Aház by the sunne tē degrees backeward so the sunne turned by ten degrees by the which degrees it was gone downe 9 The writing of Hezechiák King of Iudáh when he had bene sicke and was recouered of his sickenes 10 I said in the cutting of my daies I shal go to the gates of the graue I am depriued of the residue of my yeres 11 I said I shal not se the Lord euen the Lord in the land of the liuing I shal se man no more among the inhabitants of the worlde 12 Mine habita cion is departed and is remoued from me like a shepherds tent I haue cut of like a weauer my life he wil cut me of from the height from day tonight thou wilt make and end of me 13 Irekened to the morning but he brake all my bones like a lion from daie to night wilt thou make an end of me 14 Like a crane or a swallow so did I chat ter I did mourne as a doue mine eie were lift vpon hie ô Lord it hathe oppressed me comfort me 15 What shal I saie for he hathe said it to me and he hathe done it I shal walke weake ly all my yeres in the bitternes of my soule 16 O Lord to them that ouerliue them and to all that are in them the life of my spirit shal be knowen that thou causedst me to slepe and hast giuen life to me 17 Beholde for felicitie I had bitter grief but it was thy pleasure to deliuer my soule from the pit of corruption for thou hast cast all my sinnes behinde thy backe 18 For the graue can not cōfesse thee death can not praise thee thei that godowne in to the pit can not hope for thy trueth 19 But the liuing the liuing he shal confes se thee as I do this day the father to the children shal declare thy trueth 20 The Lord was ready to saue me thereso re we wil sing my song all the dayes of our life in the 〈◊〉 of the Lord. 21 Them said I saiáh Take a lumpe of drye figges and laie it vpon the boile and he shal recouer 22 Also Hezekiāh had said What is the signe that I shal go vp into the House of the Lord CHAP. XXXIX Hezekiáh is reproted because he sheweth his treasures vnto the ambassadours of Babilon 1 AT * the same time Merodách Baladán the sonne of baladán King of Babél sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard that he had bene sicke was recouered 2 And Hezekiáh was glad of them and shewed them the house of the treasures the siluer and the golde and the spices the precious ointement and all the house of his armour and all that was foūd in his treasures there was nothing in his house nor in all his kingdome that Hezekiáh shewed them not 3 Then came I saiáh the Prophet vnto King Hezekiáh said vnto him What said these men and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They are come from a farre countrey vnto me from Babél 4 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not sheweth them 5 And I saiáh said to Hezekiáh Heare the wordes of the Lord of hostes 6 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and which thy fathers haue laid vp in store vntil this day shal be caryed to Babél nothing shal be left saith the Lord 7 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt beget shal they take away they shal be eunuches in the palace of the King of Babél 8 Then said Hezekiáh to Isaiah The worde of the Lord is good which thou hast spo ken and he said Yet let there be peace trueth in my dayes CHAP. XL. 2 Remission of sinnes by Christ The comming of Iohn Baptist. 18 The Propher reproueth the idolaters and them that trust not in the Lord. 1 COmfort ye cōfort ye my people wil your Gods say 2 Speake comfortably to Ierusalém cry vnto her that her warrefare is accompli shed that her iniquitie is pardoned for she
thou made vs to erre frō thy wayes and hardened out heart frō thy feare Returne for thy seruants sake and for the tribes of thine inheritance 18 The people of thine holines haue possessed it but a litle while for our aduersaries haue troden downe thy Sanctuarie 19 We haue bene as they ouer whome thou neuer barest rule and vpon whome thy Name was not called CHAP. LXIIII. 1 The Prophet prayeth for the sinnes of the people 6 Mās righteousnes is like a filthy cloth OH that thou woldest breake the heauens and come downe that the mountaines might melt at thy presence 2 As the melting fire burned as the fire caused the waters to boile that thou mightest declare thy Name to thy aduersaries the people did tremble at thy presence 3 When thou didest terrible things whiche we looked not for thou camest downe the mountaines melted at thy presence 4 For since the beginning of the world they haue not heard nor vnderstand with the eare nether hathe the eye sene another God beside thee whiche doeth so to hym that waiteth for him 5 Thou didest mete him that reioyced in thee and did iustely theiremembred thee in thy wayes behold thou art angrie for we haue sinned yet in them is cōtinuāce and we shal be saued 6 But we haue all bene as an vncleane thing and all our righteousnes is as filthy cloutes and we all do fade like a leafe and our iniquities like the wind haue takē vs away 7 And there is none that calleth vpon thy Name nether that stirreth vp him selfe to take holde of thee for thou haste hid thy face from vs and hast cōsumed vs because of ouriniquities 8 But now ô Lord thou arte our Father we are the claye and thou art our potter and we all are the worke of thine hands 9 Be not angrie ô Lord aboue measure nether remēberiniquitie for euer 〈◊〉 we beseche thee beholde we are all thy people 10 Thine holie cities lye waste Ziōn is a wildernes and Ierusalém a desert 11 The House of our Sanctuarie of our glorie where our fathers praised thee is burnt vp with fyre and all our pleasant things are wasted 12 Wilt thou holde thy self stil at these thinges ô Lord wilt thou holde thy peace and afflict vs aboue measure CHAP. LXV 1 The vocation of the Gentiles and the reiection of the Iewes 13 The ioy of the elect and the punishmēt of the wicked 1 I Haue bene soght of them that asked not I was founde of them that soght me not I said Beholde me Beholde me vnto a nation that called not vppon my Name 2 I haue spred out mine hands all the day vnto a rebellious people which walked in away that was not good euen after their owne ima gin a cions 3 A people that prouok ed me euer vnto my face that sacrificeth in gardens and burneth incense vpon brickes 4 Which remaine among the graues and lodge in the deserts whiche eate swines flesh the broth of things polluted are in their vessels 5 Which say Stand a parte come not nere to me for I am holier then thou these are a smoke in my wrath and a fyre that burneth all the day 6 Beholde it is writen before me I wil not kepe silence but wil ren dre it and recompense it into their bosome 7 Your iniquities and the iniquities of your fathers shal be together saith the Lord which haue burnt incense vpon the mountaines and blasphemed me vpon the hilles therefore will I measure their olde worke into their bosome 8 Thus saith the Lord As the wine is found in the cluster and one saith Destroy it not for a blessing is in it so wil I do for my seruants sakes that I maye not destroy thē whole 9 But I wil bring a sede out of Iaakób and out of Iudáh that shall enherit my mountaine and mine elect shal inherit it and my seruants shal dwell there 10 And Sharón shal be a shepe folde the valley of Achór shal be a resting place for the cattell of my people that haue soght me 11 But ye are thei that haue forsakē the Lord and forgotten mine holie Mountaine and haue prepared a table for the multitude and furnishe the drinke offrings vnto the nomber 12 Therefore wil I nōber you to the sworde and all you shalbowe downe to the slaughter because I called and ye did not answer I spake and ye heard not but did euill in my sight and did chuse that thinge whiche I wolde not 13 Therfore thus saith the Lord God Behold my seruants shall eat and ye shall be hungrie beholde my seruants shal drinke and ye shall be thirstie beholde my seruantes shal reioyce and ye shal be ashamed 14 Beholde my seruants shal sing for ioye of heart and ye shal crye for sorowe of heart and shal howle for vexation of minde 15 And ye shall leaue your Name as a cursse vnto 〈◊〉 chosen for the Lord GOD shall slaye 〈◊〉 and call his seruants by another name 16 He that shall blesse in the earthe shall blesse him selfe in the true God and he that sweareth in the earthe shall sweare by the true GOD for the former troubles are forgotten and shall surely hide thē selues from mine eyes 17 For lo I wil creat newe heauens and a newe earth and the former shal not be remē bred nor come into minde 18 But be you glad reioyce for euer in the things that I shal creat for beholde I will creat Ierusalém as a reioycing her people as a ioye 19 And I wil reioyce in Ierusalém and ioye in my people and the voice of weping shal be no more heard in her nor the voyce of crying 20 There shal be no more there a chylde of yeres nor an olde man that hathe not filled his daies for he that shal be an hūdreth yeres olde shal dye as a yong man but the sinner being an hundreth yeres olde shal be accursed 21 And thei shal buylde houses and in habit them and thei shal plant vineyardes and eat the frute of them 22 Thei shall not buylde and another inhabit thei shall not plant and another eate for as the daies of the tre are the daies of my people mine elect shal inioye in olde age the worke of their hande 23 Thei shall not labour in vaine nor bryng forth in feare for they are the sede of the blessed of the Lord their buddes with thē 24 Yea before thei call I wil answer whiles thei speake I wil heare 25 The wolfe and the lambe shal fede together and the lion shall eat strawe like the bullocke to the serpent dust shal be his meat Thei shal no more hurt nor destroye in all mine holie Mountaine saith the Lord CHAP.
and our shame couereth vs for we haue sinned against the Lord our God we our fathers from our youth euen vnto this day and haue not obeied the voyce of the Lord our God CHAP. IIII. 1 True repentance 4 He exhorteth to the circumcision of the heart 5 The destruction of Iudáh is prophecied for the malice of their hearts 19 The Prophet lamenteth it 1 O Israél if thou returne returne vnto me saith the Lord if thou put away thine abominacions out of my sight then shalt thou not remoue 2 And thou shalt sweare The Lord liueth in trueth in iudgement and in righteousnes and the nacions shal be blessed in hym and shal glorie in him 3 For thus saith the Lord to the men of Iudáh and to Ierusalém 4 Breake vp y our fallow grounde sowe not among the thornes be circumcised to the Lord and take away the foreskinnes of your hearts ye men of Iudáh and in habitants of Ierusalém lest my wrath come forthe like fyre and burne that none can quēch it because of the wickednes of your inuentions 5 Declare in Iudáh and shewe forthe in Ierusalém and say Blowe the trumpet in the land crye and gather together and say As semble your selues and let vs go into strōg cities 6 Set vp the standart in Zion prepare to flee and stay not for I wil bring a plague from the North and a great destruction 7 The lions is come vp from his denne and the destroyer of the Gentiles is departed and gone forthe of his place to lay thy land waste thy cities shal be destroyed without an inhabitant 8 Wherefore girde you with sacke cloth lament and howle for the fierce wrath of the Lord is not turned backe from vs. 9 And in that day saith the Lord the heart of the King shal perish and the heart of the princes and the Priests shal be astonished and the Prophetes shal wonder 10 Then said I Ah Lord God surely thou hast deceiued this people Ierusalém saying Ye shal haue peace the sworde perceth vnto the heart 11 At that time shalit be said to his people and to Ierusalém A drye winde in the hic places of the wildernes cometh toward the daughter of my people but nether to fan nor to clense 12 A mightie winde shal come vnto me from those places and now wil I also giue sentence vpon them 13 Beholde he shal come vp as the cloudes and his charets shal be as a tēpest his horses are lighter thē egles Wo vnto vs for we are destroyed 14 O Ierusalém wash thine heart from wickednes that thou maiest be saued how lōg shal thy wicked thoghts remaine with in thee 15 For a voyce declareth from Dan and publisheth affliction from mount Ephráim 16 Make ye mention of the heathen and publish in Ierusalém Beholde the skoutes come from a farre countrey and crye out against the cities of Iudáh 17 They haue compassed her about as the wat chemen of the field because it hathe prouoked me to wrath saith the Lord. 18 Thy waies and thine inuentions haue procured thee these things suche is thy wickednes therefore it shal be bitter therefore it shal perce vnto thine heart 19 My bely my bely I am peined euen at the very heart mine heart is troubled with in me I can not be 〈◊〉 for my soule hathe heard the sounde of the trumpet the a larme of the battel 20 Destruction vpō destruction is cryed for the whole land is wasted suddenly are my tentes destroyed and my curteines in a moment 21 How long shal I se the standart and hea re the sounde of the trumpet 22 For my people is foolish thei haue not knowen me thei are 〈◊〉 children and haue none vnderstanding thei are wise to do euil but to 〈◊〉 thei haue no know ledge 23 I haue loked vpon the earth and lo it was without forme and voide and to the heauens and thei had no light 24 I beheld the mountaines lo they trem bled and all the hilles shooke 25 I beheld and lo there was no man and all the birdes of the heauen were departed 26 I beheld and lo the fruteful place was a wildernes and all their cities thereof were broken downe at the presence of the Lord and by his fierce wrath 27 For thus hathe the Lord said The whole land shal be desolate yet wil I not make a ful end 28 Therefore shal the earth mourne and the heauens aboue shal be darkened because I haue pronounced it I haue thoght it and wil not repent nether wil I turne bac ke from it 29 The whole citie shal flee for the noise of the horsmen and bowe men thei shal go in to thickets and clime vp vpon the rockes euerie citie shal be forsaken and not amā dwell therein 30 And when thou shalt be destroyed what wilt thou do Thogh thou clothest thy self with skarlet thogh thou deckest thee with ornaments of golde thogh thou pain test thy face with colours yet shalt thou trimme thy self in vaine for thy louers wil abhorre thee and seke thy life 31 For I haue heard a noise as of a woman trauailing or as one laboring of her first childe euen the voice of the daughter Zion that sigheth and stretcheth out her hands wo is me now for my soule fainteth because of the murtherers CHAP. V. 1 In Iudáh no righteous man found nether among the people not the rulers 15 Wherefore Iudáh is destroied of the Caldeans 1 RVnne to and fro by the stretes of Ieru salém and beholde now and knowe iniquire in the open places thereof if ye can finde a man or if there be any that ex ecuteth iudgement and seketh the trueth and I wil 〈◊〉 it 2 For thogh thei say The Lord liueth yet do thei sweare falsely 3 O Lord are not thine eies vpō the trueth thou hast striken them but thei haue not sorowed thou hast consumed them but thei haue refused to receiue correctiō thei haue made their faces harder then a stone and haue refused to returne 4 Therefore I said Surely thei are poore they are foolish for thei knowe not the way of the Lord nor the iudgement of their God 5 I wil get me vnto the great men and wil speake vnto thē for thei haue knowē the way of the Lord and the 〈◊〉 of their God but these haue altogether broken the yoke and burst the bondes 6 Wherefore aliō out of the forest shal slay thē awolfe of the wildernes shal destroye thē a leoparde shal watche ouer their cities euerie one that goeth out thence shal be torne in pieces because their trespaces are many their rebelliōs are encreased 7 How shulde I spare thee for this thy children haue forsakē me and sworne by thē that are no gods thogh 〈◊〉 them to the
26 And I wil cause them to cary thee away and thy mother that bare thee into another countrey where ye were not borne and there shal ye dye 27 But to the land whereunto they desire to re turne they shal not returne thether 28 Is not this man Coniáh as a despised and broken idole or as a vessel wherein is no pleasure Wherefore are thei caryed away he and his sede and cast out into a land that they knowe not 29 O earth earth earth heare the worde of the Lord. 30 Thus saith the Lord Write this man destitute of children a man that shal not prosper in his dayes for there shal be no man of his sede that shal prosper and sit vpon the throne of Dauid or beare rule any more in Iudáh CHAP. XXIII Against false Pastors 5 A prophecie of the great Pastor Iesus Christ. 1 WO be vnto the Pastors that destroie and scatter the shepe of my pasture saith the Lord. 2 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto the Pastors that fede my people Ye ha ue scattred my flocke and thrust them out and haue not visited them beholde I wil visite you for the wickednes of your workes saith the Lord. 3 Add I wil gather the rennant of my shepe out of all countreys whether I had driuen them and wil bring them againe to their fol des and they shal growe and encrease 4 And I wil set vp shepherdes ouer them whi che shal fede them and they shal dread no more nor be afraid nether shal any of thē be lacking saith the Lord. 5 Beholde The daies come saith the Lord that I wil raise vnto Dauid arighteous bran che and a King shal reigne and prosper and shal execute iudgement and iustice in the earth 6 In his dais * Iudáh shal be saued ' and Israél shal dwell safely and this is the name whereby thei shal call him * The Lord our righteousnes 7 Therefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that thei shal no more say The Lord liueth which broght vp the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt 8 But the Lord liueth which broght vp and led the sede of the house of Israél out of the North countrey and from all contreys where I had scattered them and thei shal dwell in their owne land 9 Mine heart breaketh within me because of the Prophetes all my bones shake I am like a drunken man and like a man whome wine hathe ouercome for the presence of the Lord and for his 〈◊〉 wordes 10 For the land is ful of adulterets and becau se of othes the land mourneth the pleasant places of the wildernes are dryed vp and their course iseuil their force is not right 11 For bothe the Prophet and the Priest do wickedly and their wickednes haue I foūde in mine House saith the Lord. 12 Wherefore their waye shal be vnto them as sliperie awaye in the dark enes they shal be driuen forthe and fall therein for I wil bring a plague vpon them euen the yere of their visitacion saith the Lord. 13 And I haue sene foolishnes in the Prophetes of Samaria that prophecied in Báal and caused my people Israél to erre 14 I haue sene also in the Prophetes of Ierusalém filthines they commit adulterie wal ke in lies they strengthen also the hands of the wicked that none can returne from his wickednes they are all vnto me as Sodōm and the inhabitants thereof as Gomoráh 15 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes con cerning the Prophetes Beholde I wil fede them with worme wood and make them drinke the water of gall for from the Prophe tes of Ierusalém is wickednes gone forthe into all the land 16 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Heare not the wordes of the Prophetes that prophecie vn to you and teache you vanitie they speake the vision of their owne heart and not out of the mouth of the Lord 17 Thei saie stil vnto them that despise me The Lord hath said Ye shal haue peace and thei saie vnto euerie one that walketh after the stubbernes of his owne heart No euil shal come vpon you 18 For who hathe stand in the counsel of the Lord that he hathe perceiued and heard his worde Who hathe marked his worde and heard it 19 Beholde the tempest of the Lord goeth forthe in his wrath and a violent whirlwinde shal fall downe vpō the head of the wicked 20 The angre of the Lord shal not returne vntil he haue executed and til he haue performed the thoghts of his heart in the latter daies ye shal vnderstand it plainely 21 * I haue not sent these Prophetes saith the Lord yet thei ranne I haue not spoken to them and yet thei prophecied 22 But if thei had stand in my counsel and had declared my wordes to my people then they shulde haue turned them from their euil waie and from the wickednes of their inuentions 23 Am I a God at hand saith the Lord not a God farre of 24 Can anie hide him self in secre places that I shal not se him saith the Lord Do not I fil heauen and earth saith the Lord 25 I haue heard what the Prophetes said that prophecie lies in my Name saying I haue dreamed I haue dreamed 26 How long Do the Prophetes delite to pro phecie lies euen prophecying the deceit of their owne heart 27 Thinke thei to cause my people to forget my Name by their dreames which thei tel euerie man to his neighbour as their forefathers haue forgotten my Name for Báal 28 The Prophet that hathe a dreame let him tel adreame and he that hathe my worde let him speake my worde faithfully what is the chaffe to the wheat saith the Lord. 29 Is not my worde euen like a fyre saith the Lord and like an hammer that breaketh the 〈◊〉 30 Therefore beholde I wil come against the Prophetes saith the Lord that steale my 〈◊〉 euerie one from his neighbour 31 Beholde I wil come against the Prophetes saith the Lord which haue swete tongues saye He saith 32 Beholde I wil come against them that pro phecie false dreames saith the Lord and do tel them and cause my people to erreby their lies and by their slatteries and I send them not nor commanded them therefore thei bring no profite vnto this people saith the Lord. 33 And when this people or the Prophet or a Priest shal aske thee saying What is the bur den of the Lord thou shalt then say vnto thē What burden I wil euen forsake you saith the Lord. 34 And the Prophet or the Priest or the people that shal say The burden of the Lord I wil euen visit euerie suche one and his house 35 Thus shal ye say euerie one to his neighbour and euerie one
way to turne from it if he do not turne from his way he shal dye for his iniquitie but thou hast deliuered thy soule 10 Therefore ô thou sonne of man speake vnto the house of Israél Thus ye speake and say If our transgressions and our sinnes be vpon vs and we are consumed because of them how shulde we then liue 11 Say vnto them as I liue saith the lord God I desire not the death of the wicked but that the wicked turne from his way and liue turne you turne you from your euil wayes for why wil ye dye ô ye house of Israél 12 Therefore thou sonne of man say vnto the children of thy people The righteousnes of the righteous shal not deliuer him in the day of his transgression nor the wickednes of the wicked shal cause him to fall therein in the day that he retur neth from his wickednes nether shal the righteousnes liue for his righteousnes in the day that he sinneth 13 When I shal say vnto the righteous that he shal surely liue if he trust to his owne righteousnes and commit iniquitie all his righteousnes shal be no more remembred but for his iniquitie that he hathe commit ted he shal dye for the same 14 Againe when I shal say vnto the wicked Thou shalt dye the death if he turne from his sinne and do that which is lawful and right 15 To wit if the wicked restore the pledge and giue againe that he had robbed and walke in the statutes of life without committing iniquitie he shal surely liue and not dye 16 None of his sinnes that he hathe committed shal be mencioned vnto him because he hathe done that which is lawful and right he shal surely liue 17 Yet the children of thy people say * The way of the LORD is not equal but their owne way is vnequal 18 When the righteous turneth from his righ teousnes committeth iniquitie he shal euen dye thereby 19 But if the wicked returne from his wicked nes and do that which is lawful and right he shal liue thereby 20 Yet ye say The way of the lord is not equal O ye house of Israél I wil iudge you euerie one after his wayes 21 Also in the twelfth yere of our captiuitie in the tenth moneth and in the fift day of the moneth one that had escaped out of Ierusalém came vnto me and said The citie is smitten 22 Now the hand of the Lord had bene vpō me in the euening a fore he that had escaped came had opened my mouth vntil he came to me in the mourning when he had opened my mouth I was no more dom me 23 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me and said 24 Sonne of man these that dwell in the desolate places of the land of Israél talke and say Abraham was but one and he possessed the land but we are many therefore the land shal be giuen vs in possession 25 Wherefore say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God Ye eat with the blood and lift vp your eyes towarde your idoles and sheade blood shulde ye then possesse the land 26 Ye leane vpon your sworde ye worke abominacion and ye defile euerie one his neighbours wife shulde ye thē possesse the land 27 Say thus vnto them Thus saith the Lord God As I liue so surely thei that are in the desolate places shal fall by the sworde him that is in the open field wil I giue vnto the beastes to be deuoured and thei that be in the fortes and in the caues shal dye of the pestilence 28 For I wil lay the 〈◊〉 desolate and waste the * pompe of her strength shal cease and the mountaines of 〈◊〉 shal be desolate and none shal passe through 29 Then shal thei knowe that I am the Lord when I haue laide the land desolate and waste because of all their abominacions that thei haue committed 30 Also thou sonne of mā the children of thy people that talke of thee by the walles and in the dores of houses and speake one to another euerie one to his brother saying Come I pray you and heare what is the worde that commeth from the Lord. 31 For thei come vnto thee as the people vseth to come and my people sit before thee and heare thy wordes but thei wil not do them for with their mouthes thei make iestes their heart goeth after their couetousnes 32 And 〈◊〉 thou art vnto them as a iesting song of one that hathe a pleasant voyce and can sing wel for thei heare thy wordes but thei do them not 33 And when this commeth to passe for lo it wil come then shal thei knowe that a Prophet hathe bene among them CHAP. XXXIIII 2 Against the shepherdes that despised the flocke of Christ and 〈◊〉 their owne gain 7 〈◊〉 Lord saith that he wil visite 〈◊〉 dispersed flocke and gather them together 23. He promiseth the true shepherd Christ and with him peace 1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man prophecie against the shepherdes of Israél prophecie and say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God vnto the shepherdes * Wo be vnto the shepherdes of Israél that fede them selues shulde not the shepherdes fede the flockes 3 Ye eat b fat and ye clothe you with the woll ye kil them that are fed but ye fede not the shepe 4 The weake haue ye not strengthened the sicke haue ye not healed nether haue ye bounde vp the broken nor broghtagai ne that which was d iuen away nether haue ye soght that which was lost but with crueltie with 〈◊〉 haue ye ruled them 5 And they were scattred without a shepherde and when thei were dispersed thei were deuoured of all the beasts of the field 6 My shepe wandred through all the mountaines and vpon euerie hye hil yea my floc ke was scattred through all the earth and none did seke or serche after them 7 Therefore ye shepherdes heare the worde of the Lord. 8 As I liue saith the Lord God surely because se my flocke was spoiled and my shepe we re deuoured of all the beastes of the field hauing no shepherd nether did my shepherdes seke my shepe but the shepherdes fed them selues and fed not my shepe 9 Therefore heare ye the worde of the Lord ô ye shepherdes 10 Thus saith the Lord God Behold I come against the shepherdes and wil require my shepe at their hands and cause them to cea se from feding the shepe nether shal the shepherds fede them selues any more for I wil deliuer my shepe from their mouthes and thei shal nomore deuoure them 11 For thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil serche my shepe and seke them out 12 As a shepherd sercheth out his flocke whē he hathe bene among his shepe that are scattered so wil I seke out
court and within 18 Thei shal haue linen bonettes vpon their heades and shal haue linen breches vpon their loynes thei shal not gyrd them selues in the sweating places 19 But when they go forthe into the vtter court euen to the vtter court to the people thei shal put of their garments wherein thei ministred laye them in the holy cham bers and thei shal put on other garments for thei shal not sanctifie the people with their garments 20 Thei shal not also shaue their heades nor suffre their lockes to growe long but round their heades 21 * Nether shal any Priest drinke wine when thei enter into the inner 22 Nether shal thei take for their wiues a widowe or her that is diuorced but thei shal take maidens of the sede of the house of Israél or a widow that hathe bene the widow of a Priest 23 And thei shal teache my people the difference betwene the holy and prophane and cause thē to discerne betwene the vncleane and the cleane 24 And in controuersie thei shal stand to iudge and thei shal iudge it according to my iudgemēts and they shal kepe my lawes and my statutes in all mine assemblies and they shal sanctifie my Sabbaths 25 * And they shal come at no dead persone to defile them selues except at their father or mother or sonne or daughter brother or sister that hathe had yet none housband in these may they be defiled 26 And whē he is clensed thei shal rekon vnto him seuen dayes 27 And when he goeth into the Sanctuarie vn to the inner court to minister in the Sanctua rie he shal offre his sin offring 〈◊〉 the Lord God 28 * And the Priesthode shal be their inheritā ce yea I am their inheritance therefore shall ye giue thē no possession in Israél for I am their possession 29 They shal eat the meat offring and the sin offring and the trespace 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 dedicate thing 〈◊〉 Israél shal be 〈◊〉 30 * And all the first os all the first borne eue rie oblation euen all of euerie 〈◊〉 of your oblations shal be the Priests Ye shal also 〈◊〉 vnto the Priest the first of your dough that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house 31 The Priests shal not eat of any thing that is * dead or torne whether it be 〈◊〉 or beast CHAP. XLV 2 Out of the land of promes are there separate foure porcious of which the first is giuen to the Priests and to the Temple the second to the 〈◊〉 euites the 〈◊〉 to the citie the 〈◊〉 to the prince 9 An 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 heads of Israél 10 Gfiust 〈◊〉 and measures 〈◊〉 Of the first frutes c. 1 MOre ouer when ye shal deuide the land for inheritance ye shal offre an oblaciō vnto the Lord an 〈◊〉 holy porcion of the land fiue twentie thousand redes long and ten thousād 〈◊〉 this shal be holy in all the bor ders thereof rounde about 2 Of this there shal be forthe Sanctuarie fiue hundreth in length with fiue hundreth 〈◊〉 breadth all square roūde about fiftie cubites rounde about for the suburbesthere of 3 And of this measure shalt thou measure the length of fiue and 〈◊〉 thousand and the breadth of ten thousand and in it shal be the Sanctuarie and the moste holy place 4 The holy porcion of the land shal be the Priests which minister in the Sanctuarie whi che came nere to serue the Lord and it 〈◊〉 a place for their houses and an holy place for the Sanctuarie 5 And in the fiue and twentie thousand of length and the ten thousand of breadth shal the Leuites that minister in the house haue their 〈◊〉 for twentie chambers 6 Also ye shal appoint the possession of the ci tie fiue thousand broad and fiue and twētie thousand long ouer against the oblacion of the holy porciō it shal be for the whole hou se of Israél 7 And a porciō shal be for the prince on the one side on that side of the oblaciō of the holy porciō and of the possession of the citie euen before the oblacion of the holy porcion and before the possession of the citie from the West corner Westwarde and from the East corner East warde the lēgth shal be by one of the porcions from the West border vnto the East border 8 In this land shal be his possession in Israél my princesshal no more oppresse my peo ple the rest of the lād shal thei giue to the house of Israél according to their 〈◊〉 9 Thus 〈◊〉 the Lord God Let it suffice you ô princes of Israél leaue of crueltie and oppression and execute iudgement and iustice take away your exactions from my people saith the Lord God 10 Ye shal haue 〈◊〉 balances and a true Epháh and a true 〈◊〉 11 The Epháh the Bath shal be equal a 〈◊〉 shal conteine the tenth parte of an Homér an Epháh the tēth parte of an Homér the equalitie thereof shal be after the Homêr 12 * And the shekel shal be twētie gerahs twentie 〈◊〉 and fiue twentie shekels and fiftene 〈◊〉 shal be your Manéh 13 ¶ This is the oblacion that ye shal offre the sixt 〈◊〉 of an Epháh of an Homér of 〈◊〉 and ye shal giue the sixt parte of an Epháh of an 〈◊〉 of barley 14 Concerning the ordināce of the oyle euē of the Bath of oyle ye shal offer the tenth parte of a Bath 〈◊〉 of the Cor 〈◊〉 Baths are an Homêt for ten Baths fill an Homér 15 And one lambe of two hundreth shepe out of the fat pastures of Israél for a meat offring and for a burnt offring for peace offrings to make reconciliacion for them saith the Lord Gord. 16 All the people of the land shal giue this oblacion for the prince in Israél 17 And it shal be the princes parte to giue burnt offrings and meat offrings and drinke offrings in the solemne feasts and in the new moones and in the Sabbaths and in all the hie feastes of the house of Israél he shal prepare the sinne offring and the meat offring and the burnt offring ād the peace offrings to make recōciliatiō for the house of Israél 18 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God In the first moneth in the first day of the moneth thou shalt take a yong bullocke without blemish and clense the Sanctuarie 19 And the Priest shal take of the blood of the sinne offring and put it vpon the postes of the house and vpon the foure corners of the frame of the altar and vpon the postes of the gate of the inner court 20 And so shalt thou do the seuent day of the moneth for euery one that hathe erred and for him that is 〈◊〉 so shal you reconcile the house 21 * In the first moneth in the fourtenth day of the moneth ye
it And he said This is an 〈◊〉 that goeth forthe He said 〈◊〉 This is the sight of them through all the earth 7 And behold there was lift vp a talent of lead and this is a woman that sitteth in the middes of the Epháh 8 And he said This is wickednes he cast it into the middes of the Epháh he cast the weight of lead vpon the mouth therof 9 Thē lift I vp mine eies loked behold there came out two women the winde was in their wings for thei had wings like the wings of a storke and they lift vp the Epháh betwene the earth and the heauen 10 Then said I to the Angel that talked with me Whither do these beare the Epháh 11 And he said vnto me To buyld it an house in the land of Shinár and it shal be established and set there vpō her owne place CHAP. VI. By the foure 〈◊〉 he describeth the foure monarchies 1 A Caine I turned and life mine eyes and loked and beholde there came there foure charettes out from betwene two mountaines the mountaines were moūtaines of brasse 2 In the first charet were red horses and in the seconde charet blacke horses 3 And in the thirde charet white horses and in the fourte charet horses of diuers colours and reddish 4 Then I answered and said vnto the Angel that talked with me What are these my Lord 5 And the Angel answered and said vnto me These are the foure spirits of the heauen which go for the from standing with the Lord of all the earth 6 That with the blacke horse went for the into the land of the North and the white went out after them and they of diuers co lours went for the to warde the South countrey 7 And the reddish went out and required to go and passe through the worlde and he said Go passe through the worlde So they went thorowout the worlde 8 Then cryed he vpon me and spake vnto me saying Beholde these that go toward the North countrey haue pacified my spirit in the North countrey 9 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 10 Take of them of the captiuitie euen of Heldai and of Tobiiah and Iedaiah which are come from Babél and come thou the same day go vnto the house of Ioshiáh the sonne of Zephaniáh 11 Take euen siluer and golde and make crownes and set them vpon the head of Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadak the hie Priest 12 And speake vnto him saying Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes and saith Beholde the man whose name is the Branche and he shal growe vp out of his place and he shal buylde the Temple of the Lord. 13 Euen he shal buylde the Tēple of the Lord and he shal be are the glorie and shal sit and rule vpon his throne and he shal be a Priest vpon his throne and the counsel of peace shal be betwene them bothe 14 And the crownes shal be to Helém and to 〈◊〉 and to Iedaiah and to Hen the sonne of Zephaniah for a memorial in the Temple of the Lord. 15 And thei that are farre of shal come and buylde in the Temple of the Lord and ye shal knowe that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto you And thys shall come to passe if ye will obey the voyce of the Lord your God CHAP. VII 5 The true fasting 〈◊〉 The rebellion of the people is the cause of their affliction 1 ANd in the fourth yere of King Darius the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh in the fourth day of the ninth moneth euen in Chisleu 2 For thei had sent vnto the house of God Sharézer and Regem mélech and their men to praye before the Lord. 3 And to speake vnto the Priestes whiche were in the House of the Lord of hostes to the Prophetes saying Shuld I wepe in the fifte moneth and separate my self as I haue done these so manie yeres 4 Then came the worde of the Lord of hostes vnto me saying 5 Speake vnto all the people of the land to the Priests and say When ye fasted and mourned in the fifte and seuenth moneth euen these seuentie yeres did ye fast vnto me do I approue it 6 And when ye did eate and when ye did drinke did ye not eat for your selues and drinke for your selues 7 Shulde ye not heare the wordes whiche the Lord hathe cryed by the ministerie of the former Prophetes when Ierusalém was inhabited and in prosperitie the cities thereof rounde about her when the South and the plaine was inhabited 8 And the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh saying 9 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes saying Execute 〈◊〉 iudgement and she we mercie and compassion euerie man to his brother 10 And oppresse not the widowe nor the fatherles the stranger nor the poore and let none of you imagine euil against his brother in your heart 11 But they refused to hearken and pulled away the shulder and stopped their eares that they shulde not heare 12 Yea thei made their hearts as an adamāt stone lest they shulde heare the Lawe and the wordes which the Lord of hostes sent in his Spirit by the ministerie of the former Prophetes therefore came a greate wrath from the Lord of hostes 13 Therefore it is come to passe that as he cryed and they wolde not heare so they cryed and I wold not heare saith the Lord of hostes 14 But I scattered them among all nations whome they knewe not thus the land was desolate after them that no man passeth through nor returned for they laid the pleasant land waste CHAP. VIII 2 Of the returne of the people vnto Ierusalém and of the mercie of God towarde thē 16 Of good workes 20 The calling of the Gentiles 1 AGaine the worde of the Lord of hostes came to me saying 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes I was ielous for Zión with greatielousie and I was ielous for her with great wrath 3 Thus saith the Lord I wil returne vnto Zión and wildwell in the middes of Ierusa lém and Ierusalém shal be called a citie of trueth and the mountaine of the Lord of hostes the holie Mountaine 4 Thus saith the Lord of hostes There shal yet olde men and olde women dwellin the stretes of Ierusalém and euerie man with his staffe in his hand for very age 5 And the stretes of the citie shal be ful of boyes and girles playing in the stretes the reof 6 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Thoght it be vnpossible in the eyes of the remnant of this people in these dayes shulde it therefore be vnpossible in my sight saith the Lord of hostes 7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil deliuer my
the consent of King Cyrus and if it seme good to the Lord our King let him make vs answer concerning these things 23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries that were in Babylon and there was founde in Ecbatane which is a towre in the regiō of Media a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie 24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre 25 of the which the height shuld be of threscore cubites the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus 26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord 〈◊〉 those of golde as of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém and broght into Babylon shulde be restored to the House whiche is in Ierusalém and set in the place where they were afore 27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes gouernour of Syria ād Phenice and Sathrabouza nes and their companions and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice shulde take hede to refraine from that place and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde and gouernour of Iudea and the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place 28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes till the House of the Lord be finished 29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord and to Zoro babel the gouernour for bulles rams and lambes 30 Also corne and salte and wine and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile as the Priests whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day 31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King and his children and that they may pray for their liues 32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen or derogate anie thing thereof that atre shulde be taken out of his possession and he be hanged thereon and that his goods shulde be the Kings 33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon destroye euerie King and nation whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng to these things CHAP. VII 1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes 〈◊〉 buyld the Temple 5 The time that it was buylt 〈◊〉 They kepe the Passeouer 1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes ād their companions obeying Kyng Darius commandements 2 Assisted diligently the holie workes workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie 3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied 4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians 5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians 6 ¶ And the children of Israel and the Priests and the Leuites and the rést whiche were of the captiuitie and had anie charge and according to the things writen in the boke of Mosés 7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord an hundreth bulles two hun dreth rams foure hundreth lambes 8 And twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel 9 And the Priests and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl accordyng to the boke of Moses and also the porters in euerie gate 10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie in the 〈◊〉 day of the first moneth after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified 11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together but all the Leuites were sanctified together 12 And they 〈◊〉 the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests and for themselues 13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat euen all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land and soght the Lord. 14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes reioycing before the Lord. 15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél CHAP. VIII 1 〈◊〉 cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes 29 Esdras 〈◊〉 thankes to the Lorde 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that 〈◊〉 with him 76 His prayer and confession 1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned Esdras the sonne of Sarias the sonne of Ezerias the sonne of Helcias the sonne of Salum 2 The sonne of Sadoc the sonne of Achitob the sonne of Amarias the sonne of Ezias the sonne of Memeroth the sonne of Zaraias the sonne of Sauias the sonne of Boccas the sonne of Abisū the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron was the hie Priest 3 This Esdras went out of Babylon and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses giuen by the Lord God of Israél 4 Also the King gaue him great honour ād he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes 5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites and of the holy singers and of the porters and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém 6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes ād in the fiftmoneth this was the seuēth yere of the King for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth 7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay 8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord and in the commandements and he taught all 〈◊〉 all the ordinances and iudgements 9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord the copie thereof followeth 10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest reader of the Law of the Lord Salutacion 11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the
You are also holy to the Lord and the vessels are holy and the golde and the siluer is a vowe to the Lord of our fathers 58 Watch and kepe them til that you giue thē to the heads of the families of the Priests Leuites and captaines of the families of Israel in Ierusalem in the chambers of the Hou se of our God 59 So the Priests Leuites toke the siluer and the golde and the vessels and caryed them to Ierusalem to the Temple of the Lord. 60 And we departed from the flood Thera in the twelueth day of the first moneth and came to Ierusalem according to the mightie power of our Lord with vs and the Lord deliuered vs from the beginning of our iour ney from all enemies So we came to Ierusalém 61 And thre daies being past there in the fourth day the siluer that was weighed and the golde was deliuered in the House of our Lord to Marmoth the Priest the sonne of Iouri 62 And with him to Eleazar the sonne of Phines and there were with them Iosabad the sonne of Iesus and Moeth sonne of Sabbanus Leuites all was deliuered them by nomber and weight 63 And all the weight of them was writen that same houre 64 Afterwards those that were come out of the captiuitie offred sacrifices to the Lord God of Israel euen twelue bulles for all Israel rams foure score and sixtene 65 Lābs thre score and twelue twelue goates for saluacion all in sacrifice to the Lord. 66 And they presented the commandements of the King to the Kings stewards and to the gouernours of Coelosyria and Phenice who honored the people the Temple of God 67 ¶ * When these things were done the gouernours came to me saying The people of Israél the princes and the Priests and the Leuites haue not separated from them the strange people of the land 68 Not the pollutions of the Gentiles to wit of the Cananites and Chetites and Pheresites and Iebusites and Moabites and Egyptians and Idumeans 69 For they haue dwelt with their daughters bothe they and their sonnes and the holie sede is mixed with the strange people of the land and the gouernours and rulers haue bene partakers of this wickednes from the beginning of the thing 70 And assone as I had heard these things I rent my clothes and the holie garment and I pulled the here of mine head of my beard and sate me downe sorowful and verie sad 71 Then also all they that were moued with the worde of the Lord God of Israél came to me whiles I wepte for the iniquitie but I sate verie sad til the euening sacrifice 72 Then I rose from the fast with my clothes torne and the holie garmēt and bowed my knees and stretched forthe mine hands to the Lord 73 And said * O Lord I am ashamed and confounded before thy face 74 For our sinnes are increased aboue our hea des our ignorāces are lifted vp to heauē 75 Yea euen from the time of our fathers we are in great sinne vnto this day 76 For our sinnes therefore and our fathers we with our brethren with our Kings Priests haue bene giuē vp to the Kings of the earth to the sworde and to captiuitie for a pray with all shame vnto this day 77 And now how great hathe thy mercie bene ò Lord that there shulde be left vs a roote and name in the place of thine holines 78 And that thou shuldest reueale to vs a light in the House of the Lord our God and giue vs meat in the time of our seruitude 79 For whē we were in bondage we were not left of our God but he gauevs fauour before the Kings of the Persians that thei shulde giue vs meat 80 And that they shulde honour the Temple of our Lord and raise vp Sion that is desolate giue vs assurance in Iudea Ierusalē 81 And now ô Lord what shal we say hauing these things for we haue transgressed thy commandements which thou hast giuen by the hands of thy seruants the Prophetes saying 82 * Because the land which ye go to inherite is a land polluted by the polucions of the strāgers of the land which haue filled it with their filthines 83 Therefore now ye shal not ioyne their daughters with your sonnes nether giue your daughters to their sonnes 84 Nether shal you desire to haue peace with them for euer that ye may be made strong and eat the good things of the land and leaue ' it for an inheritance to your children for euer 85 Therefore all that is come to passe was done for our wicked workes and for our great sinnes yet Lord thou hast forborne our sinnes 86 And hast giuen vs suche a roote but we againe haue turned backe to transgresse thy Law and to mixe vs with the vnclennes of the people of the land 87 Mightest thou not be angrie with vs to destroye vs so that thou shuldest nether leaue vs roote nor sede nor name 88 But ô Lord of Israél thou art true for there is a roote left euen vnto this day 89 Beholde we are now before thee with our iniquities nether can we indure before thee for these things 90 ¶ And * as Esdras prayed and confessed and wept and laye vpon the grounde before the Temple a verie great multitude was gathered vnto him out of Ierusalem of men and women yong children for there was great lamentation among the multitude 91 Then Iechonias the sonne of Ieel of the sonnes of Israel crying out said O Esdras we haue sinned against the Lord God we haue taken in mariage strange women of the nacions of the land 92 And now all Israel is douteful therefore let vs make an othe concerning this to the Lord to put a way all our wiues which are strangers with their children 93 If it seme good to thee and to all them that obey the Law of the Lord rise vp and put it in execution 94 For to thee doeth it apperteine and we are with thee to make thee strong 95 Then Esdras arose and made all the chief of the families of the Priests and Leuites of all Israel to sweare that they wolde do thus and they sware CHAP. IX 7 After Esdras had red the law for the strange wiues 18 Thei promised to put them away 1 THen * Esdras rose from the court of the Temple and went to the chamber of Ioannan the sonne of Eliasib 2 And being lodged there he did eat no bread nor dranke water but mourned for the great iniquities of the multitude 3 And there was a proclamation in all Iudea and Ierusalém to all them that were of the captiuitie that they shulde be gathered to Ierusalém 4 And that all they which shulde not mete there within two orthre dayes according to the ordinance of the Elders which bare rule shulde haue their cattel confiscate to the Temple and he cast out from among
sonne of Aaron of the tribe of Leui which Esdras was prisoner in the land of Medes in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia. 4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Go and shewe my people their sinnes and their children their wickednes which thei haue committed against me that they may tel their childrens children 6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them because they haue forgotten me and haue offred vnto strange gods 7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath and despised my counsels 8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head cast all euil vpon them for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law but they are a rebellious people 9 How long shal I forbeare thē vnto whome I haue done somuche good 10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe 11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē * I haue destroyed the East the people of the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon and haue slaine all their enemies 12 Speake thou therefore vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord 13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea and haue giuen you a sure way since the beginning * I gaue you Moses for a guide and Aaron for a Priest 14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre great wonders haue I done amōg you yet haue ye forgotten me saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord The quailes * were a token vnto you I gaue you tentes for saue garde wherein ye murmured 16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies but ye yet murmure stil. 17 Where are the benefites that I haue done for you when ye were hungrie in the wildernes * did ye not crye vnto me 18 Saying Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians then to dye in this wildernes 19 I had pitie vpon your mournings and gaue you Manna to eat * so ye did eat Augels fode 20 * When ye were thirstie did not I cleaue the stone waters did flowe out to satisfie you from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees 21 And I gaue you fat countre is I cast out the Cananite the Pheresites Philistims before you * what shal I do more for you saith the Lord 22 Thus saith the almightie Lord * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters being a thirst and blaspheming my Name 23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies but cast a tre into the water and made the riuer swete 24 What shal I do vnto thee ô Iacob thou * Iu da woldest not obey I wil turne me to other nations and vnto those wil I giue my Name that they may kepe my lawes 25 Seing ye haue forsaken me I wil also forsake you when ye aske mercie of me I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you 26 * Whē ye call vpon me I wil not heare you for ye haue defiled your hands with blood and your fete are swift to commit murther 27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me but your owne selues saith the Lord. 28 Thus saith the almightie Lord Haue I not prayed you as a Father his sonnes and as a mother her daughters as a nurse her yōg babes 29 That ye wolde be my people as I am your God and that ye wolde be my children as I am your father 30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings but now what shal I do you I wil cast you out from my sight 31 * When you bring gifts vnto me I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken 32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes whome ye haue taken and slaine and torne their bodies in pieces whose blood I wil reuenge saith the Lord. 33 Thus saith the almightie Lord Your house shal be desolate I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble 34 Your children shal not haue generaciō for thei haue despised my commandement and done the thing that I hate before me 35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not and they vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle shal do the things that I command them 36 Thogh they seno Prophetes yet shal they hate their iniquities 37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come whose children reioyce in gladnes and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes yet in heart they beleue the things that I say 38 Now therefore brother behold what great glorie and se the people that come from the East 39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac Iacob Oseas Amos Micheas Ioel Abdias Ionas 40 Naum Habacuc Sophonias Aggeus Zacha rias and Malachias which is called also the * messenger of the Lord CHAP. II. The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children 18 The Gentiles are called 1 THus saith the Lord I broght this people out of bondage I gaue them also my cōmandements by my seruants the Prophetes whome they wolde not heare but despised my counsels 2 The mother that bare them saith vnto thē Go you away ô childrē for I am a widdowe and forsaken 3 I broght you vp with gladnes but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God done the thing that displeaseth him 4 But what shal I now do vnto you I am a widdowe and forsaken go ye ô my children and aske mercie of the Lord. 5 And thee ô father I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children which wolde not kepe my couenant 6 That thou bring them to cōfusion and their motherto a spoile that their kinred be not continued 7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth for they haue despised my couenant 8 Wo vnto thee Assur for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee ô wicked people remember * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha 9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch heapes of ashes so wil I do vnto thē that hea re me not saith the almightie Lord. 10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras Tel my people that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél 11 And I wil get me glorie by thē and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles which I had prepared for those 12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life smelling of ointement they shal nether labour nor be weary 13 Goye ye shal receaue it pray that
conuersant in vnpleasant places 55 And that the faces of them which haue absteined shulde shine more then starres if our faces be blacker then darckenes 56 For while we liued we did not remember when we did vnrighteously that we shulde surfer after death 57 Then answered he me and said This is the maner of the battel which man that is borne in the earth shal fight 58 That if he be ouercome he shulde suffer as thou hast said but if he get the victorie he shulde receaue the thing that I said 59 For this is the life whereof Moyses spake vnto the people while he liued saying * Chuse thee life that thou maist liue 60 Neuertheles they beleued him not nether the Prophetes after him nor me also which haue said vnto them 61 That heauines shulde not so be to their destruction as ioye shulde come vnto them to whome saluacion is persuaded 62 I answered then and said I know Lord that the moste High is called merciful in that he hathe mercie vpon them which are not yet come to that worlde 63 And that he hathe pitie on those that walke in his Law 64 And that * he is pacient for he long suffreth those that haue sinned as his creatures 65 And that he is liberall for he wil giue asmu che as nedeth 66 And that he is of great mercie for he ouer cometh in mercie those that are present and that are past and them which are to come 67 For if he were not abundant in his mercies the worlde colde not continue not thei that haue the possession thereof 68 He pardoneth also for if he gaue not of his goodnes that they which haue done euil might be relieued from their wickednes the ten thousand parte of men shulde not remaine aliue 69 And if he being iudge forgaue not those that be healed with his worde and toke away the multitude of sinnes 70 There shulde peraduenture be verie fewe left in an vnnumerable multitude CHAP. VIII 1 The nomber of the godlie is smale 6 The workes of God are excellent 〈◊〉 Esdras prayerfor him and for his people 39 The promes of 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 55 The destruction of the 〈◊〉 1 ANd he answered me saying The most High made this worlde for manie but the worlde to come for fewe 2 I wil tel thee a similitude o Esdras As when thou as kest the earth it shal say vnto thee that it gineth muche earthlie matter to make pottes but litle dust that golde cometh of so is it with the worke of this worlde 3 * There be manie created but fewe shal be saued 4 Then answered I and said Then swalowe vp the wit ö my soule and deuoure vnderstanding 5 For thou hast promised to heare and thou wilt prophecie for thou hast no longer space but the life giuen thee 6 O Lord if 〈◊〉 suffer not thy seruant that we may intreat thee that thou maist giue sede vnto our heart prepare our vnderstanding that there may come frute of it whereby euerie one which is corrupt may liue who can set him self for man 7 For thou art alone we all are one worke man 〈◊〉 of thine hands as thou hast said 8 For when the bodie is facioned now in the wombe and thou 〈◊〉 giuen it members thy creatures is preserued by fyre and 〈◊〉 and the worke created by thee doeth suffer nine moneths the creature which is facioned in it 9 But the thing that cōteineth that which is conteined shal bothe be preserued whē time is come the wombe being preserued deliuereth the things that grewe in it 10 For thou hast comman 〈◊〉 the members euē 〈◊〉 breasts to giue milke vnto the frute appointed to the 〈◊〉 11 That the thing which is created may be nourished for a time 〈◊〉 thou dispolest it to thy mercie 12 Thou bringest it vp with thy righteousnes nurturest it in thy Law and reformest it with thy iudgement 13 Thou slayest it as thy creature and giuest it life as thy worke 14 Seing then that thou destroyest him which with so great labours is facioned it is an easie thing to appoint by thy commandement that the thing also which is made might be preserued 15 Now therefore ô Lord I wilspeake as tou ching men in general thou shalt rather prouide but concerning thy people for whose sake I am sorie 16 And for thine inheritance for whose cause I mourne for Israel for whome I am woful and for Iacob for whose sake I am grieued 17 For them wil I pray before thee aswel for my self as for them for I se our fautes that dwelt in the land 18 ¶ But I haue heard the sudden comming of the iudge which is to come 19 Therefore heare my voyce and vnderstand my wordes which I wil speake before thee The beginning of the wordes of Esdras before he was taken vp 20 O Lord that liuest for euer which beholdest from aboue that which is aboue and in the ayre 21 Whose throne is inestimable and his glorie incomprehensible before whome the hoste of the Angels stand with trembling 22 Whos 's keping is turned in winde and fyre whose worde is true and sayings sted fast whose commandement is strong and gouernement terrible 23 Whose loke dryeth vp the depths wrath maketh the mountaines to melt away as the thing beareth witnes 24 Heare the prayer of thy seruant and receiue into thine eares the peticion of thy creature 25 For while I liue I wil speake and so long as I haue vnderstanding I wil answer 26 Loke not vpon the sinnes of thy people rather then thy faithful seruants 27 Haue not respect vnto the wicked dedes of men rather then to them that haue thy testimonies in afflictions 28 Thinke not vpon those that haue walked fainedly before thee but remember thē that reuetence thy wil. 29 Let it not be thy wil to destroye thē which haue liued like beasts but loke vpon them that haue clearly taught thy Law 30 Take not displeasure with them which appeare worse then beasts but loue them that alway put their trust in thy righteousnes and glorie 31 For we and our fathers haue all the same sicknes but because of vs that are sinners thou shalt be called merciful 32 If therefore thou wilt haue mercie vpon vs thou shalt be called merciful towardes vs which haue no workes of righteousnes 33 For the righteous which haue laid vp manie good workes let them receiue the rewarde of their owne dedes 34 But what is man that thou shuldest take displeasure at him or what is this mortal generacion that thou shuldest be so grieued towards it 35 * For verely there is no man among thē that be borne but he hathe done wickedly nor anie that doeth confesse thee which hathe not done amisse 36 For in this ô Lord thy righteousnes thy goodnes shal be praised if thou be merciful vnto them which 〈◊〉 not the substance of good workes 37 ¶ Thē answered he
things be performed which thou shalt beginne to write 26 And then shalt thou declare some things openly vnto the perfite men some things shalt thou shewe secretly vnto the wise to morowe this houre shalt thou beginne to write 27 Then went I for the as he commāded me and gathered all the people together and said 28 Heare these wordes ô Israel 29 * Our father 's at the beginning were strāgers in Egypt from whence they were deliuered 30 And receiued the Law of life * which they kept not which ye also haue transgressed after them 31 Then was the land euen the lande of Sion parted among you by lot but your fathers and ye also haue done vnrighteously and haue not kept the wayes which the moste High commanded you 32 And for so muche as he is a righteous Iudge he toke from you in time the thing that he had giuen you 33 And now are ye here and your brethren among you 34 Therefore if so be that ye wil subdue your owne vnderstanding and reforme your heart ye shal be kept aliue and after death shal ye obteine mercie 35 For after death shal the iudgement come when we shal liue againe and then shal the names of the righteous be manifest the workes of the vngodlie shal be declared 36 Let no man therefore come now vnto me nor seke me these fortie daies 37 So I toke the fiue men as he commanded me and we went into the fielde and remayned there 38 The next daye beholde a voice called me saying Esdras * opē thy mouth drinke that I giue thee to drinke 39 Then opened I my mouth and behold he reached me a full cuppe which was full as it were with water but the colour of it was like fyre 40 And I toke it and dranke and when I had dronke it mine hearte had vnderstanding and wisdome grewe in my brest for my spirit was strengthened in memorie 41 And my mouth was opened and shut no more 42 The moste High gaue vnderstanding vnto the fiue men that they wrote the hie things of the night which they vnderstode not 43 But in the night they did eat bread but 〈◊〉 spake by day and helde not my tongue by night 44 In fortie daies they wrote two hundreth and foure bokes 45 And when the fortie dayes were fulfilled the moste High spake saying The first that thou hast writen publish openlye that the worthie and vnworthie may read it 46 But kepe the seuentie last that thou maiest gyue them to the wise amonge thy people 47 Forin them is the veine of vnderstanding and the fountaine of wisdome and the riuer of knowledge and I did so CHAP. XV. 1 The prophecie of Esdras is certeine 5 The euils that shal come on the worlde 9 The Lord wil aduenge the innocent blood 12 Egypt shal lament 16 Sedicion 20 And punishment vpon the Kings of the earth 24 Cursed are they that sinne 29 Troubles and warres vpon the 〈◊〉 earth 53 God is the reuenger of his elect 1 BEholde speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie which I wil put in thy mouth saith the Lord 2 And cause them to be writen in a lettre for they are faithful and true 3 Feare not the imaginacions against thee let not the vnfaithfulnes of the speakers trouble thee that spake against thee 4 For euerye vnfaithfull shall dye in his vnfaithfulnes 5 Behold saith the Lord I wil bring plagues vpon all the worlde the sworde famine death and destruction 6 Because that iniquitie hathe fully polluted all the earth and their wicked workes are fulfilled 7 Therefore saith the Lord I will holde my tongue no more for their wickednes they do vngodlie nether wil I suffer them in the things that they do wickedly 8 Beholde * the innocent and righteous blood cryeth vnto me the soules of the iust crye continually 9 I wil surelye auenge them saith the Lord and receiue vnto me all the innocēt blood from among them 10 Beholde my people is led as a flocke to the slaughter I will not suffer them now to dwell in the land of Egypt 11 But I will bring them out with a mightie hand and a stretched out arme smite it with plagues as afore and will destroie all the land thereof 12 Egypt shall mourne and the fundacions thereof shal be smitten with the plague and punishment that GOD shall bring vpon it 13 The plo wemen that till the grounde shal mourne for their sedes shall faile thorowe the blasting and haile and by an horrible starre 14 Wo to the worlde and to them that dwel therein 15 For the sworde and their destructiō draweth nere and one people shall stand vp to fight against another with swordes in their hands 16 For there shal be sedicion among men and one shal inuade another they shal not regarde their King the princes shal measure their doings by their power 17 Amāshal desire to go into a citie and shal not be able 18 Because of their pride the cities shal be troubled the houses shal be afraied men shal feare 19 A man shal haue no pitie vpon his neighbour but shal destroye their houses with the sworde and their goods shal be spoyled for lacke of bread and because of great trouble 20 Beholde saith God I call together all the Kings of the earth to reuerence me which are from the East and from the South from the East and from Libanus to turne vpon them and to repay the things that they haue done to them 21 As they do yet this day vnto my chosen so wil I do also and recompense them in their bosome thus saith the Lord God 22 My right hand shal not spare the sinners nether shal the sworde cease from them that shed in nocent blood vpon earth 23 The fyre is gone out from his wrath and hathe consumed the fundacions of the earth and the sinners like the strawe that is kindled 24 Wo to them that sinne and kepe not my commandements saith the Lord. 25 I wil not spare them departe ô children from the power defile not my Sanctuarie 26 For the Lord knoweth all them that sinne against him and therefore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction 27 For now are the plagues come vpon the worlde and ye shal remaine in thē for God wil not deliuer you because ye haue sinned against him 28 Beholde an horrible vision cometh from the East 29 Where generacions of dragons of Arabia shal come out with manie charets and the multitude of them shal be caryed as the winde vpon the earth that all they which heare them may feare and tremble 30 Euen the Carmanians raging in wrath shal go for the as the bores of the forest and shal come with great power and stand against them in battel and shal destroye a porcion of the land of the Assyrians 31 But after this shal the dragons haue the vpper hand and
wolde despise this people that haue among them suche women surely it is not good that one mā of them be left for if thei shulde remaine they might deceiue the whole earth 20 Then Olofernes garde went out and all his seruātes and they broght her into the tente 21 Now Olofernes rested vpon his bed vnder a canopie which was wouen with purple and golde and emeraudes and precious stones 22 So they shewed him of her and he came for the vnto the entrie of his tēt and they caried lampes of siluer before him 23 And when Iudeth was come before him and his seruants they all marueiled at the beautie of her countenance and she fel downe vpon her face and did reuerence vn to him and his seruants toke her vp CHAP. XI 1 Olofernes comforteth Iudeth 3 And asketh the cause of her comming 5 She deceiueth him by her faire wordes 1 THen said Olofernes vnto her Woman be of good comfort feare not in thine heart for I neuer hurt any that wolde serue Nabuchodonosor the King of all the earth 2 Now therfore if thy people that dwelleth in the mountaines had not despised me I wolde not haue lifted vp my speare against them but they haue procured these things to themselues 3 But now tel me wherefore thou art fled from them and art come vnto vs for thou art come for safegard be of good comfort thou shalt liue frō this night here after 4 For none shal hurt thee but in treat thee wel as they do the seruants of King Nabuchodonosor my lord 5 Then Iudeth said vnto him Receiue the wordes of thy seruant suffer thine handmaide to speake in thy presence and I wil declare no lie to my lord this night 6 And if thou wilt follow the wordes of thine hand maide God wil bring the thing perfectly to passe by thee and my lord shal not faile of his purpose 7 As Nabuchodonosor King of all the earth liueth as his power is of force who hathe sent thee to reforme all persones not onely men shal be made subiect to him by thee but also the beastes of the fields and the cattel and the foules of the heauen shal liue by thy power vnder Nabuchodonosor and all his house 8 For we haue heard of thy wisdome and of thy prudent spirit it is declared through the whole earth that thou onely art excellent in all the kingdome and of a wonder ful knowledge and in feates of warre mar ueillous 9 Now * as concerning the matter which A chior did speake in thy counsel we haue heard his wordes for the men of Bethulia did take him and he declared vnto them all that he had spoken vnto thee 10 Therefore ô Lord and gouernour reiecte not his worde but set it in thine heart for it is true for there is no punishmēt against our people nether can the sworde preuaile against them except they sinne against their God 11 Now therfore left my Lord shulde be frustrate voide of his purpose that death may fall vpon them and that they may be taken in their sinne whiles thei prouoke their God to angre which is so oft times as they do that which is not beseming 12 For because their vittailes faile and all their water is wasted thei haue determined to take their cattel and haue purposed to consume all things that God had forbidden them to eat by his Lawes 13 Yea they haue purposed to consume the first frutes of the wheat and the tithes of the wine and of the oyle whiche they had reserued and sanctified for the Priests that serue in Ierusalém before the face of our God the which things it is not lawful for any of the people to touche with their hāds 14 Moreouer they haue sent to Ierusalém because they also that dwell there haue done the like suche as shulde bryng them licence from the Senate 15 Now when they shall bring them worde they wil do it and they shal be giuen thee to be destroyed the same day 16 Wherefore I thyne handmaid knowing all this am fled from their presence and God hathe sent me to worke a thing with thee whereof all the earth shal wonder whosoeuer shal heare it 17 For thy seruant feareth God and worshipeth the God of heauen day and night now let me 〈◊〉 with thee my Lord and let thy seruant go out in the night into the valley and I will pray vnto GOD that he may reueile vnto me when they shal commit their sinnes 18 And I will come and shewe it vnto thee then thoushalt go forthe with all thine armie and there shal be none of thē that shall resist thee 19 And I wil lead thee through the middes of Iudea vntil thou come before Ierusalém I will set thy throne in the middes thereof and thou shalt driue them as shepe that haue no shepherd and a dogge shall not barcke with his mouthe agaynste thee for these things haue bene spoken vnto me declared vnto me accordyng to my foreknowledge and I am sent to shewe thee 20 ¶ Then her wordes pleased Olofernes and all his seruants and they marueiled at her wisdome and said 21 There is not such a womā in all the world bothe for beautie of face and wisdome of wordes 22 Likewise Olofernes said vnto her GOD hathe done this to send thee before the people that strength might be in our hāds and destructiō vpon them that despise my lord 23 And now thou art bothe beautiful in thy countenance and wittie in thy wordes surely if thou do as thou hast spokē thy God shal be my God and thou shalt dwell in the house of Nabuchodonosor and shalt be renomed through out the whole earth CHAP. XII 1 Iudeth wolde not pollute her self with the meat of the Gentiles 5 She maketh her request that she might go out by night to pray 11 Olofernes causeth her to come to the banketh 1 THen he commanded to bring her in where his treasures were layed and ba de that they shulde prepare for her of his owne meates and that she shuld drinke of his owne wine 2 But Iudeth said * I may not eat of them lest there shulde be an offence but I can suf fice my selfe with the things that I haue broght 3 Then Olofernes said vnto her If the things that thou hast shulde faile how shulde we giue thee the like for there is none with vs of thy nation 4 Then said Iudeth vnto him As thy soule liueth my lord thine hand maide shal not spend those things that I haue before the Lord worke by mine hand the things that he hathe determined 5 Then the seruāts of Olofernes broght her into the tent and she slept vntil midnight and rose at the mourning watche 6 And sent to Olofernes saying Let my lord commande that thine hand maide may go forthe vnto prayer 7 Then Olofernes cōmanded his garde that thei 〈◊〉 not stay her thus
righteous shal liue foreuer their rewarde also is with the Lord and the moste High hathe care of them 16 Therefore shal they 〈◊〉 a glorious kingdome and a beautiful crowne of the Lords hand for with his right hand shal he couer them and with his arme shal he de fende them 17 He shal take his 〈◊〉 lousie for armour and shal arme the créatures to be reuenged of the enemies 18 He shal put on righteousnes for a brest-plate and take true iudgement in stead of an helmet 19 He wil take holines for an inuincible shield 20 He wil sharpen fierce wrath for a swor de and the worlde shal fight with him against the vnwise 21 Then shal the thunder boltes go 〈◊〉 outof the lightnings and shal 〈◊〉 to the marke as out of the bēt bowe of the clouds and out of his angre that troweth stones shal thicke haile be cast and the water of the sea shal be wrothe against them and the floods shal mightely ouer flowe 22 And a mightie winde shal stand vp against them and like a storme shal scatter them abroad Thus iniquitie shal bring all the earth to a wildernes and wickednes shal ouerthrowe the thrones of the mightie CHAP. VI. The calling of Kings princes and iudges which are also exhorted to searche wisdome 1 HEare therefore ôye Kings and vnderstand learne ye that be iudges of the ends of the earth 2 Giue eare ye that rule the multitudes and glorie in the multitude of people 3 For the rule * is giuen you of the Lord and power by the moste High which wil trye your workes and searche out your imaginacions 4 Because that ye being officers of his kingdome haue not iudged aright nor kept the Law nor walked after the wil of God 5 Horribly and sodenly wil he appeare vnto you for an hard iudgement shal they haue that beare rule 6 For he that is moste lowe is worthie mercie but the mightie shal be mightely tormented 7 For he that is Lord ouer all wil spare no * persone nether shal he feare anie greatnes for he hathe made the small and great and careth for all a like 8 But for the mightie abideth the sorer tryal 9 Vnto you therefore ô tyrants do I speake that ye may learne wisdome and not go armisse 10 For they that kepe holines holily shal be holie and they that are learned there shal finde a defence 11 Wherefore set your delite vpon my wordes desire them ye shal be instructed 12 Wisdome shineth neuerfadeth away is easely sene of them that loue her foun de of suche as seke her 13 She preuenteth them that desire her that she may first shewe her self vnto them 14 Whoso awaketh vnto her betimes shal haue no great trauail for he shal finde her sitting at his dores 15 To thinke vpon her then is perfite vnderstāding who so watcheth for her shal be sone without care 16 For she goeth about seking suche as are mete for her and sheweth her self cherefully vnto them in the waies and meteth them in euerie thoght 17 For the moste true desire of discipline is her beginning and the care of discipline is loue 18 And loue is the keping of her lawes the keping of the lawes is the assurance of immortalitie 19 And immortalitie maketh vs nere vnto God 20 Therefore the desire of wisdome leadeth to the Kingdome 21 If your delite be then in thrones scepters ô Kings of the people honour wisdome that ye may reigne for euer 22 Now I wil tell you what wisdome is whē ce it cometh and wil not hide the mysteries from you but wil seke her out from the beginning of her natiuitie and bring the know ledge of her into light and wil not kepe bac ke the trueth 23 Nether wil I haue to do with consuming en uie for suche a man shal not be partaker of wisdome 24 But the multitude of the wise is the preseruacion of the worlde and a wise King is the staye of the people 25 Be therefore instructed by my wordes and ye shal haue profite CHAP. VII Wisdome ought to be preferred aboue all things 1 I My self am also mortal and a man like all other and am come of him that was first made of the earth 2 And in my mothers wombe was I facioned to be flesh in ten moneths I was* broght together into blood of the sede of man and by the pleasure that cometh with slepe 3 And when I was borne I receiued the cōmu ne aire and fel vpon the earth which is oflike nature crying weping at the first as all other do 4 I was nourished in swadling clothes with cares 5 For there is no King that had 〈◊〉 other beginning of birth 6 All * menthen haue one entrance vnto life and a like going out 7 Wherefore I prayed and vnderstanding was giuen me I called and the Spirit of wisdome came vnto me 8 I preferred her to scepters and thrones and counted riches nothing in cōparison of her 9 * Nether did I compare precious stones vnto her for all golde is but a litle grauel in respect of her siluer shal be counted but clay before her 10 I loued her aboue health and beautie pur posed to take her for my light for her light can not be quenched 11 All * good things therefore came to me together with her and innumerable riches tho row her hands 12 So I was glad in all for wisdome was the autor thereof and knewe not that she was the mother of these things 13 And I learned vnfainedly and communicated without enuie and I do not hide 〈◊〉 ches 14 For she is an infinite treasure vnto men whi che whoso vse become partakers of the loue of God are accepted for the gifts of know ledge 15 God hathe granted me to speake according to my minde and to iudge worthely of the things that are giuen me for he is the leader vnto wisdome and the 〈◊〉 of the wise 16 For in his hand are bothe we and our wordes and all wisdome and the knowledge of the workes 17 For he hathe giuen me the true knowledge of the things that are so that I knowe how the worlde was made and the powers of the elements 18 The beginning and the end and the middes of the times how the times alter and the chá ge of the seasons 19 The course of the yere the situacion of the starres 20 The nature of liuing things and the furious nes of beasts the power of the windes and the imaginacions of men the diuersities of plants and the vertues of rootes 21 And all things bothe secret and knowen do I know for wisdome the worker of all thīgs hathe taught me it 22 For in her ist he spirit of vnderstanding whi che is holie the onely begotten manifolde subtil moueable cleare vndefiled euident not 〈◊〉 louing
vnto a foolishe man nether accept the persone of the mightie 28 Striue for the trueth vnto death and defend iustice for thy life and the Lord God shall fight for thee agaynste thyne ennemies 29 Be not hastie in thy tōgue nether slacke and negligent in thy workes 30 Be not as a lion in thine owne house nether beat thy seruants for thy fātasie nor oppresse them that are vnder thee 31 * Let not thine hand be stretched out to receiue and shut when thou shuldest giue CHAP. V. 1 In riches may we not put any confidence 7 The vengeance of God ought to be feared and repentance 〈◊〉 not be differred 1 TRust not vnto thy riches and say not I haue ynough for my life for it shall not helpe in the time of vengeance and indignation 2 Followe not thine owne mynde and thy strength to walke in the wayes of thine heart 3 Nether say thou How haue I had strēgth or who wil bring me vnder for my 〈◊〉 for GOD the aduenger will reuenge the wrong done by thee 4 And say not I haue sinned and what euill hathe come vnto me for the Almightie is a pacient rewarder but he will not leaue thee vnpunished 5 Because thy sinne is forgiuen be not without feare to heape sinne vpon sinne 6 And say not The mercie of God is greate he wil forgiue my manifold sinnes for mercie and wrath come from him and his indignacion cometh downe vpon sinners 7 Make no tarying to turne vnto the Lord and put not of from day to day for suddenly shal the wrath of the Lord breake forth in thy securitie thou shalt be destroyed and thou shalt perishe in tyme of vengeance 8 Trust not in wicked riches for they shall not helpe thee in the daye of punishement 〈◊〉 vengeance 9 Be not caryed aboute with euerye winde go not into euerie way for so doeth the sinner that hathe a double tongue 10 Stand fast in thy sure vnderstanding and in the way and knowledge of the Lord haue but one maner of worde and follow the worde of peace and righteousnes 11 Be humble to heare the word of God that thou maist vnderstand it and make a true answere with wisdome 12 Be swift to heare good things and let thy life be pure and giue a pacient answer 13 If thou hast vnderstanding aunswerthy neighbour if not laye thine hand vpō thy mouthe lest thou be trapped in an vndiscrete worde and so be blamed 14 Honour and shame is in the talke and the tongue of a man causeth him to fall 15 Be not counted a tale bearer and lie not in waite with thy tongue for shame and repē tance followe the thief and an euil condē nation is ouer him that is double tongued but he that is a back ebit or shal be hated enuied and confounded 16 Do not rashly nether in small things nor in great CHAP. VI. 1 It is the propertie of a sinner to be euill tongued 6 Of friendship 33 Desire to be taught 1 BE not of a friend thy neighbours enemie for suche shall haue an euill Name shame and reproche and he shal be in infamie as the wicked that hathe a double tōgue 2 Be not proude in the deuice of thine owne minde lest thy soule rent thee as a bull 3 And eate vp thy leaues and destroie thy frute and so thou be lefte as a drye tree in the wildernes 4 For a wicked soule destroieth him that hathe it and maketh him to be laughed to scorne of his ennemies and bringeth him to the porcion of the vngodlie 5 A swete talke multiplieth the friends and pacifieth them that be at variance and a swete tōgue increaseth much good talke 6 Holde friendship with manie neuertheles haue but one counseler of a thousand 7 If thou gettest a friend proue him first and be not hastie to credit him 8 For some man is a friend for his owne occasion and will not abide in the daye of thy trouble 9 And there is some friende that turneth to enimitie and taketh partes against thee in contention he wil declare thy shame 10 Againe some friend is but a companion at the table and in the daye of thine affliction he continueth not 11 But in thy prosperitie he will be as thou thy self and will vse libertie ouer thy seruants 12 If thou be broght low he will be againste thee and wil hide him self from thy face 13 Departe from thine enemies and beware of thy friends 14 A faithfull friend is a strong defence and he that findeth such one findeth a treasure 15 A faithful friend ought not to be chāged for any thing and the weight of gold and siluer is not to be compared to the goodnes of his faith 16 A faithful friend is the medicine of life immortalitie thei that feare the Lord shal finde him 17 Who so feareth the Lord shal directe hys friendship aright and as his owne selfe so shal his friend be 18 ¶ My sonne receiued octrine frome thy youth vp so shalt thou finde wisdome whiche shal indure til thine olde age 19 Go to her as one that ploweth soweth and waite for her good frutes for thou shalt haue but litle labour in her worke but thou shalt eat of her frutes right sone 20 How exceading sharpe is she to the vnlearned he that is without iudgement will not remaine with her 21 Vnto suche one she is as a fine touchestone and he casteth her from him without delay 22 For they haue the Name of wisdome but there be but fewe that haue the knowledge of her 23 For with thē that knowe her she abideth vnto the appearing of God 24 Giue eare my sonne receiue my doctrine and refuse not my counsel 25 And put thy fete into her linkes and thy necke into her chaine 26 Bowe downe thy shulder vnto her and beare her and be not wearie of her bands 27 Come vnto her with thy whole heart and kepe her waies with all thy power 28 Seke after her and searche her she shal be shewed thee and when thou hast gotten her forsake her not 29 For at the last thou shalt finde rest in her and that shal be turned to thy ioye 30 Then shal her fetters be a strong defence for thee and a sure fundacion her chaines a glorious raiment 31 For there is a golden ornament in her and her bands are the laces of purple colour 32 Thou shalt put her on as a robe of honour and shalt put her vpon thee as a crowne of ioye 33 My sōne if thou wilt thou shalt be taught and if thou wilt applie thy minde thou shalt be wittie 34 If thou loue to heare thou shalt receyue doctrine and if thou delite in hearing thou shalt be wise 35 Stand with the multitude of the Elders whiche are wise and ioyne with him that is wise 36 * Desire to heare all godlie talke and let not the graue sentences of knowledge escape thee 37
offrings of the wicked * nether is he pacified for sinne by the multitude of sacrifice 21 Who so bringeth an offring of the goods of the poore doeth as one that sacrifiseth the sonne before the fathers eyes 22 The bread of the nedeful is the life of the poore he that defraudeth him thereof is a murtherer 23 He that taketh away his neighbours liuing slayeth him * and he that defraudeth the la bourer of his hyre is a blood shedder 24 ¶ When one buyldeth and another breaketh downe what profite haue they then but labour 25 When one prayeth and another curseth whose voyce wil the Lord heare 26 * He that washeth him self because of a dead bodie and toucheth it againe what auaileth his washing 27 * So is it with a man that fasteth for his sinnes and committeth them againe who wil heare his prayer or what doeth his fasting helpe him CHAP. XXXV 1 Of true sacrifices 14 The prayer of the fatherles and of the widowe and him that humbleth him self 1 WHO so kepeth the Law * bringeth offrings ynough he that holdeth fast the commandements offreth an offring of saluacion 2 He that is thankeful to them that haue wel deserued offreth fine floure * and he that giueth almes sacrifiseth praise 3 To departe from euil is a thankeful thing to the Lord and to forsake vnrighteousnes is a reconciling vnto him 4 * Thou shalt not appeare emptie before the Lord. 5 For all these things are done because of the commandement 6 * The offring of the righteous maketh the altar fat and the smel there of is swete before the most High 7 The sacrifice of the righteous is acceptable and the remembrance thereof shal neuer be forgotten 8 Giue the Lord his honour with a good and liberal eye and diminish not the first frutes of thine hands 9 * In all thy giftes shewe a ioyeful countenan ce and dedicate thy tithes with gladnes 10 Giue vnto the moste High according as he hathe enriched thee * and loke what thine hand is able giue with a chareful eye 11 For the Lord recompenseth and wil giue thee seuen times as muche 12 * 〈◊〉 nothing of thine offring for he wil not receiue it and absteine from wrong ful sacrifices for the Lord is the iudge and regardeth no * mans persone 13 He accepteth not the persone of the poore but he heareth the prayer of the oppressed 14 He despiseth not the desire of the fatherles nor the widdow when she powreth out her prayer 15 Doeth not the teares runne downe the wid dowes chekes and her crye is against him that caused them for from her chekes do they go vp vnto heauen and the Lord which heareth them doeth accept them 16 He that serueth the Lord shal be accepted with fauour and his prayer shal teache vnto the cloudes 17 The prayer of him that humbleth him self goeth thorowe the cloudes and ceaseth not til it come nere wil not departe til the most High haue respect thereunto to iudge righteously and to execute iudgement 18 And the Lord wil not be slacke nor the Almightie wil tarie long from thē til he hathe smitten in sunder the loynes of the vnmerciful and aduenged him self of the heathen til he haue takē away the multitude of the cruel and broken the scepter of the vnrighteous til he 〈◊〉 euerie man after his workes and rewarde them after their deuises til he haue iudged the cause of his people and cōforted them with his mercie 19 Oh how faire a thing is mercie in the time of anguish and trouble It is like a cloude of raine that cometh in the time of a drought CHAP. XXXVI 1 A prayer to God in the persone of all faithful men against those that persecute his Church 22 The praise of a good woman 1 HAue mercie vpon vs ô Lord God of all things and beholde vs ād shewe vs the light of thy mercies 2 And send thy feare among the naciōs whiche seke not after thee that they may know that there is no God but thou and that they may she we thy wonderous workes 3 Lift vp thine * hand vpon the strange naciōs that they may se thy power 4 As thou art sanctified in vs before them so be thou magnified among them before vs 5 That they may know thee as we know thee for there is none other God but onely thou ô Lord. 6 Renue the signes and change the wonders shewe the glorie of thine hand and thy right arme that they may shewe forthe thy wonderous actes 7 Raise vp thine indignacion and powre out wrath take away the aduersarie and smite the enemie 8 Make the time shorte remēber thine othe that thy wonderous workes may be praised 9 Let the wrath of the fyre 〈◊〉 them that escape and let them perish that oppresse the people 10 Smite in sonder the heades of the princes that be our enemies and say There is none other but we 11 〈◊〉 all the tribes of Iacob together that they may knowe that there is none other God but onely thou and that they may shew thy wonderous workes and inherit thou them as from the beginning 12 O LORD haue mercie vpon the people that is called by thy Name and vpon Israel * whome thou hast likened to a first borne sonne 13 Oh be merciful vnto Ierusalem the citie of thy Sanctuarie the citie of thy rest 14 Fill 〈◊〉 that it may magnifie thine oracles and fill thy people with thy glorie 15 Giue witnes vnto those that thou hast possessed from the beginning and raise vp the prophecies that haue bene shewed in thy Name 16 Rewarde them that waite for thee that thy Prophetes may be founde faithful 17 O Lord heare the power of thy seruants ac cording to the * blessing of Aaron ouer thy people and guide thou vs in the way of righ teousnes that all they which dwell vpon the earth may knowe that thou art the Lord the eternal God 18 ¶ The belie deuoureth all meates yet is one meat better then another 19 As the throte tasteth venisone so doeth a wise minde discerne false wordes 20 A frowarde heart bringeth grief but a man of experience wil resist it 21 A woman is aptto receiue euerie man yet is one daughter better then another 22 The beautie of a woman chereth the face and a man loueth nothing better 23 If there be in her tongue gentlenes mekenes and wholesome talke thē is not herhous band like other men 24 He that hathe gotten a vertuous woman hathe begone to get a possession she is an helpe like vnto himself and a piller to rest vpon 25 Where no hedge is there the possession is spoiled and he that hathe no wife wādereth to and fro mourning 26 Who wiltrust a thief that is alway readie wandereth from towne to towne and likewise him
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise sē tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * 〈◊〉 was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he cōfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a 〈◊〉 in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornamēt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put thē on but onely his children and his childrēs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men 〈◊〉 toke 〈◊〉 and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first 〈◊〉 vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
brasse was about in measure as the sea 4 He 〈◊〉 care for his people that they shulde not fall fortified the citié against the siege 5 How honorable was his conuersation among the people and when he came out of the house couered with the vaile 6 He was as the morning starre in the middes of a cloude and as the moone when it is ful 7 And as the sunne shining vpon the Temple of the moste High as the rainebowe that is bright in the faire cloudes 8 And as the floure of the roses in the spring of the yere and as lilies by the springs of waters and as the branches of the frankē censetre in the time of somer 9 As a fyre and incense in the censer and as 〈◊〉 a vessel of massie golde set with all maner of precious stones 10 And as a faire oliue tre that is fruteful and as a cypressetre which groweth vp to the cloudes 11 When ' he put on the garment of honour and was clothed with all beautie he went vp to the holy altar and made the garmēt of holines honorable 12 When he toke the porcions out of the Priests hands he him self stoode by the herth of the altar compassed with his bre thren rounde about as the brāches do the cedre tre in Libanus and thei compassed him as the branches of the palme trees 13 So were all the sonnes of Aaron in their glorie the oblacions of the Lord in their hāds before all the congregaciō of Israél 14 And that he might accōplish his ministerie vpon the altar and garnish the offring of the moste High and almightie 15 He stretched out his hand to the drinke offring powred of the blood of the grape and he powred at the fote of the altar a perfume of good sauour vnto the moste high King of all 16 Then showted the sonnes of Aaron and blowed with brasen trumpets and made a great noyce to be heard for a remēbrance before the moste High 17 Then all the people together hasted and fell downe to the earth vpō their faces to worship their Lord God almightie and moste high 18 The singers also sang with their voyces so that the sounde was great and the melodie swete 19 And the people prayed vnto the Lord moste high with prayer before him that is merciful til the honour of the Lord were performed and they had accomplished his seruice 20 Then went he downe and stretched out his hands ouer the whole congregacion of the children of Israél that they shulde giue praise with their lippes vnto the Lord and reioyce in his Name 21 He begā againe to worship that the might receiue the blessing of the moste High 22 Now therefore giue praise all ye vnto God that worketh great things euerie where which hathe increased our dayes from the wombe and delte with vs according to his mercie 23 That he wolde giue vs ioyfulnes of heart peace in our dayes in Israél as in olde time 24 That he wolde confirme his mercie with vs and deliuer vs at his time 25 ¶ There be two maner of people that mine heart ab horreth and the third is no people 26 They that sit vpon the mountaine of Samaria the Philistims and the foolish people that dwell in Sicinus 27 ¶ Iesus the sonne of Sirach the sonne of Eleazarus of Ierusalém hathe writen the doctrine of vnder standing and knowledge in this boke 〈◊〉 powred out the wisdome of his heart 28 Blessed is he that exerciseth him self therein he that layeth vp these in his heart shal be wise 29 For if he do these things he shal be strong in all things for he setteth his steppes in the light of the Lord which giueth wisdome to the godlie The Lord be praised for euer more so be it so be it CHAP. LI. A prayer of Iesus the sonne of 〈◊〉 1 I Wil confesse thee ô Lord and King and praise thee ó God my Sauiour I giue thankes vnto thy Name 2 For thou art my defender and helper and hast preserued my bodie from destruction and from the snare of the sclanderouston gue and from the lippes that are occupied with lies thou hast holpen me against mine aduersaries 3 And hast deliuered me according to the multitude of thy mercie and for thy Names sake from the roaring of them that were readie to deuoure me and out of the hands of suche as soght after my life and from the manifolde affliction which I had 4 And from the fyre that choked me rounde about and from the middes of the fyrethat I burned not 5 And from the botome of the belie of hel from an vncleane tongue from lying wor des from false accusation to the King frō the sclander of an vn righteous tongue 6 My soule shal praise the lord vnto death for my soule drewe nere vnto death my life was nere to the hel beneth 7 They compassed me on euerie side there was no man to helpe me I loked for the succour of men but there was none 8 Then thoght I vpon thy mercie ô Lord vpon thine actes of olde how thou deliue rest suche as waite for thee and sauest thē out of the hands of the enemies 9 Then lift I vp my prayer from the earth and praied for deliuerance from death 10 I called vpon the Lord the father of my Lord that he wold not leauemein the daye of my trouble and in the time of the proude without helpe 11 I wil praise thy Name continually and wil sing praise with thankes giuing and my prayer was heard 12 Thou sauedst me from destruction and deliueredst me from the euil time therefore wil I giue thankes and praise thee blesse the Name of the Lord. 13 When I was yet yong or euer I wēt abroad I desired wisdome openly in my prayer 14 I praied for her before the Temple and soght after her vnto farre countreis and she was as a grape that waxeth ripe out of the floure 15 Mine heart reioyced in her my foote walked in the right way and from my youth vp soght I after her 16 I bowed some what downe mine eare and receiued her and gate me muche wisdome 17 And I profited by her therefore wil I ascribe the glorie vnto him that giueth me wis dome 18 For I am aduised to do thereafter I wil be ielous of that that is good so shal I not be confounded 19 My soule hathe wresteled with her and I haue examined my workes I lifted vp mine hands on hye and considered the ignoran ces thereof 20 I directed my soule vnto her an I founde her in purenes I haue had mine heart ioyned with her from the beginning therefo re shal I not be forsaken 21 My bowels are troubled in seking her therefore haue I gotten a good possession 22 The Lord hathe giuen me a tongue for my rewarde where with I wil praise him 23 Drawe nere vn to me ye vn lerned
d well in the house of learning 24 Wherefore are ye slowe and what say you of these things seing your soules are very thirstie 25 I opened my mouth said * Bye her for you without money 26 Bowe downe your necke vnder the yoke and your soule shal receiue instruction she is ready that ye may finde her 27 Be holde with your eyes * how that I haue had but litle labour and haue gotten vnto me muche rest 28 Get learning with a great some of money for by her ye shal possesse muche golde 29 Let your soule reioyce in the mercie of the Lord and be not ashamed of his praise 30 Do your duetie be times and he wil giue you a rewarde at his time BARVCH CHAP. I. 1 Baruch wrote a boke during the captiuitie of Babylon which he red before Ieconià h and all the people 10 The Iewes sent the boke with money vnto Ierusalém to their other brethren to the intent that they shulde pray for them 1 ANd these are the wor des of the boke whi che Baruch the sonne of Nerias the son ne of Maasias the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sonne of Asadias the sonne of Helcias wrote in at Babylon 2 In the fifty ere and in the seuenth day of the moneth what time as the Caldeans toke Ierusalém and burnt it with fyre 3 And Baruch did read the wordes of this boke that Iechonias the sonne of Ioacim King of Iuda might heare and all the people that were come to heare the boke 4 And in the audience of the gouernour of the Kings sonnes before the Elders before the whole people frō the lowest vnto the hiest before all them that dwelt at Babylon by the riuer Sud 5 Which when they heard it went fasted and made praiers before the Lord. 6 They made a collection also of money according to euerie mans power 7 And sent it to Ierusalem vnto Ioacim the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sōne of Salom Priest and vnto the other Priests to all the people which were with him at Ierusalem 8 When he had receiued the vessels of the Temple of the Lord that were taken away out of the Temple to bring thē againe into the land of Iuda the tenth day of the moneth Siuan to wit siluer vessels whiche Sedecias the sonne of Iosias King of Iuda had made 9 After that Nabuchodono sor King of Babylon had led away Iechonias from Ierusalém and his princes and his nobles prisoners and the people and caryed them to Babylon 10 And they said Beholde we haue sent you money wher with ye shal bye burnt offrīgs for sinne and incense and prepare a meat offring offre vpon the altar of the Lord our God 11 And pray for the life of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and for the life of Baltasar his sonne that their daies may be vpon earth as the daies of heauen 12 And that God wolde giue vs strength and lighten our eyes that we may liue vnder the shadowe of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and vnder the shadowe of Baltasar his sonne that we may long do thē seruice and finde fauour in their sight 13 Pray for vs also vnto the Lord our God for we haue sinned against the Lord our God vnto this day the furie of the Lord and his wrath is not turne from vs 14 And rede this boke which we haue sent to you to be rehearsed in the Tēple of the Lord vpon the feast daies and at time con uenient 15 Thus shal ye say * To the Lord our God belongeth righte 〈◊〉 but vnto vs the confusiō of our faces as it is come to passe this day vnto them of Iuda and to the in ha bitants of Ierusalém 16 And to our Kings and to our princes and to our Priests and to our Prophetes and to our fathers 17 Because we haue * sinned before the Lord our God 18 And haue not obeied him nether hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God to walke in the commandements that he gaue vs openly 19 From the day that the Lord broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt euen vnto this day we haue bene disobedient vnto the Lord our God and we haue bene negligent to heare his voyce 20 * Wherefore these plagues are come vpō vs the curse which the Lord appointed by Moyses his seruant as the time that he broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt to giue vs a land that floweth with milke and honie as appeareth this day 21 Neuertheles we haue not hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God according to all the wordes of the Prophetes whome he sent vnto vs. 22 But euerie one of vs followed the wicked imaginacion of his owne heart to serue strange gods and to do euil in the sight of the Lord our God CHAP. II. 1 The Iewes confesse that they suffer iustely for their sin nes The true confession of the Christians 〈◊〉 The Iewes desire to haue the wrath of God turned from thē 32 He promiseth that he wil call againe the people from captiuitie and giue them a newe and 〈◊〉 testament 1 THerefore the Lord our God hathe performed his worde which he pronounced against vs and against our iudges that gouerned Israel and against our Kings against our princes and against the men of Israél and luda 2 To bring vpon vs great plagues suche as neuer came to passe vnder the whole heauē as they that were done in Ierusalē * accor ding to things that were written in the La we of Moyses 3 That some among vs shulde eat the flesh of his owne sonne some the flesh of his owne daughter 4 Moreouer he hathe deliuered them to be in subiection to all the kingdomes that are rounde about vs to be as a reproche desolation amōg all the people rounde about where the Lord hathe scattred them 5 Thus they are broght beneth and not aboue because we haue sinned against the Lord our God and haue not heard his voyce 6 * To the Lord our God apperteineth righ teousnes but vnto vs to our fathers open shame as appeareth this day 7 For all these plagues are come vpon vs which the Lord hathe pronounced against vs. 8 Yet haue we not prayed before the Lord that we might turne euerie one from the imaginacions of his owne wicked heart 9 So the Lord hathe watched ouer the plagues and the Lord hathe broght them vpō vs for the Lord is righteous in all his workes which he hathe commanded vs. 10 Yet we haue not earkened vnto his voyce to walke in the commandements of the Lord that he hathe giuen vnto vs. 11 * And now ô Lord God of Israél that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and an hie arme and with signes and with wonders and with great power and hast gotten thyself a Name as appeareth this day 12
stretes and burne strawe 43 And if one of them be drawen away and lye with anie suche as come by she easteth her neighbour in the teeth because she was not so worthely reputed nor her coard broken 44 Whatsoeuer is done among them is lyes how may it they be thoght or said that they are gods 45 Carpenters and goldesmithes make them nether be they anie other thing but euen what the workeman wil make them 46 Yea they that make them are of no long continuance howe shulde then the things that are made of them be gods 47 Therefore they leaue lies and shame for their posteritie 48 For when there cometh anie warre or plague vpon them the Priests imagine with themselues where they may hide them selues with them 49 How then can men not perceiue that they be no gods whiche can nether defend them selues from warre nor from plagues 50 For * seing they be but of wood and of siluer and of golde men shal knowe hereafter that they are but lies and it shal be manifest to all nacions and Kings that they be no gods but the workes of mens hands ād that there is no worke of God in them 51 Where by it may be knowen that they are no gods 52 They can set vp no King in the land nor giue raine vnto men 53 They can giue no sentence of a matter nether preserue from iniurie they haue no power but are as crowes betwene the heauen and the earth 54 When there falleth a fyre vpon the house of those gods of wood and of siluer and of golde the Priests will escape and saue them selues but they burne as the balkes there in 55 They can not withstand anie Kyng or enemies how can it then be thoght or said that they be gods 56 Moreouer these gods of wood of golde and of siluer can nether defend them selues from theues nor robbers 57 For they that are strongest take away their golde and siluer and apparell where with they be clothed and when they haue it they get them away yet can they not helpe them selues 58 Therefore it is better to by a Kyng and so to shewe his power or els a profitable vessel in an house wherby he that oweth it might haue profite then suche false gods or to be a dore in an house to kepe suche things safe as be therein then suche false gods or a piller of wood in a palace thē suche false gods 59 For the sunne and the moone and the starres that shine when they are sent downe for necessarie vses obey 60 Likewise also the lightning whē it shineth it is euident and the winde bloweth in euerie contrey 61 And when God commandeth the cloudes to go about the whole worlde they do as they are bidden 62 When the fyre is sent downe from aboue to destroy hilles and woods it doeth that whiche is commāded but these are not like anie of these things nether in forme nor power 63 Wherefore men shuld not thinke nor say that they be gods seing they cā nether giue sentence in iudgement nor do men good 64 For so muche now as ye are sure that they be no gods feare them not 65 For they can nether curse nor blesse Kings 66 Nether cāthey shewe signes in the heauē amōg the heathē nether shine as the moone 67 The beastes are better then they for they can get them vnder a couert and do them sel ues good 68 So ye may be certified that by no maner of meanes they are gods therefore feare them not 69 For as askarcrowe in a garden of cucumbers kepeth nothyng so are their gods of wood and of siluer and of golde 70 And like wise their gods of wood and gold ād siluer are like to a white thorne in anorcharde that euerie birde sittest vpon and as a dead bodie that is cast in the darke 71 By the purple also and brightenes whiche fadeth vpon them ye may vnderstand that they be no gods yea they them selues shal be consumed at the laste and they shal be a shame to the countrey 72 Better therefore is the iust man that hathe none idoles for he shal be farre frō reprofe THE SONG OF THE THRE holie children vvhich follovveth in the third chapter of Daniel after this place 〈◊〉 fell dovvne bound into the middes of the hote fyrie fornace CHAP. I. 23 The praier of Azarias 46 The crueltie of the King 48 The flame deuoureth the Chaldeans 49 The Angel of the Lord was in the fornace 51 The thre children praise the Lord and prouoke all creatures to the same 24 AND they walked in the middes of the flame praysing God magnified the Lord. 25 Then Azarias stode vp prayed on this maner and opening his mouth in the mid des of the fyre said 26 Blessed be thou ô Lord God of our fathers thy Name is worthie to be praised honored for euermore 27 For thou art righteous in all the things that thou hast done vnto vs and all thy workes are true and thy wayes are right and all thy iudgements certeine 28 In all the things that thou hast broght vpon vs and vpon Ierusalem the holie citie of our fathers thou hast executed true iudgements for by right and equitie hast thou broght all these things vpon vs because of our sinnes 29 For we haue sinned and done wickedly de parting from thee in all things haue we trespased 30 And not obeied thy commandements nor kept them nether done as thou hadest commanded vs that we might prosper 31 Wherefore in all that thou hast broght vpō vs in euerie thing that thou hast done to vs thou hast done them in true iudgement 32 As in deliuering vs into the hands of our wic ked enemies moste hateful traitors and to an vnrighteous King and the moste wicked in all the worlde 33 And now we may not open our mouthes we are become a shame reprofe vnto thy seruants and to them that worshippe thee 34 Yet for thy Names sake we beseche thee giue vs not vp for euer nether breake thy couenant 35 Nether take awaye thy mercie from vs for thy beloued Abrahams sake and for thy seruant Isaaks sake and for thine holy Israels sake 36 To whome thou hast spoken and promised that thou woldest multiplie their sede as the starres of heauen and as the sand that is vpō the seashore 37 For we ô Lord are become lesse then anie nacion and be kept vnder this daye in all the worlde because of our sinnes 38 So that now we haue nether prince nor Pro phet nor gouernour nor burnt offring nor sacrifice nor oblacion nor incense nor place to offer the first frutes before thee that we might finde mercie 39 Neuertheles in a contrite heart and an hum ble spirit let vs be receiued 40 As in the burnt offring of rams and bulloc kes as in ten thousand of fat lambs so let our offring be in thy sight this day that it may please
things from the beginning to write vnto thee there of from point to point 4 That thou mightest acknowledge the certeintie of those things whereof thou hast bene instructed 5 IN the time of Herode King of Iudea there was a certeine Priest named Zacharias of the course of Abia and his wife was of the daughters of Aarō and her name was Elisabet 6 Bothe were iust before God and walked in all the commaundements and ordinances of the Lord without reprofe 7 And thei had no childe because that Elisabet was barren and bothe were wel strickē in age 8 And it came to passe as he executed the Priests office before God as his course came in order 9 According to the custome of the Priests office his lot was to burne incense when he went into the Temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer * while the incēse was burning 11 Then appeared to him an Angel of the Lord standing at the right side of the altar of incense 12 And whē Zacharias sawe him he was trou bled and feare fel vpon him 13 But the Angel said vnto him Feare not Zacharias for thy prayer is heard and the wife Elisabet shal beare thee a sonne and thou shalt call his name Iohn 14 And thou shalt haue ioye and gladnes and many shal reioyce at his birth 15 For he shal be great in the sight of the Lord and shal nether drinke wine nor strong drinke and he shal be filled with the holie Gost euen from his mothers wombe 16 * And many of the children of Israel shal he turne to their Lord God 17 * For he shal go before him in the spirit power of Elias to turne the hearts of the Fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdome of the iust men to make readie a people prepared for the Lord. 18 Then Zacharias said vnto the Angel 〈◊〉 shall knowe this for I am an olde mā and my wife is of a great age 19 And the Angel answered and said vnto him I am Gabriel that stand in the presence of God and am sent to speake vnto thee and to 〈◊〉 thee these good tidings 20 And beholde thou shalt be 〈◊〉 and not be able to 〈◊〉 vntil the day that these things be done because thou beleuedst not my wordes whiche shal be fulfilled in their season 21 Now the people waited for Zacharias and marueiled that he taried so long in the Tēple 22 And when he came out he colde not speake vnto them then they 〈◊〉 that he had sene a vision in the Temple for he made signes vnto them and remained domme 23 And it came to passe when the dayes of his office were fulfilled that he departed to his owne house 24 And after those dayes his wife Elisabet cōceiueth hid her self fiue moneths saying 25 Thus hathe the Lord dealt with me in the dayes wherein he loked on me to take frō me my rebuke among men 26 ¶ And in the sixt moneth the Angel Gabriel was sent from God vnto a citie of 〈◊〉 named Nazaret 27 To a virgine affianced to a man whose name was Ioseph of the house of Dauid and the virgins name was Marie 28 And the Angel went into her said Haile thou that art freely beloued the Lord is with thee blessed art thou among women 29 And when she sawe him she was troubled at his saying and toght what maner of saluta cion that shulde be 30 Then the Angel said vnto her Feare not Marie for thou hast founde fauour with God 31 * For lo thou shalt conceiue in thy wombe and beare a sonne and shalt call his name IESVS 32 He shal be great and shal be called the Sonne of the moste High and the Lord God shal giue vnto him the throne of his Father Dauid 33 * And he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacob for euer of his kingdome shal be none end 34 Then said Marie vnto the Angel How shal this be seing I know no man 35 And the Angel ans 〈◊〉 and said vnto her The holie Gost shal come vpon thee the power of the most High shal ouer shadowe thee 〈◊〉 also that yholie thing which shal be borne of thee shal be called the Sonne of God 36 And beholde thy cousin Elisabet she hath also cōceiued a sonne in her olde age this is her sixt moneth which was called barren 37 For with God shal nothing be vnpossible 38 Then Marie said Beholde the seruant of the Lord be it vnto me according to thy worde So the Angel departed from her 39 ¶ And Marie arose in those dayes and went into the hill countrey with haste to a citie of Iuda 40 And entred into the house of Zacharias saluted Elisabet 41 And it came to passe as Elisabet heard the saluaciō of Marie the babe sprāg in her bel lie Elisabet was filled with the holie Gost. 42 And she cryed with a loude voyce and said Blessed art thou among women because the frute of thy wombe is blessed 43 And whence cometh this to me that the mother of my Lord shulde come to me 44 For lo assone as the voyce of thy salutation sounded in mine eares the babe sprang in my bellie for ioye 45 And blessed is she that beleued for those things shal be performed which were tolde her from the Lord. 46 Then Marie said My soule magnifieth the Lord 47 And my spirit reioyceth in God my Sauiour 48 For he hathe loked on the poore degre of his seruant for beholde from hence forthe shal all ages call me blessed 49 Because he that is mightie hathe done for me great things and holie is his Name 50 And his mercie is from generacion to generacion on them that feare him 51 * He hathe shewed strenght with his arme * he hathe scattered the proude in the imagination of their hearts 52 He hathe put downe the mightie frō their seates and exalted them of lowe degre 53 * He hathe filled the hungrie with good things and sent away the riche emptie 54 * He hathe vpholden Israel his seruāt being mindeful of his mercie 55 * As he hathe spokē to our fathers to wit to Abraham and his sede for euer 56 ¶ And Marie abode with her about thre mo neths after she returned to her owne house 57 ¶ Now Elisabets time was fulfilled that she shulde be deliuered and she broght forthe a sonne 58 And her neighbours and cousins heard tel how the Lord had shewed his great mercie vpon her and they reioyced with her 59 And it was so that on the eight day they came to circumcise the babe and called him Zacharias after the Name of his Father 60 But his
writtē for our learning that we through pacience and comforte of the Scriptures might haue hope 5 Now the God of pacience and consolation giue you that ye be * like minded one towards another according to Christ Iesus 6 That ye with one minde and with one mouth may praise God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ. 7 Wherefore receiue ye one another as Christ also receiued vs to the glorie of God 8 Now I say that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the trueth of God to confirme the promises made vnto the Fathers 9 And let the Gentiles praise God for his mercie as it is written * For this cause I wil confesse thee among the Gentiles and sing vnto thy Name 10 And againe he saith * Reioyce ye Gentiles with his people 11 And againe * Praise the Lord all ye Gentiles and laude ye him all people together 12 And againe Esaias saith * There shal be a roote of lesse and he that shal rise to reigne ouer the Gentiles in him shal the Gentiles trust 13 Now the God of hope fil you with all ioye and peace in beleuing that ye may abunde in hope through the power of the holie Gost. 14 And I my self also am persuaded of you my brethren that ye also are ful of goodnes and filled with all knowledge and are able to admonish one another 15 Neuertheles brethren I haue somewhat boldly after a sort written vnto you as one that putteth you in remembrance through the grace that is giuen me of God 16 That I shulde be the minister of Iesus Christ towarde the Gentiles ministring the Gospel of God that the offring vp of the Gentiles might be acceptable being sanctified by the holie Gost. 17 I haue therefore whereof I may reioyce in Christ Iesus in those things which perteine to God 18 For I dare not speake of aniething which Christ hathe not wroght by me to make the Gentiles obedient in worde anddede 19 With the power of signes and wonders by the power of the Spirit of God so that from Ierusalem and rounde about vnto Illyricum I haue caused to abunde the Gospel of Christ. 20 Yea so I enforced myself to preache the Go spel not where CHRIST was named lest I shulde haue buylt on another mans fundation 21 But as it is written * To whome he was not spoken of they shal se him and they that heard not shal vnderstand him 22 Therefore also I haue bene * oft let to come vnto you 23 But now seing I haue no more place in these quarters and also haue*bene desirous manie yeres agone to come vnto you 24 When I shal take my iourney into Spaine I wil come to you for I trust to se you in my iorney and to be broght on my way thither warde by you after that I haue bene some what filled with your companie 25 But now go l to Ierusalem to minister vnto the Saintes 26 For it hathe pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certeine distribution vnto the poore Saintes which are at Ierusalem 27 For it hathe pleased them and their detters are they * for if the Gentiles be made partakers of their spiritual things their duetie is also to minister vnto them in carnal things 28 When I haue therefore performed this and haue scaled them this frute I wil passe by you into Spaine 29 * And I knowe when I come that I shal come to you with abundāce of the blessing of the Gospel of Christ. 30 Also brethren I beseche you for our Lord Iesus Christs sake and for the loue of the Spirit that ye* wolde striue with me by pray ers to God for me 31 That I may be deliuered from them which are disobedient in Iudea ād that my seruice which I haue to do at Ierusalem may be accepted of the Saintes 32 That I maye come vnto you with ioye by the will of GOD and may with you be refreshed 33 Thus the * God of peace be with you all Amen CHAP. XVI 1 After manie recommendations 17 He admonisheth them to beware false brethren and to be circumspect 20. He prayeth for them and giueth thankes to God 1 I Cōmende vnto you Phebe our sister which is a seruant of the Church of Cenchrea 2 That ye receiue her in the Lord as it be cometh Saintes and that ye assist her in what soeuer busines she nedeth of your aide for she hathe giuen hospitalie vnto manie and to me also 3 Grete * Priscilla and Aquila my fellow helpers in Christ Iesus 4 Which haue for my life laid downe their owne necke Vnto whome not I onely giue thankes but also all the Churches of the Gentiles 5 Like wise grete the Church that is in their house Salute my beloued Epenetus which is the first frutes of Achaiain Christ. 6 Grete Marie which bestowed muche labour on vs. 7 Salute Andronicus and Iunia my cousins and fellow prisoners which are notable among the Apostles and were in Christ before me 8 Grete Amplias my beloued in the Lord. 9 Salute Vrbanus our felowe helper in Christ and Stachys my beloued 10 Salute Apelles approued in Christ. Salute them which are of Aristobulus friends 11 Salute Herodion my kinsman Grete then which are of the friends of Narcissus which are in the Lord. 12 Salute Tryphena and Tryphosa which women labour in the Lord. Salute the belo ued Persis which woman hathe laboured muche in the Lord. 13 Salute Rufus chosen in the Lord and his mother and mine 14 Grete Asyncritus Phlegon Hermas Patrobas Mercurius and the brethren which are with them 15 Salute Philologus and Iulias Nereas and his sister and Olympas and all the Saintes which are with them 16 Salute one another with an * holie kisse The Churches of Christ salute you 17 ¶ Now I beseche you brethrē marke them diligently which cause diuision and offences contrarie to the doctrine which ye haue learned and*auoide them 18 For they that are suche serue not the Lord Iesus Christ but their owne bellies and with faire speache and flattering deceiue the hearts of the simple 19 For your obedience is come abrode amōg all I am glad therefore of you but yet I wold haue you wise vnto that which is good and simple concerning euil 20 The God of peace shal treade stan vnder your fete shortly The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you 21 * Timotheus my companion and Lucius and Iason and Sosipater my kinsmen salute you 22 I Tertius which wrote out this epistle salute you in the Lord. 23 * Gaius mine hoste of the whole Church saluteth you Erastus the chamberlaine of the citie saluteth you and Quartus a brother 24 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen 25 *
For in Iesus Christ nether Circumcision auaileth aniething nether vncircumcision but faith which worketh by loue 7 Ye did 〈◊〉 well who did let you that ye did not obeie the trueth 8 It is not the persuasion of hym that calleth you 9 * A litle leauen doeth leauen the whole lompe 10 I haue trust in you through the Lord that ye will be none otherwise minded but he that troubleth you shall beare his condemnacion whosoeuer he be 11 And brethren if I yet preache circumcision why do I yet suffer persecucion Then is the sclander of the crosse abolished 12 Wolde to God they were euen cut of whiche do disquiet you 13 For brethrē ye haue bene called vnto libertie onely vse not your libertie as an occasiō vnto the flesh but by loue serue one another 14 For all the Lawe is fulfilled in one worde whiche is this * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self 15 〈◊〉 ye byte and deuoure one another take hede lest ye be consumed one of another 16 Then I say * walke in the Spirite and ye shal not fulfill the lustes of the flesh 17 For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh and these are con trarie one to the another so that ye can not do the same things that ye wolde 18 And if ye be led by the Spirite ye are not vnder the Law 19 Moreouer the workes of the fleshe are manifest whiche are adulterie fornicacion vnclennes wantonnes 20 Idolatrie witchcraft hatred debate emulacions wrath contētions sedicions heresies 21 Enuie murthers dronkennes glotonnie suche like whereof I tel you before as I also haue tolde you before that they whiche do suche things shal not inherite the kingdom of God 22 But the frute of the Spirit is loue ioye peace long suffring gentlenes goodnes faith 23 Mekenes temperancie against suche there is no Law 24 For they that are Christs haue crucified the flesh with the affections and the lustes 25 If we liue in the Spirite let vs also walke in the Spirit 26 Let vs not be desirous of vaine glorie prouoking one another enuying one another CHAP. VI. 1 He exhorteth them to vse gentlenes towarde the weake 2 And to shewe their brotherlie loue and modestie 6. Also to prouide for their ministers 9 To perseuer 14 To reioyce in the crosse of Christ. 15 To newnes of life 16. And last of ai wisheth to them with therest of the faithfull all prosperitie 1 BRethren if a man be fallen by occasion into anie faute ye whiche are spirituail restore suche one with the Spirite of mekenes considering thy selfe lest thou also be tempted 2 Beare ye one anothers burden and so fulfil the Law of Christ. 3 For if anie man seme to him selfe that he is some what when he is nothing he deceiueth him self in his imaginacion 4 But let euerie man proue his owne worke and then shal he haue reioycing in him self onely and not in another 5 * For euerie man shal beare his owne burden 6 Let him that is taught in the worde make him that hathe taught hym partaker of all his * goods 7 Be not deceiued God is not mocked for whatsoeuer a man soweth that shall he also reape 8 For he that soweth to his flesh shall of the flesh reape corruption but he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the spirit reape lif euerlasting 9 * Let vs not therefore bewearie of wel doing for in due season we shall reape if we faint not 10 While we haue therefore time let vs do good vnto all men but specially vnto them which are of the housholde of faith 11 ¶ Ye se how large a lettre I haue written vnto you with mine owne hand 12 As manie as desire to make a faire shewe in the flesh they constraine you to be circumcised onely because they wolde not suffer persecucion for the crosse of Christ. 13 For they them selues which are circumcised kepe not the Law but desire to haue you circumcised that they might reioyce in your flesh 14 But God forbid that I shulde reioyce but in the crosse of our Lord Iesus Christ whereby the worlde is crucified vnto me and I vnto the worlde 15 For in Christ Iesus nether circumcision auaileth anie thing nor vncircumcision but a newe creature 16 And as manie as walke according to this rule peace shal be vpon them and mercie vpon the Israel of God 17 From hence forthe let no man put me to busines for I beare in my bodie the markes of the Lord Iesus 18 Brethren the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with your spirit Amen Vnto the Galathians written from Rome THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Ephesians THE ARGVMENT WHile Paul was prisoner at Rome there entred in among the Ephesians false teachers who corrupted the true doctrine which he had taught them by reason whereof he wrote this Epistle to confirme them in that thing which they had learned of him And first after his salutacion he assureth them of saluacion because they were thereunto predestinate by the fre election of God before they were borne and sealed vp to this eternal life by the holie Gost giuen vnto them by the Gospel the knowledge of the which mysterie he prayeth God to confirme towarde them And to the intent they shulde not glorie in themselues he sheweth them their extreme miserie wherein they were plonged before they knewe Christ as people without God Gentiles to whome the promises were not made and yet by the fre mercie of God in Christ Iesus they were saued and he appointed to be their Apostle as of all other Gentiles therefore he desireth God to lighten the Ephesians hearts with the perfite vnderstanding of his Sonne and exhorteth thens like wise to be mindeful of so great benefites nether to be moued with the false apostles which seke to ouerthrowe their faith and treade vnder fote the Gospel which was not preached to them as by chance or fortune but according to the eternal counsel of God who by this meanes preserueth onely his Church Therefore the Apostle commendeth his ministerie forasmuche as God thereby reigneth among men and causeth it to bring forthe moste plentiful frutes as innocentie holines with all suche offices apperteining to godlines Last of al he declareth not onely in general what ought to be the life of the Christiās but also sheweth particularly what things concerne euerie mans vocacion CHAP. I. After his salutacion 4 He sheweth that the chief cause of their saluacion standeth in the fre election of God through Christ. 16 He declareth his good wil towarde them giuing thankes and praying God for their faith 21 The maiestie of Christ. 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the wil of God to the * Saintes which are at Ephesus
instructed bothe to be ful and to be hongrie and to abunde and to haue want 13 I am able to do all things through the helpe of Christ which strengtheneth me 14 Notwithstanding ye haue wel done that ye did communicate to mine affliction 15 And ye Philippians knowe also that in the beginning of the Gospel when I departed from Macedonia no Church communicated with me concerning the matter of giuing and receiuing but ye onely 16 For euen when I was in Thessalonica ye sent once and afterwarde againe for my necessitie 17 Not that I desire a gift but I desire the frute which may further your reckening 18 Nowe I haue receiued all and haue plentie I was euen filled after that I had receiued of Epaphroditus that which came from you an odour that smelleth swete a sacrifice acceptable and pleasant to God 19 And my God shall fulfil all your necessities through his riches with glorie in 〈◊〉 Christ 20 Vnto God euen our Father be praise for euermore Amen 21 Salute all the Saintes in Christ Iesus The brethren which are with me grete you 22 All the Saintes salute you and moste of all they which are of Cesars housholde 23 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen Written to the Philippians from Rome and sent by Epaphroditus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Collossians THE ARGVMENT IN this Epistle S. Paul putteth difference betwene the liuelie effectual true Christ and the fained 〈◊〉 and imagined Christ whome the false Apostles taught And first he confirmeth the doctrine whiche Epaphras had preached wishing them increase of faith to esteme the excellencie of Gods benefite towarde them teachyng them also that saluacion and whatsoeuer good thing can be desired standeth onely in Christ whome onely we embrace by the Gospell But for asmuche as the false brethren wolde haue mixed the Lawe with the Gospel he toucheth those flatterers vehemently and exhorteth the Collossians to staye onely on Christ without whome all things are but mere vanitie And as for Circumcision abstinence from meates externall holines worshiping of Angels as meanes whereby to come to Christ he vtterly condemneth shewing what was the office and nature of ceremonies whiche by Christ are abrogate so that now the exercises of the Christians stande in mortification of the flesh new 〈◊〉 of life with other lyke offices apperteyning bothe generally and particularly to all the faithful CHAP. I. 3 He giueth thankes vnto God for their faith 〈◊〉 Confirmeth the doctrine of Epaphras 9 Prayeth for the increase of their faith 13 He sheweth vnto them the true Christ and discouereth the contrefait Christ of the false Apostles 25 He approueth his autoritie and charge 28 And of his faithful executing of the same 1 PAVL an Apostle of IESVS Christ by the wil of God and Timotheus our brother 2 To thē which are at Coloce Saintes faithful bretherē in Christe Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 We giue thankes to God euen the Father of our Lorde Iesus Christ alwayes praying for you 4 Since we heard of your faith in Christ Iesus and of your loue towarde all Saintes 5 For the hopes sake whyche is layd vp for you in heauen whereof ye haue hearde before by the worde of trueth which is the Gospel 6 Which is come vnto you euen as it is vnto all the worlde and is fruteful as it is also among you from the daye that ye heard and truely knewe the grace of God 7 As ye also learned of Epaphras our deare felowe seruaunt whiche is for you a faithfull minister of Christ. 8 Who hathe also declared vnto vs your loue which ye haue by the Spirit 9 For thys cause we also sinne the daye we heard of it cease not to praye for you and to desire that ye myght be fulfilled wyth knowledge of his will in all wisdome and spiritual vnderstanding 10 * That ye might walke worthie of the Lord and please him in all things beyng * frutefull in all good workes and increasing in the knowledge of God 11 Strengthned with all might through his glo rious power vnto all pacience and long suffring with ioyfulnes 12 Gyuing thankes vnto the Father whiche hathe made vs mete to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saintes in light 13 Who hathe deliuered vs from the power of darkenes and hathe translated vs into the kingdome * of his deare Sonne 14 In whom we haue redemption through his bloode that is the forgiuenes of sinnes 15 Who is the * image of the inuisible God the first borne of euerie creature 16 * For by him were all things created which are in heauen and which are in earth things visible and inuisible whether they be Thro nes or Dominions or Principalities or Pow ers all thynges were created by hym and for hym 17 And he is before all thynges and in hym all things consist 18 And he is the head of the bodie of the Chur che he is the beginning * ād the first borne of the dead that in all things he might haue the preeminence 19 * For it pleased the Father that in hym shulde all fulnes dwell 20 And by him to reconcile all thynges vnto hymselfe and to set at peace through the blood of his crosse both the things in earth and the things in heauen 21 And you whiche were in times past strangers and enemyes because your mindes were set in euil workes hathe he now also reconciled 22 In the bodie of his flesh through death to make you * holie ād vnblameable and without faute in his sight 23 * If ye continue grounded and stablished in the fayth and be not moued awaye from the hope of the Gospell whereof ye haue heard and whiche hathe bene preached to euerie creature which is vnder heauē wherof I Paul am a minister 24 Nowe 〈◊〉 I in my suffrings for you and fulfil the rest of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for his bodies sake which is the Church 25 Whereof I am a minister accordynge to the dispensation of GOD whiche is giuen me vnto you warde to fulfill the worde of God 26 * Whiche is the mysterie hyd since the worlde began and from all ages but now is made manifest to his Saintes 27 To whome GOD wolde make knowen what is the riches of this glorious mysterie among the Gentiles which riches is Christ in you * the hope of glorie 28 Whome we preache admonishyng euerie man and teaching euerie man in al wisdome that we may present euerie man perfecte in Christ Iesus 29 Whereunto I also labour and striue accordyng to his working which worketh in me myghtly CHAP. II. 1 Hauing protected his good wil towarde them 4 He admonisheth them not to
our Lord ād our God euen the Father which hathe loued vs and hathe giuen vs euerlasting consolacion and good hope through grace 17 Comforte your hearts and stablish you in euerie worde and good worke CHAP. III. 1 He desireth them to pray for him that the Gospel may prosper 6 And geueth thē warning to reproue the ydle 16 And so wisheth them all wealth 1 FVrthermore brethren * pray for vs that the worde of the Lord may haue fre passage and be glorified euen as it is with you 2 And that we may be deliuered from vnreasonable and euill men for all men haue not faith 3 But the Lorde is faithful whiche wil stablish you and kepe you from euil 4 And we are persuaded of you through the Lord that ye bothe do and wil do the things whiche we commande you 5 And the Lord guide your hearts to the loue of God and the weatyng for of Christ. 6 We commande you brethren in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ that ye withdrawe your selues frō euerie brother that walketh inordinately and not after the instruction whiche he receiued of vs. 7 For ye your selues knowe * how ye ought to folowe vs * for we behaued not our selues inordinately among you 8 Nether toke we pread of anie mā for noght but we wroght with labour trauaile night and day because we wolde not be chargeable to anie of you 9 Not but that we had autoritie * but that we might make our selues an ensample vnto you to folowe vs. 10 For euen when we were with you this we warned you of that if there were anie whiche wold not worke that he shuld not eat 11 For we heard that there are some whiche walke among you inordinately and worke not at all but are busie bodies 12 Therefore them that are suche we commande and exhorte by our Lord Iesus Christ that thei worke with quietnes and eat their owne bread 13 * And ye brethrē be not wearie ī wel doing 14 If anie man obey not our sayings note hym by a lettre * and haue no companie with him that he maie be ashamed 15 Yet count him not as an enemie but admo nish him as a brother 16 Now the Lord of peace giue you peace alwaies by all meanes The Lord be with you all 17 The salutation of me Paul with mine owne hand which is the token in euerie Epistle so I write 18 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe be with you all Amen The seconde Epistle to the Thessalonians written from Athens THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus THE ARGVMENT IN writing this Epistle Paul semed not onely to haue respect to teache Timotheus but chiefly to kepe other in awe which wolde haue rebelled against him because of his youth And therefore he doeth arme him against those ambitious 〈◊〉 which vnder pretence of zeale to the Law disquieted the godlie with foolish and vnprofitable questions whereby they declared that 〈◊〉 the L w they knewe not what was the chief end of the Law And as for him self he so confesseth his 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 to what 〈◊〉 the grace of God hathe preferred him and therefore he willeth prayers to be made for all degrees and 〈◊〉 of men because that God by 〈◊〉 his Gospel and Christ his Sonne to thē all is indifferent to euerie sorte of men as his Apostleship which is peculiar to the Gentiles witnesseth And forasmuche as God hathe left ministers as 〈◊〉 meanes in his Church to bring men to saluacion he describeth what maner of men they ought to be to whome the 〈◊〉 of the Sonne of God manifested in fleshis committed to be preached After this he 〈◊〉 him what troubles the Church at all times shal susteine but specially in the latter dayes when as vnder pretence of religion men shal teache things 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 worde of God This done he teacheth what widdowes shulde be receiued or refused to minister to the sicke 〈◊〉 what Elders ought to be chosen into office exhorting him nether to be hastie in admitting nor in iudging anie also what is the duetie of 〈◊〉 the nature of false teachers of vaine speculations of couetousnes of riche men and aboue all things he chargeth him to beware false doctrine CHAP. I. 3 He exhorteth Timotheus to waitevpon his office namely to se that nothing be taught but Gods worde c. 5. Declaring that faith with a good cōscience charitie and edification are the end thereof 20 And admonisheth of Himeneus and Alexander 1 PAul an Apostle of IES V S Christ by the cōmandement of God our Sauiour and of our Lord Iesus Christ * our hope 2 * Vnto Timotheus my natural sonne in the fayth Grace mercie and peace from God our Father and frō Christ Iesus our Lord. 3 As I besoght thee to abide stil in Ephesus whē I departed into Macedonia so do that thou maiest cōmande some that thei teache none other doctrine 4 Nether that they giue hede to * fables and genealogies * which are endles which brede questiones rather then godlie edifying which is by faith 5 For * the end of the commandement is loue out of a pure heart and of a good conscience and of faith vnfained 6 From the which things some haue erred haue turned vnto vaine iangling 7 They wolde be doctours of the Law and yet vnderstand not what they speake nether whereof they affirme 8 * And we knowe that the Law is good if a man vse it lawfully 9 Knowing this that the Law is not giuen vnto a righteous man but vnto the lawles disobedient to the vngodlie and to sinners to the vnholie and to the prophane to murtherers of fathers and mothers to man-slayers 10 To whoremongers to buggerers to men stealers to liers to the periured and if there be anie other thing that is cōtrarie to wholsome doctrine 11 Whiche is according to the glorious Gospel of the * blessed God whiche is committed vnto me 12 Therefore I thanke him which hath made me strong that is Christ Iesus our Lord for he counted me faithfull and put me in his seruice 13 When before I was a blasphemer and a per secuter and an oppresser but I was receiued to mercie for I did it ignorantly through vnbelief 14 But the grace of our Lorde was excedyng abundant with faith and loue whiche in Christ Iesus 15 This is a true saying and by almeanes worthie to be receiued that * Christ Iesus came into the worlde to saue sinners of whome I am chief 16 Not withstanding for this cause was I recei ued to mercie that Iesus Christe shulde first shewe on me allong suffring vnto the ensam ple of them which shal in time to come beleue in him vnto eternal life 17 Now vnto the King euerlasting immortal
verely they whiche are the children of Leui which receiue the office of the Priesthode haue a* commandement to take according to the Law tithes of the people that is of their brethren thogh they came out of the loynes of Abraham 6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them receiued tithes of Abraham blessed him that had the promises 7 And without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater 8 And here men that dye receiue tithes but there he receiueth them of whome it is witnessed that he liueth 9 And to say as the thing is Leui also whiche receiueth tithes payed tithes in Abraham 10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father Abraham when Melchi-sedec met him 11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites for vnder in the Law was established to the people what neded it furthermore that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec and not to be called after the order of Aaron 12 For if the Priesthode be changed then of necessitie must there be a change of the Law 13 For he of whome these things are spoken perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar 14 For it is euident that our Lord sprong out of Iuda concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng touchyng the Priesthode 15 And it is yet a more euident thyng because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec there is risen vp another Priest 16 Which is not made Priest after the Law of the carnal commandement but after the power of the endles life 17 For he testifieth thus * Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled because of the weakenes thereof and vnprofitablenes 19 For the Law made nothing perfite but the bringing in of a better hope made perfite whereby we drawe nere vnto God 20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe for these are made Priests wythout an othe 21 But this he is made with an othe by hym that said vnto him * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a better Testament 23 And amonge them many were made Prists because they were not suffred to endure by the reason of death 24 But this man because he endureth euer hathe an euerlasting Priesthode 25 Wherefore he is able also perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym seyng he euer liueth to make intercession for them 26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue whiche is holie harmeles vndefiled separate frome sinnes and made hier then the heauen 27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice * first for hys owne sinnes and then for the peoples for that did he once when he offred vp him self 28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests which haue infirmitie but the worde of the othe that was since the Law maketh the Sonne who is consecrated for euermore CHAP. VIII 6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla 〈◊〉 Priesthode of Christ 8 And by the new Couenant 1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken this is the summe that we haue su che an hie Priest that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens 2 And is a minister of the Sanctuarie and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pight and not man 3 For euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices wherefore it was of necessitie that this man shulde haue some what also to offer 4 For he were not a Priest if he were on the earth seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes 5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things as Moses was warned by God when he was about to finish the Tabernacle * Se said he that thou make all things according to the paterne shewed to thee in the mount 6 But now our hie Priest hathe obteined a more excellent office in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettter Testament which is established vpon better promises 7 For if that first Testament had bene fauteles no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde 8 For in rebuking them he saith * Beholde the dayes wil come saith the Lord when I shal make with the house of Israel and with the house of Iuda a new Testament 9 Not like the Testament that I made with their fathers in the day that I toke them by the hand to leade them out of the land of Egypt for they continued not in my Testament and I regarded thē not saith the Lord. 10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel After those dayes saith the Lord I wil put my lawes in their min de and in their heart I wil write them I wil be their God and they shal be my people 11 And they shal not teache euerie man his neighbour euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for all shall knowe me frō the least of them to the greatest of them 12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more 13 In that he saith a newe Testament he hathe abrogate the olde now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde is readie to vanish away CHAP. IX 1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice 1 THen the first Testament had also ordinances of religion and a worldlie San ctuarie 2 For the first * Tabernacle was made wher in was the candlesticke the table and the shew bread which Tabernacle is called the Holie places 3 And after the seconde vaile was the Taber nacle which is called the Holiest of all 4 Which had the golden senser and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold wherein the golden pot which had manna was and* Aarons redde that had bud ded the * tables of the Testament 5 * And ouer the Arke were the glorious Che rubims shadowing the mercie seat of which things we wil not now speake particularly 6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle and accomplished the seruice 7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone once euerie yere not without blood which he offered for him self and for the ignorances of the people 8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified that the way into the Holiest of all was not yet opened while as yet the first
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the hūble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect cōfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once 〈◊〉 the true faith of 〈◊〉 to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and 〈◊〉 of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be 〈◊〉 of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperāce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundātly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembrāce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie whē there came suche a voyce to him frō the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard whē it came from heauē being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in dānable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
nether vnder the earth was able to open the Boke nether to loke thereon 4 Then I wept muche because no man was founde worthie to open and to reade the Bo ke nether to loke thereon 5 And one of the elders said vnto me Wepe not beholde the * lion which is of the tribe of Iuda the rote of Dauid hathe obteined to open the Boke and to lose the seuen seales thereof 6 Then I behelde and lo in the middes of the throne and of the foure beasts and in the middes of the elders stode a Lābe as thogh he had bene killed which had seuen hornes and seuen eyes which are the seuen spirits of God sent into all the worlde 7 And he came and toke the Boke out of the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne 8 And when he had taken the Boke the foure beasts and the foure and twentie elders fell downe before the Lambe hauing euerie one harpes golden viales full of odours which are the prayers of the Saintes 9 And they sung a new song saying Thou art worthie to take the Boke and to open the seales thereof because thou wast killed and hast redemed vs to God by thy blood out of euerie kinred and tongue and people nation 10 And hast made vs vnto our God * Kings and Priests and we shal reigne on the earth 11 Then I behelde and I heard the voyce of manie Angels rounde about the throne and about the beasts and the elders and there were * thousand thousands 12 Saying with a loude voyce Worthie is the * Lambe that was killed to receiue power riches and wisdome and strength honour and glorie and praise 13 And all the creatures which are in heauen and on the earth and vnder the earth and in the sea and all that are in them heard I saying Praise and honour and glorie and power be vnto him that sitteth vpon the throne vnto the Lambe for euermore 14 And the foure beasts said Amen and the foure and twentie Elders fell downe and worshipped him that liueth for euer more CHAP. VI. The Lambe openeth the sixe seales and manie things follow the opening thereof so that this conteineth a general prophecie to the end of the worlde 1 AFter I behelde when the Lambe had opened one of the seales ād I heard one of the foure beasts say as it were the noyce of thunder Come and se. 2 Therefore I behelde and lo there was a white horse and he that sate on hym had a bowe and a crowne was giuen vnto hym he went for the conquering that he might ouercome 3 And when he had opened the seconde seale I heard the seconde beast say Come and se. 4 And there wēt out another horse that was red and power was giuen to him that sate thereon to take peace from the earth and that they shulde kill one another and there was giuen vnto him a great sworde 5 And when he had opened the thirde seale I heard the third beast say Come and se. Then I behelde and lo a blacke horse he that sate on him had balances in his hand 6 And I heard a voyce in the middes of the foure beasts say A measure of wheat for a penie ād thre measures of barlie for a penie and oyle and wine hurt thou not 7 And when he had opened the fourth seale I heard the voyce of the fourth beast say Come and se. 8 And I loked and beholde a pale horse his name that sate on him was Death and Hel followed after him and power was giuē vnto thē ouer the fourth parte of the earth to kill with sworde and with honger and with death and with the beasts of the earth 9 And when he had opened the fift seale I sawe vnder the altar the soules of thē that were killed for the worde of God and for the testimonie whiche they mainteined 10 And they cryed with a lowde voyce saying How long Lorde holie and true do est not thou iudge and auenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth 11 And long white robes were giuen vnto eue rie one and it was said vnto them that they shulde rest for a litel ceason vntil their felow seruants and their brethren that shulde be killed euen as they were were fulfilled 12 And I behelde when he had opened the sixt seale and lo there was a greate earthquake the sunne was as blacke as sackcloth of heere the moone was like blood 13 And the starres of heauē fel vnto the earth as a figge tre casteth her grene figges when it is shaken of a mightie winde 14 And heauen departed away as a scrole when it is rolled and euerie mountaine and yle were moued out of their places 15 And the Kings of the earth and the greate men the riche men the chief captaines and the mightie men and euerie bondman euerie fre man hid them selues in dennes and among the rockes of the mountaines 16 And said to the mountaines and rockes Fal on vs and hide vs from the presence of him that sitteth on the throne and from the wrath of the Lambe 17 For the great day of his wrath is come and who can stand CHAP. VII 4. 9. He seeth the seruants of God sealed in their forheades out of all nations and people 15 whiche thogh they suffer trouble yet the Lābe fedeth them leadeth them to the fountaines of liuing water 17 And God shal wipe awaye all teares from their eyes 1 ANd after that I sawe foure Angels stand on the foure corners of the earth holding the foure windes of the earth that the windes shulde not blowe on the earth nether on the sea nether on anie tre 2 And I saw another Angel comevp from the East which had the seale of the liuing God and he cryed with a loude voyce to the foure Angels to whome power was giuen to hurt the earth and the sea saying Hurt ye not the earth nether the sea nether the trees til we haue sealed the seruants of our God in their foreheades 4 And I heard the nomber of them which were sealed and there were sealed an hundreth and foure fortie thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel 5 Of the tribe of Iuda were sealed twelue thou sand Of the tribe of Ruben were sealed twel ue thousand Of the tribe of 〈◊〉 were sealed twelue thousand 6 Of the tribe of Aser were sealed twelue thou sand Of the tribe of Nepthali were sealed twelue thousand Of the tribe of Manasses were sealed twelue thousand 7 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelue thousand Of the tribe of Leui were sealed twelue thousand Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelue thousand Of the
Lambe stode on mount Sion and with him an hundreth fortie ād foure thousand hauing his Fathers Name writen in the forheads 2 And I hearde a voyce frome heauen as the sounde of manie waters and as the sounde of a great thunder and I heard the voyce of harpers harping with their harpes 3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne and before the foure beasts and the Elders no mā colde learne that song but the hundreth fortie ād foure thousand whiche were boght from the earth 4 These are they whiche are not defiled with women for they are virgins these followe the Lābe wither so euer he goeth these are boght from men beyng the first frutes vnto God and to the Lambe 5 And in their mouths was founde no guile for they are without spot before the throne of God 6 ¶ Thē I sawe another Angel slee in the middes of Heauē hauing an euerlasting Gospel to preache vnto thē that dwell on the earth and to euerie nation ād kinred and tongue and people 7 * Saying with a loude voyce Feare God ād giue glorie to him for the houre of his iudge ment is come and worship him that made* heauen and earth and the sea and the fountaines of waters 8 And there followed another Angel saying * It is fallen it is fallen Babylon the great citie for she made all nations to drinke of the wine of the wrath of her fornication 9 ¶ And the thirde Angel followed them saying with a loude voyce If any man worship the beast his image ād receiue his marke in his forhead or on his hand 10 The same shall drynke of the wyne of the wrath of God yea of the pure wine which is powred into the cup of his wrath and he shal be tormented in fyre and brimstone before the holie Angels before the Lambe 11 And the smoke of their torment shal ascend euermore they shall haue no rest daye nor night which worship the beast his image whosoeuer receiueth the prīt of his name 12 Here is the pacience of Saintes here are they that kepe the commādements of God and the faith of Iesus 13 Then I heard a voyce frome heauen saying vnto me Write Blessed are the dead whiche hereafter dye in the Lord. Euē so saith the Spirite for they rest from their labours and their workes followe them 14 ¶ And I loked beholde a white cloude and vpon the cloude on sitting like vnto the Sonne of man hauyng on his head a golden crowne and in his hand a sharpe sickle 15 And another Angell came out of the Temple crying with a loude voyce to hym that sate on the cloude Trustin thy sickle and reape for the tyme is come to reape for the haruest of the earth is ripe 16 And he that sate on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth ād the earth was reaped 17 Thē another Angel came out of the temple which is in heauē hauing also a sharpe sickle 18 And another Angell came out from the altar whiche had power ouer fyre and cryed with a loude crye to him that had the sharpe sickle and sayd Thrust in thy sharpe sickle and gather the clusters of the vineyarde of the earth for her grapes are ripe 19 And the Angel thrust in his sharpe sickle on the earth and cut downe the vines of the vineyarde of the earth and cast them into the great wine presse of the wrath of God 20 And the wyne presse was troden without the citie and blood came oute of the wine presse vnto the horse bridles by the space of a thousand and six hundreth furlongs CHAP. XV. 1 Seuen Angels haue the seuen last plagues 3 The song of them that ouercome the beast 7 The seuen viales full of God wrath 1 ANd I saw another signe in heauen great and marueilous seuen Angels hauynge the seuen laste plagues for by them is fulfilled the wrath of God 2 And I sawe as it were a glassie sea mingled with fyre and them that had gotten victorie of the beast ād of his image ād of his marke and of the nomber of his name stande at the glassie sea hauing the harpes of God 3 And they sung the songe of Moses the * seruant of God and the song of the Lambe saying Great and marueilous are thy workes Lord God almightie iuste and true are thy* wayes Kyng of 〈◊〉 4 * Who shal not feare thee ô Lord and glorifie the Name for thou onely art holie and all nations shal come and worshyppe before thee for thy iudgements are made manifest 5 And after that I loked and beholde the temple of the tabernacle of testimonie was opē in heauen 6 And the seuen Angels came out of the tēple which had the seuen plagues clothed in pure and bright linnen ād hauing their breastes girded with golden girdles 7 And one of the foure beastes gaue vnto the seuen Angels seuen golden viales full of the wrath of God which liueth for euermore 8 And the Temple was ful of the smoke of the glorie of God of his power ād no mā was able to enter into the Temple til the seuen plagues of the seuen Angels were fulfilled CHAP. XVI 1 The Aungels 〈◊〉 out their vials full of wrath 6 And what plagues followe thereof 15 Admonition to take hede and watch 1 ANd I heard a great voyce out of the Tem ple saying to the seuen Aungels Go your wayes and powre out the seuen viales of the wrath of God vpon the earth 2 And the firste went and powred out hys vial vpon the earth and there fel a noysome and a grieuous sore vpon the men whiche had the marke of the beast and vpon them whiche worshipped his image 3 And the second Aungel powred out his viall vpon the sea and it became as the blood of a deadman and euerie liuyng thyng dyed in the sea 4 And the thirde Aungell powred out his viall vpon the riuers and fountaines of waters and they became blood 5 And I heard the Aungell of the waters say Lord thou art iust Whiche art and Whiche wast and Holie because thou hast iudged these things 6 For they shed the blood of the Saintes and Prophetes and therefore hast thou giuē thē blood to drinke for they are worthie 7 And I heard another out of the Sanctuarie say Euen so Lord God almightie true and righteous are thy iudgements 8 And the fourth Aungell powred out his viall on the sunnes and it was giuen vnto him to torment men with heat of fyre 9 And men boyled in great heat and blasphemed the Name of God whiche hathe power ouer these plagues and they repēted not to giue him glorie 10 And the fift Angel
fornication and liued in pleasure with her when they shal se the smoke of her burning 10 And shal stande a farre of for feare of her torment saying Alas alas the great citie Babylon the mightie citie for in one houre is thy iudgement come 11 And the marchants of the earth shal wepe and waile ouer her for no man byeth their ware any more 12 The ware of golde and siluer and of precious stone and of pearles and of fine linen and of purple and of silke and of skarlet and of all maner of Thyne wood and of al vessels of yuorie and of all vessels of moste precious wood and of brasse and of yron and of marble 13 And of synamon and odours and ointments and franck incense and wine and oile and fine floure and wheat and beastes and shepe and horses and charets and seruants and soules of men 14 And the apples that thy soule lusted after are departed from thee and al things which were fat and excellent are departed frō thee and thou shalt finde them no more 15 The marchants of these things which were waxed riche shall stand a farre of from her for feare of her torment weping wailyng 16 And saying Alas alas the greate citie that was clothed in fine linen and purple skarlet and guilded with golde and precious stone and pearles 17 For in one houre so greate riches are come to desolation And euerie shippe master and all the people that occupie shippes and shipmen and whosoeuer trauaill on the sea shal stand a farre of 18 And crye when they se the smoke of her burnyng saying What citie was like vnto this great citie 19 And they shall cast dust on their heads crye weping and wailing and say Alas alas the great citie where in were made riche all that had shippes on the sea by her costlines for in one houre she is made desolate 20 O heauen reioyce of her and ye holie Apostles and Prophetes for God hathe giuē your iudgement on her 21 Then a mightie Angel toke vp a stone lyke a great milstone and cast it into the sea saying With suche violence shall the great citie Babylon be cast shal be founde no more 22 And the voyce of harpers and musicians and of pipers and trumpetters shal be heard no more in thee and no craftes man of what soeuer crafte he be shal be founde anymore in thee and the founde of a milstone shal be heard no more in thee 23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more in thee and the voyce of the bridegrome and of the bride shal be hearde no more in thee for thy marchants were the great men of the earth and wyth thine inchantements were deceiued all nations 24 And in her was founde the blood of the Pro phetes and of the Saintes and of al that were slaine vpon the earth CHAP. XIX 1 Praises are giuen vnto God for iudging the whore and for auenging the blood of his seruants 10 The Aungell will not be worshipped 17 The fouls and birdes are called to the slaughter 1 ANd after these things I heard a great voyce of a greate multitude in heauen saying Hallelu-iah saluacion ād glorie and ho nour and power be to the Lord our God 2 For true and righteous are his iudgemēts for he hathe condemned the greate whore which did corrupt the earth with her fornicacion and hath aduenged the blood of his seruants shed by her hand 3 And againe they sayd Hallelu-iah and her smoke rose vp for euermore 4 And the foure and twentie Elders and the foure beastes fell downe and worshyped God that 〈◊〉 on the throne saying Amen Hallelu-iah 5 Then a voice came out of the throne saying Praise our God al ye his seruants and ye that feare him bothe smale and great 6 And I heard like a voyce of a greate multitude and as the voyce of manie waters and as the voyce of strong thondrings saying Hallelu-iah for our Lord God almyghtie hathe reigned 7 Let vs be glad and reioyce and giue glorie to him for the mariage of the Lābe is come and his wife hathe made her selfe readie 8 And to her was gtaunted that she shulde be araied wyth pure fyne linen and shyning for the fine linen is the righteousnes of Sainctes 9 Then he said vnto me Write * Blessed are they which are called vnto the Lambes sup per. And he sayd vnto me These wordes of God are true 10 And I fell before hys feete * to worshippe hym but he sayd vnto me Se thou do it not I am thy fellowe seruant and one of the brethren whiche haue the testimonie of Iesus Worship God for the testimonie of Iesus is the spirit of prophecie 11 And I sawe heauen open and beholde a white horse and he that sate vpon him was called Faithful and true and he iudgeth and fighteth righteously 12 And hys eyes were as a flame of fyre and on his head were manie cro wnes and had a name written that no man knewe but hym self 13 And * he was clothed with a garment dipte in bloode and hys name is called THE WORDE OF GOD. 14 And the warriers whyche were in heauen folowed hym vppon white horses clothed with sine linen white and pure 15 And out of hys mouth wente out a sharpe sworde that with it he shulde smite the heathen for he * shall rule them with arod of yron for he it is that treadeth the wyne presse of the fiercenes ād wrath of almightie God 16 And he hathe vppon hys garment and vppon hys thygh a name written * THE KING OF KINGS AND LORDE OF LORDS 17 And I sawe an Aungell stand in the sunne who cryed with a lowde voyce saying to all the foules that did flye by the middes of hea uen Come and gather your selues together vnto the supper of the great God 18 That ye may eat the fleshe of Kynges and the fleshe of hie Captaines and the fleshe of mightie men and the fleshe of horses and of them that sit on them and the flesh of all fre men and bondemen and of smale and great 19 And I sawe the bèast and the Kinges of the earth and their warriers gathered together to make battel against him that sate on the horse and against his souldiers 20 But the beast was taken and wyth hym that false Prophete that wroght miracles before hym whereby he deceyued them that receyued the beastes marke and them that worshiped his image These both were aliue caste into a lake of fyre burnyng wyth brimstone 21 And the remnant were slayne wyth the sworde of hym that sitteth vppon the horse which cometh out of his mouth and all the foules were filled full with their flesh CHAP. XX. 2 Satan being bounde for a certeine time 7 And
the moone to shine in it for the glorie of God did light it and the Lambe is the light of it 24 * And the people whiche are saued shall walke in the light of it and the Kings of the earth shall bring their glorie and honour vn to it 25 * And the gates of it shal not be shut by day for there shal be no night there 26 And the glorie and honour of the Gentiles shal be broght vnto it 27 And there shal entre into it none vncleane thing nether whatsoeuer worketh abomination or lies but they whiche are writen in the Lambes * Boke of life CHAP. XXII 1 The riuer of the water of life 2 The frutefulnes light of the citie of God 6 The Lord giueth euer his seruants warning of things to come 9 The Angel wil not be wor shipped 18 To the worde of God may nothyng be added nor diminished there from 1 ANd he shewed me a pure riuer of water of life cleare as crystal proceding out of the throne of God and of the Lambe 2 In the middes of the strete of it of ether side of the riuer was the tre of life whiche bare twelue maner of frutes and gaue frute euerie moneth and the leaues of the tre serued to heale the nations with 3 And there shal be no more cursse but the throne of God and of the Lambe shal be in it and his seruants shall serue him 4 And they shal se his face his Name shal be in their forheades 5 * And there shal be no night there and they nede no candle nether light of the sunne for the Lord God giueth them light and they shall reigne for euermore 6 And he said vnto me These wordes are faithful and true and the Lord God of the holye Prophetes sent his Angel to shewe vnto hys seruants the things whiche must shortely be fulfilled 7 Beholde I come shortely Blessed is he that kepeth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke 8 And I am Iohn which sawe and heard these things and when I had heard and sene * I fell downe to worship before the fete of the Angel which shewed me these things 9 But he said vnto me Se thou do it not for I am thy felowe seruant and of thy brethren the Prophets and of them which kepe the wordes of this boke worship God 10 And he said vnto me Seale not the wordes of the prophecie of this boke for the time is at hand 11 He that is vniust let him bevniust stil and he which is filthie let him be filthie stil and he that is righteous let him be righteous stil he that is holie let him be holie stil. 12 And beholde I come shortely and my rewarde is with me * to giue euerie man accor ding as his worke shal be 13 I am * and the beginning and the end the first and the last 14 Blessed are they that do his commandements that their right may be in the tre of life and may entre in through the gates into the citie 15 For without shal be dogges and enchanters and whoremongers and murtherers idola ters and whosoeuer loueth or maketh lyes 16 I Iesus haue sent mine Angel to testifie vnto you these things in the Churches I am the roote and the generacion of Dauid and the bright morning starre 17 And the Spirit ād the bride say Come And let him that heareth say Come and let him that is a thirst come and * let whosoeuer wil take of the water of life frely 18 For I protest vnto euerie man that heareth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke * if any man shaladde vnto these things God shaladde vnto him the plagues that are writē in this boke 19 And if any man shal diminish of the wordes of the boke of this prophecie God shal take away his parte out of the Boke of life ād out of the holie citie and frō those things which are writen in this boke 20 He which testifieth these things saith Surely I come quickely Amen Euen so come Lord Iesus 21 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen A BRIEF TABLE OF THE INTER PRETATION OF THE PROPRE NAMES VVHICH ARE CHIEFLY FOVNDE IN THE OLDE TESTAMENT WHErein the first nomber signifieth the chapter the seconde the verse WHereas the wickednes of time and the blindnes of the former age hathe bene suche that all things altogether haue bene abused and corrupted so that the very right names of diuerse of the holie men named in the Scriptures haue bene forgotten and now seme strange vnto vs and the names of infants that shulde euer haue some godlie aduertisements in them and shulde be memorials and markes of the children of God receiued into his housholde hathe bene hereby also changed and made the signes and badges of idolatrie and heathenish impietie we haue now set forthe this table of the names that be moste vsed in the olde Testament with their interpretatiōs as the Ebrewe importeth partly to call backe the godlie from that abuse when they shal know the true names of the godlie fathers and what they signifie that their children now named after them may haue testimonies by their very names that they are within that faithful familie that in all their doings had euer God before their eyes and that they are bounde by these their names to serue God from their infancie and haue occasion to praise him for his workes wroght in them and their fathers but chiefly to restore the names to their integritie whereby many places of the Scriptures and secret mysteries of 〈◊〉 holie Gost shal better be vnderstand We haue medled rarely with the Greke names because their interpretation isvncerteine and many of them are corrupted from their original as we may also se these Ebrewe names set in the margent of this table which haue bene corrupted by the Grecians Now for the other Ebrewe names that are not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let not the diligēt reader becareful for he shal finde them in places moste conu enient amongs the annotations at least so many as may seme to make for any edification and vnderstanding of the Scriptures A A Arōn or Aháron a teacher Exod. 4. 14 ¶ Abdá a seruant 1. King Chap. 4. ver 6 Abdeél a seruant of God Ierem. 36. 26 Abdi my seruant 1. Chro. 6. 7 Abdiáh a seruant of the Lord. 1. King 18. 3. and Obadiah one of the twelue Prophetes Abdiél the same 1. Chron. 55. 15 Abéd-negō seruant of shining Dan. 1. 44 Abél mourning the name of a citie but Habél the name of a man doeth signifie vanitie Gen. 4. 2 Abgathá father of the wine presse Abiáh the wil of the Lord. 2. Chro. 29. 1 Abiám father of the sea 1. King 14. 31 Abiasáph a gathering father 1. Chro.
6. 33. Abiathár father of the remnant or excellent father 1. King 22. 21 Abidá father of knowledge Gen. 25. 4 Abidán father of iudgement Nomb. 1. 11 Abiél my father is God 1. King 9. 1 Abiezér the fathers helpe Ios. 17. 2 Abigáil the fathers ioye 1. King 25. 3 Abiháil the father of strength Nomb. 3. 35 Abihu he is a father Exod. 6. 23 Abihúd the father of praise 1. Chro. 8. 3 Abilene lamentable Luk. 3. 1 Abimáel a father from God Gen. 10. 25 Abimélech the Kings father or a father of con sel or the chief King Gen. 20. 3 Abinadád a father of a vowe or of a free minde or prince 1. King 16. 8 Abinoám father of beautie Iud. 4. 6 Abirám an high father 1. King 16. 34 Abishág the fathers ignorance 1. King 1. 3 Abishāi the fathers rewarde 1. King 26. 6 Abishalōm the father of peace or the peace of the father 1. King 15. 2 Abishúa the father of saluation 1. Chro. 6. 4 Abishúr the father of a song or of a wall or of righteousnes 1. Chro. 2. 29 Abitál the father of the dew 2. King 3. 4 Abitōb the father of goodnes 1. Chro. 8. 11 Abnér the fathers candel 1. Sam. 14. 49 Abrám an high father Gen. 11. 31 Abrahám a father of a great multitude as the name was changed Gen. 17. 5 Abshalom a father of peace or the fathers peace or rewarde 2. Sam. 3. 3 ¶ Achan troubling Ioshu 7. 1. who iscalled Achár 1. Chro. 2. 7 ¶ Adadézer read Adarézer beautiful helpe Adaiáh the witnes of the Lord. 1. Chro. 6. 41 Adaliah pouertie Ester 9. 8 Adam man earthlie read Gen. 2. 15 Adiél the witnes of God 1. Chro. 4. 36. Adoniáh the Lord is the ruler 2. Sam. 3. 4 Adonihézek the Lords thunder Iud. 1. 5 Adonikám the Lord is risen Neh. 2. 13 Adoniram the high Lord. 1. King 4. 6 Adonizédek the Lords iustice Ios. 10. 1 ¶ Agabùs a greshopper Act. 11. 28 Agár a stranger Gen. 16. 1 ¶ Aház taking or possessing 2. King 16. 1 Ahasuéros a prince or head Dan. 9. 1 Ahbam a brother of vnderstanding 1. Chr. 2. 29 Ahiiáh brother of the Lord. 1. Chro. 2. 26. Ahimáa brother of councel 1. Sam. 14. 49 Ahimán brother of the right hād Nomb. 13. 23. Ahimélech a Kings brother 1 Sam. 21. 1 Ahimōth a brother of death 1. Chro. 6. 25. Ahinōam the brothers beautie 1. Sam. 14. 49 Ahiōr the brothers light Iud. 5. 5 Ahiláb an heartie brother Iud. 1. 31 Ahráh a swete sauoring medow 1. Chro. 8. 1. Ahikà m a brother arising or aduenging 2. King 22. 12 Ahiézer the brothers helpe Nomb. 1. 12 Aholà h a mansion or dwelling in her self Aholibáh my mansion in her Ezek. 23. 4. Ahud praising or confessing Iud. 3. 15 ¶ Alián high 1. Chron. 1. 40. ¶ Amálek a licking people Gen. 36. 21. Amariáh the Lord said or the Lambe of the Lord. Zephan 1. 1. Amasá sparing the people 2. Sam. 17. 25. Amashái the gift of the people 1. Chro. 6. 24 Amashsi the treading of the people Neh. 11. 12 Amasiáh the burden of the Lord. 2. Chro. 17. 15. Amithi true or fearing 2. King 14. 25. Ammiél a people of God or God with me 1. Chron. 3. 5 Ammishádai the people of the Almightie Nomb. 1. 12. Ammon a people Gen. 19. 38 Amon faithful 2. King 21. 18 Amos a burden one of 〈◊〉 twelue Prophets Amoz strong the father of Ishai Isa. 1. 1 Amzi strong 1. Chron. 6. 46 ¶ Anáh afflicting answering or singīg Ge. 36. 2. Hanna gratious or merciful 1. Sam. 1. 2 Ananiáh the cloude of the Lord. Act. 5. 1 Andréas manlie Mat. 4. 18 Anùb a grape 1. Chron. 4. 8 Antipas for all or against all Reuela 2. 13. ¶ Apadno the wrath of his iudgemēt Da. 11. 46 Apollō a destroyer 18. 24. the name also of an idole Apphia bringing forthe or encreasing Phile. 2 ¶ Arám hight or their curse Gen. 10. 23. Arbel Bel or God hathe aduenged Hos. 10. 15 Archeláus a prince of the people Mat. 2. 22. Areli the altar of God Gen. 46. 16 Arétas verteous 2. Macc. 5 Artahsháste feruent to spoile Ezra 7. 21. ¶ Asâ a physicion 1. King 15. 8. Asaél God hathe wroght 2. Sam. 2. 18 Asáph gathering 1. Chron. 6. 39 Asharélah the blessednes of God 1. Chr. 25. 2 Ashbél an olde fyre 46. 21 Ashér blessednes Gen. 30. 13 Ashiél the worke of God 1. Chro. 4. 35 Ashúr blessed or trauailing Gen. 10. 21. Asmodeus a destroyer Tob. 3. 8 Astyages gouernour of the citie Dan. 13. 64 ¶ Ataráh a crowne 1. Chron. 2. 26. Athaiáh the time of the Lord. Nehe. 11. 4. Athaliáh time for the Lord. 2. King 8. 26. ¶ Aza strength Esra 23. 47 Azaniáh hearkening the Lord. Neh. 10. 9. Azaréel the helpe of God 1. Chro. 12. 6. Azariáh helpe of the Lord. 4. King 14. 21. Azarikám helpe rising vp Neh. 11. 14. Azmáueth strength of death 2. Sam. 23. 30 Azubáh forsaken 1. King 22. 43. Azùr holpen or helper Ierem. 28. 1. B BAal Bealim lord lords the name of the idole of the Sydonians or a general name to all idoles because they were as the lords and owners of all that worshiped them Baaliada a master of knowledge 1. Chr. 14. 7 Báal-meōn the Lord or master ōf the mansion or the house as also Báalzibul signifieth the same Luk. 11. 15 Báal-zebûb the master of flies Baanāh in affliction 2. Sam. 4. 2. Babél confusion Gen. 10. 11. 9. Bacchides one that holdeth of Bacchus or a dronkard 1. Macc. 7. 8. Bacchenor and bacenor the same 2. Mac. 12. 15. Badaiáh the Lord alone Ezr. 10. 31 Baladán ancient in iudgement 2. King 20. 12. Baldád olde loue or without loue Iob 8. 1 Barachél blessing God Iob 32. 2. Barachiáh blessing the Lord. Zech. 1. 1. Bar-ionáh sonne of a doue Mat. 16. 17 Barnabas the sonne of consolation Act. 4. 36. Barabbas sonne of confusion Mat. 27 16 Barûch blessed Iere. 32. 10 Bathséba the seuēth daughter or the daughter of an othe 1. Sam. 11. 3. Bathshûa the daughter of saluation 1. Chro. 3. 5 ¶ Belshatsár without treasure or searcher of treasure Dan. 5. 1. Benaiáh the Lords buylding 1. Chro. 4. 36 Beniamin sonne of the right hand who was first called Benoni the sonne of sorow Ge. 35. 18 Beraiáh the Lords creature 1. Chro. 8. 20 Berák lightening Iud. 4. 6 Béred hail 1. Chron. 7. 21 Bethiáh the Lords daughter 1. Chro. 4. 18 Bezaleél in the shadow of God Exod. 31. 2 ¶ Bileâm the ancient of the people Nom. 22. 5. Bilháh olde or fading Gen. 29. 29 ¶ Boas in powre or strength Ruth 2. 2 C CAiap has a searcher Mat. 26. 57 Calcôl nourishing
strange sight “ Or hel n Or depe and darcke places of the earth Chap. 27. 3. Deut. 11. 6. Psal. 106. 17. o which were the occasion of their owne death p Of Gods iudgements against rebelle q VVho presumed aboue hys vocacion “ Or fled to wit Moses and 〈◊〉 For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 anie other fire but of the Altar of burnt offring Leuit. 10. 1. s God had begon ne to punishe them t GOD drewe backe his hande and ceased to pu nis he them a VVhile he was in the doute of the Tabernacle Exod. 〈◊〉 22. b To be the chief Priest c Thogh Iosephs 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of thē lande yet here it is but one and Leui maketh 〈◊〉 d To declare that God did chose the houses of Leui to serue hym in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nacie Ebr. 9. 4. e Grudging that Aaron shuld be hie Priest f The Chalde text describeth thus their 〈◊〉 VVe dye by the sword the earth swalloweth vs vp the 〈◊〉 doeth cōsume vs. a If you trespas in anie thing cō cerning the ceremonies of the Sā 〈◊〉 or your office 〈◊〉 halbe punished b That is the thyngs whiche are committed to 〈◊〉 whiche thou doest enioyne them c VVhiche was not of the 〈◊〉 of Leui. Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 “ Or a gift d As the firste frute first borne and the tenthes e That whiche was not burned shulde be the Priests f That is in the Sanctuarie betwene the 〈◊〉 and the Holiest of all g Read Leuite 10. 14. h That is thy chiefest or the best Leuit. 27. 28. Exod. 13. 2. and 22. 29. Leuit. 27. 26. Chap. 3. 13. Exod. 30. 13. Leuit. 27. 25. Chap. 3. 17. Ezek. 45. 12. i Because they are appointed for sacrifice Exod. 29. 〈◊〉 Leuit. 7. 〈◊〉 k That is sure stable and 〈◊〉 l Of Canaam Deut. 10. 9. and 〈◊〉 8 2. Ios g. 13. 14. 〈◊〉 44. 28. m To ser ue ther 〈◊〉 in for the Leuites are put in their place n If they faile in their office they shal be punished o As acceptable as the 〈◊〉 of youre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or vineyarde p VVhiche ye 〈◊〉 ue 〈◊〉 of the children of Israel q Read vers 12. r As is in the. 11. vers s Ye shal not be punished therefore t The offringes which the Israelites haue offred to God a Accordyng 〈◊〉 this lawe and ce remonie ye shal sacrifice the red kowe Ebr. 〈◊〉 11. b By another Priest Ebr. 9. 13. Exod. 29. 13. Leuit. 4. 11. c Meaning Eleazár d The 〈◊〉 Priest who killed her and burned her e Or the water of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they that were 〈◊〉 for their vn clennes were sprinkled therewith and made cleane Chap 8. 7. It is also called holy water because it was ordeined to an ho ly vse Chap. 〈◊〉 17. f with the sprin kling water g So that he shulde not be estemed to be of the 〈◊〉 people but as a 〈◊〉 and excommuni cate persone †Ebr a couering of cloth h Of the red kowe burnt for sinne i Water of the 〈◊〉 or riuer k One of the Priest whiche is cleane l Because he had bene among thē that were vncleane or elshad touched the water as vers 〈◊〉 m That is vhcleane a This was four tie yeres after their departure from 〈◊〉 b Mosés and A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sister c Another rebel 〈◊〉 was in 〈◊〉 phidim Exod. 17 and this was in Kadésh Chap. 11 33. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 d Where with thou didest mira cles in Egypt didest deuide the Sea e The punishmēt which followed hereof declared that Mosés and Aaron beleued not the Lords promes as appea reth vers 12. f That the children of Israél shulde beleue acknowledgemy power and so honour me g Or strife and contencion h By shewyng him self almigh tie maint eyning his 〈◊〉 i Because Iaakob or Israél was Esaus brother who was called Edom. “ Or bie way “ Or come not Or the Erke mites k To passe by another way Chap. 33. 37. l Read Gen. 25. 28. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 33. 38. Deut. 〈◊〉 50. 〈◊〉 10. 6. and 31. 50. “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap 33. 43. a By that way which their 〈◊〉 that searched the dangers 〈◊〉 to be moste safe “ Or 〈◊〉 b For they were forbidden to destroie Deut. 2. 5. Chap. 11. 7. c Meaning Man̄ na which they thoght did not 〈◊〉 d For 〈◊〉 that were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with were so inflamed with the heat thereof that they dyed Wisd. 16. 1. 1. 〈◊〉 10. 9. “ Or vpon a 〈◊〉 2. king 18. 4. Ioh. 3. 14. “ Or recouered Chap. 33. 47. “ Or in the Lead pes of Abarim or 〈◊〉 e Which 〈◊〉 to be the boke of the Iudges or as some thinke abo ke which is lost “ Or How God destroyed Vaheb the citie with a whirle winde and the vallies of Arken “ Or Spring f Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof giue prai se for it g Mosés and Aa ron heades of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or 〈◊〉 which gaue water as a well that where depe digged 〈◊〉 2 26. Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 29. 7. Iosh. 12. 2. Psal. 134. 11. Amos 29. h The riuer i For the people were talle and 〈◊〉 like gyāts Deut. 2 20. †Ebr. daughters k For 〈◊〉 it had be ne the Moabites the Israelites might not haue possessed it 〈◊〉 2. 9. l Meaning war te m 〈◊〉 was the Idole of the 〈◊〉 1. king 11. 33 who was not able to defende his wor shippers which toke 〈◊〉 idole for their father †Ebr. light Deut. 3. 1. 29. 3. Psal. 〈◊〉 12. a Being at 〈◊〉 it was beyonde Iorddén but 〈◊〉 re the 〈◊〉 were it was on this side “ Or was vexed b Which were the heades and gouerners Iosh. 24. 9. c To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this citie Pethor d Thinking 〈◊〉 bribe him which giftes to curse the Israelites e Whome before he called 〈◊〉 meaning the go oerners and after calleth them seruants that is subiectes to their king f He warned him by a dreame that he shulde not consent to the kings wicked request g 〈◊〉 he shewed him selfe willing couerousnes had so blinded his heart h The wicked seke by al means to forther their naughty enterprises thogh thei knowe that God is against them Chap. 24. 13. i Because he tem pted God to require him contra ry to his cōmandement his petition was granted but it turned to his owne condemnation k Moued rather with couetousnes then to obey God 2. Pet. 2 16. Iude. 11 l The second time “ Or fel. m Gaue her power to speake n Since thon hast bene my master o For whose eyes the Lord doeth not open they can nether se his angre nor his loue p Bothe thy heart is corrupt thine 〈◊〉 wicked “ Or before me or to 〈◊〉 me †Eb. 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne to me q Because
charge read Exod 18. Ioh. 7. 〈◊〉 Leui. 19. 13. Chap. 16. 19 1. 〈◊〉 17. 7. m And you are his 〈◊〉 Prou. 24. 5. iam 2. 2. n So that the faut was in them sel nes that they dyd not soner possesse the inheritance promised o Read 〈◊〉 23. 1. Non. b. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or valley of the cluster of grapes p To wit Caléb and 〈◊〉 Mosés 〈◊〉 the better part to the greater that is two to ten q Suche was the Iewes vn thankefulnes that they counted Gods especial loue 〈◊〉 r The other ten not Caléb and Ioshua Nomb. 13. 29. s Declaring that to renounce our owne force and constantly to followe our vocation and depend on the Lord is the true boldnes and agreable to God Exod 〈◊〉 21. Nomb. 14. 23. 〈◊〉 14. 6. Nom 20. 12. 27. 14. Chap. 3. 26. 4. 〈◊〉 34. 4. t VVhiche ministreth vnto thee u VVhiche were vnder twēry yere olde as Nō 14. 〈◊〉 x This declareth mansnature who wil do that whiche God forbiddeth and wil not do that with he commandeth y Signifying that man hathe no strength but whē God is at hand to helpe him z Because ye rather shewed your 〈◊〉 then true 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lamē ting the losse of your brethèren then 〈◊〉 for your sinnes a They obeyed after that GOD had chastised thē b Eight and thirtie yere as ver 14. c This was the seconde times for before they had caused the Israelites to 〈◊〉 Nomb. 20. 21. Gen. 36. 8. d And giuē thee meanes 〈◊〉 thou maiest make recompence also God will direct thee by his prouidence as 〈◊〉 hathe done “ Or wildernes “ Or besiege e VVhiche were the Moabites and Ammonites f Signifying that as these gyants were driuen out for their sinnes so the wicked whē 〈◊〉 sinnes are 〈◊〉 can not auoide Gods plagues Nom. 21. 12. g He sheweth hereby that as God is 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 promes so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are not in vaine h His plague and punishement to destroye all that were 〈◊〉 yere olde and aboue i 〈◊〉 called thē 〈◊〉 Rephaims 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 or phisicians to heale 〈◊〉 vices but were in dede zamzummims that is wicked and abominable “ Or Gaza k According to his promes made to 〈◊〉 Gen. 15. 21. l This declareth that the heartes of men are in Gods hāds ether to be made faint or bolde Nom. 21. 21. m Because nether intreaty nor exāples of others colde moue him he colde not complaine of his iuste destruction n God in his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 doeth not onelie appoint the ends but the meanes tending to the same Nomb. 21. 23. †Ebr. beforevs o God had 〈◊〉 Canaan and therfore he wold not that anie of the wicked race shuld be preserued “ Or into our hand “ Or 〈◊〉 Nomb. 21. 33. a Therfore 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the Lord they had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his parte to fight agaynste him Chap. 29. 7. Nomb. 21. 24. Nomb. 21. 〈◊〉 b As villages and smale townes c Because this was 〈◊〉 appointemēt therfore it maye not be iudged cruel d The more 〈◊〉 that thys gyant was the 〈◊〉 occasion had they to glorifie God for the victorie Nomb. 32. 〈◊〉 e Meaning whē he 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 f VVhiche 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 frome the 〈◊〉 “ Or at 〈◊〉 g That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Manasseh as 〈◊〉 32 21. Iosh. 22. 4. Nomb. 27. 18. h So that the victories came not by your owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 th or 〈◊〉 i He 〈◊〉 according to the commō and corrupt speeche of them whiche actr bure that power vnto 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 apperteineth vnto God “ Or wonders k He meaneth zion 〈◊〉 the temple shulde be buylt and GOD honored l As before he sawe by the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 the good mountaine which was zion so here hys eyes were 〈◊〉 vp aboue the 〈◊〉 of nature to beholde all the 〈◊〉 of Canaan a For this doctrine 〈◊〉 not in bare 〈◊〉 knowledge but in practise of life b Thinke not to be more wise thē I am c God wil not be serued by halues but wil haue full obedience d Goddes iudgements executed vpon other ido laters ought to serue for our instruction e And were not idolaters f Because all men naturally desire wisedome he sheweth how to 〈◊〉 vnto it “ Or surely g Helping vs and deliuering vs out of all dangers h He addeth all these wordes to she we that we can neuer 〈◊〉 carefull ynough to kepe the Lawe of GOD and to teache it to our posteritie Exod. 19 18. i The Lawe was giuen with fearefull miracles to declare both that God was the autor thereof and also that no flesh was able to abide 〈◊〉 of the same k God ioineth this condicion to his couenant †Ebr. 〈◊〉 l Signifying that destructiō is prepared for all thē that 〈◊〉 anye image to represēt God m He 〈◊〉 appointed 〈◊〉 for to 〈◊〉 man n He hathe deliuered you out of moste miserable 〈◊〉 and frely chosen you for his children o Mosés good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that that he being depriued of such an excellent treasure doeth not enuie them that muste enioyeit p To those that come not vnto him with loue reuerence but 〈◊〉 against him Ebr. 〈◊〉 29. q Meaning hereby al supersticion and 〈◊〉 of the true 〈◊〉 of God r Thogh 〈◊〉 wolde absolue you yet the 〈◊〉 creatures shal be witnesses of your 〈◊〉 s So that his 〈◊〉 shall make 〈◊〉 former blessings of none effect t Not with outward shewe 〈◊〉 ceremonie but with a true confession of thy fautes †Ebr. in the later dayes u To certifie them the more of the assurance of their saluacion x Mans 〈◊〉 is partelye cause that he knoweth not God y By so manifesle 〈◊〉 that none cold dout ther of z He sheweth the cause why GOD wroght these miracles a Frelve and 〈◊〉 of their desertes b God promiseth rewarde not for our 〈◊〉 but to incourage vs and to assure vs that our labour shal not be lost 〈◊〉 20. 8. c The articles and pointes of the 〈◊〉 Nomb 21. 24. Chap. 1. 4. Nomb. 〈◊〉 33. Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 d That is the salt Sea Chap. 3. 17. †Ebr. I speake in your eares Exod. 19 5. a Some read GOD made not this couenāt that is in suche ample sorte and with suche signes and wonders b So plainely that you nede not to doute thereof Exod. 20. 2. Leu. 16. 1. Psal. 96. 7. “ Or seruants c God bindeth vs to serue him only without supersti ciō and idolatrie Exod 34. 7. Ierem. 32. 18. d That is of hys honour not 〈◊〉 it to be giuen to other e The 〈◊〉 degre to kepe the commandements is to loue God f Meaning 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 six daies to our labours that we ought willinglye to dedicat the 〈◊〉 to serue him wholy g Not for a shew but with true obedience and due reuerence Matth. 5. 〈◊〉 Luk 18. 20. Rom. 13 9. h He speaketh not onely of that 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 beyonde 10. dén h He went by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Arab ans dwelt in tentes i Some read before the sunne rose vp “ Or described †Ebr brake in pieces 28 one thres heth corne 1. king 12. 25. “ Or they werè like vnto thee k We came all our of one belly therefore I will be reuenged l Meaning that they wolde be rid out of their paine at once or els to haue a valiant man to 〈◊〉 them to death “ Or collers m That is thy posteritie n His intent was to shewe him selfe thankeful for this victorie by restoring of religion which because it was not according as God had cōmanded turned to their destruction “ Or swete balles o That is suche things as perceined to the vse of the tabernacle †Ebr. Which came out of his thigh p Which citie belonged to the familie of the Ezrites q That is Baal to whome they had bounde them selues by couenant r They were vnmindeful of God and vnkynd towerde him by whome they had receiued so greate 〈◊〉 a To practise with his kinsfolkes for the arteinynge of the kingdome b Of your kinted by my mothers side “ Or idle felowes and vacabonds c Thus tyrants to 〈◊〉 he theyr vsurped power spare not the innocent blood 1. King 10. 7. 2 Chron. 21. 4. d VVhich was as the to wne house or comō hal whiche he calleth the towre of Shechē 〈◊〉 49. e By this parable he declared that those that are not ambitious are moste worthy of honour and that the ambitious abuse their honor bothe to theyr owne destructiō and others “ Or thistel or breere f Abimélech shal destroye the nobles of Shechém †Ebr. he caste hys life farre frome him g That he is your King and you his subiectes h Because the peo ple consēted with the kinge in sheding innocent blood therefore God destroyeth bothe the one the other i Before 〈◊〉 afrayed of Abimélechs power and durst not go out of the citie k Braggingly as thogh he had bene present or to his captaine zebul †Ebr. craftely †Ebr. What thine hand can finde l Thou art 〈◊〉 of a 〈◊〉 †Ebr. by the nauel “ Or charmers m As theyr cap taine n VVhich were of his companie o That is shulde bevnfruteful and neuer serue to any vse p That is of Baalbetith as Chap. 8. 41. q Meanyng that all were destroyed aswelthey in the towre as the other 1. Sam. 11. 21. r Thus God by suche miserable death 〈◊〉 vegeance on 〈◊〉 in this life s For making a 〈◊〉 their King “ Or his vncle “ Or gouerned a Signifying thei were 〈◊〉 of autoritie “ Or the townes of 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 3. 14. Chap. 2 11. and 3. 7. 4. 1. 6. 1. 13. 1. Chap. 2. 〈◊〉 “ Or Syria “ Or deliuered b As the Reubenitas 〈◊〉 halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 c Thei prayed to the Lord and cōfessed their sinnes d By 〈◊〉 thē vp some 〈◊〉 as Chap. 6 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 〈◊〉 2. 13. e That is frō this present danger f This is true repentance to put away the euill to serue GOD a right Chap. 11. 6. †Ebr. a man o mightie force “ Or vitailer a That is of 〈◊〉 harlot as 〈◊〉 b VVhere the gouernour of the 〈◊〉 was cailed Tob. c Ioyned wyth hym as 〈◊〉 thinke 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 d Or ambassadours 〈◊〉 for that purpose e Men oft tymes are constrained to desire 〈◊〉 of them whom ebefore thei haue refused f Oft tymes those things which mē reiect God choseth to do greate enterprises by †Ebr. be the 〈◊〉 Nomb. 21. 13. †Ebr. in peace Deure 2. 9. Nomb. 20. 29. Nomb. 21. 〈◊〉 22 24. Deut. 2. 26. “ Or countrey g He trusted them not to go through his coun trey Deute 2. 36. h For We ought more to beleue obey God then thou thine idoles Nomb. 22. 2. Deute 23. 4. Iosh. 24. 9. i Meaning theyr ownes k To punishe the offender l That is the Spirit of strength zeale m As the Apostle commēdeth Iptah for his Worthy entreprise in deliueryng the people Ebr. 13. 32 so by his rashe vowe Wicked performance of the same his victorie Was defaced and here We se that the sinnes of the Godlye do not vtterly extin guish their faith “ Or the plaine n Accordyng to the maner after the victorie o Beinge ouercome With blynde zeale and not cōsidering Whether the vowe Was lawful or no. p 〈◊〉 it Was coūted as a shame in Israél to dye Without childrē and therfore they reioyced to be maryed a After they had passed Iorden b Thus ambicion enuieth Goddes Worke in others as they did also againste Gideon Chap. 8. 1. c That is I ventured mylyfe and Whē mans helpe fayled I put my trust only in God d Yeran from vs chose Gilead now in respect of vs ye are nothing e VVhiche signifieth the fall of Waters or an are of corne f 〈◊〉 thynke that this was 〈◊〉 the housband of 〈◊〉 †Ebr. sonnes sonnes “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 11. 7. 7. 4. 1. 6 1. 〈◊〉 6 a Signifying that their deliuerance came onelye of God and not by mans power Nomb. 6 2 1. Sam. 1. 11. b Meanyng he shuld be separate from the Worlde and dedicate to God c If 〈◊〉 he not able to abide the sight of an Angel how much lesse the presence of God d He 〈◊〉 him selfe ready to obey Gods wil therefore desireth to know 〈◊〉 e It semeth that the Angel appeared vnto her twise in one day f He calleth him man because he so 〈◊〉 but he was Christ the eternall 〈◊〉 which at his time appointed became man g Anie thing forbidden by the Lawe h Shewing that he soght not 〈◊〉 owne honor but Gods whose messenger he was “ Or 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 sent fire 〈◊〉 heauen to consumetheir sacrifice to 〈◊〉 e their faith in his promes Exod 33. 20. Chap. 6. 22. k These graces that We haue receiued of God his accepting of our obedic̄ce are sure tokens of his loue toward vs so that nothynge can hurt vs. “ Or to come vpō hym at diuers times “ Ebr. take her for me to Wife a Thogh his parenes did iustelye reproue him yet it appareth that this Was the secret Worke of the Lord vers 4. b To fight against them for the deliuerance of Israél c VVhereby he had strength and boldenes “ Or to take her to his Wife d Meaning 〈◊〉 he was maried e That is her parents or friendes f To Weare at feastes or solemne dayes g Or drew neres for it Was the fourthe day “ Or to impouerishe vs. h Vnto thē Which are of my nacion i Or to the seuenth day beginning at the fourth k If ye had not vsed the helpe of my Wife l VVhich Was one of the fiue chief cities of the Philistims a That is I Wil
vse her as my Wife b For through his father in laws oc casion he Was moued againe to take vengeance of the Philistims c Or that Which Was reaped and gathered d Or the citizen of Timnath e So the Wicked punish not vice forloue of iustice but for feare of danger Which els might come to them “ Or camped f And so being our 〈◊〉 to punishe him g Suche Was their grosse ignora ce that they iudged Gods great benefite to be a plague vnto them h Thus they had rather betray their brother 〈◊〉 vse the meanes that God had giuē for their deliuerance i That is of an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or the 〈◊〉 vp of the iawe k VVherehy appeareth that he did these things in faith and so 〈◊〉 a true 〈◊〉 to glorifie God deliuer his coun trey “ Or the fountai ne of him that prayed a One of the 5. 〈◊〉 cities of the Philistims “ Or 〈◊〉 b That is he lodged With her “ Or to the light of the morning “ 〈◊〉 plaine c Of the value of a shekel read Gene. 23. 15. “ Or now Withe d Certeine Philistims in a secret chamber e VVhen 〈◊〉 meth noreit f Thogh her 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tended to make him lose hislile yet his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 him that he colde not beware g It is 〈◊〉 if 〈◊〉 giue 〈◊〉 to our wicked af fections but at length we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or be ame h For this Samson vsed to saye I leue thee i 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 immoderate affections 〈◊〉 a wicked woman caused 〈◊〉 lose 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and become 〈◊〉 vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 haue 〈◊〉 k Not for the losse of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God which was the cause that God departed 〈◊〉 him l 〈◊〉 had he not his strength agai ne til he had called vpon God 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 m 〈◊〉 by Gods iust 〈◊〉 they are made sta 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 which neglect their vocation in defending the 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. take one vengeance n According to my 〈◊〉 which is 〈◊〉 execute Gods iudgements vpon the wicked o He speaketh not this of dispai re humbling him selfe for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the offence thereby giuen a Some 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the time of 〈◊〉 or as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 after 〈◊〉 b Contrary to the commandement of God and 〈◊〉 religion 〈◊〉 vnder 〈◊〉 they forsoke the Lord and fel to Idolatrie c 〈◊〉 wolde serue bothe God idoles Chap. 8. 27. †Ebr. filled the hand of one d For where there is no magistrat 〈◊〉 God there can be no true religion nor 〈◊〉 Gene. 31. 19. Ose. 3. 4. e VVhich Bethléhem was in the tribe of Iudah f For in these dayes the seruice of God was corrupt in all estates and the Leuites were not loked vnto g 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 the true worshiping of God for to mainteine his owne belly h Thus the 〈◊〉 persuade thē 〈◊〉 of Gods fauour when in deede 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them a Meaning no 〈◊〉 Magistrat to 〈◊〉 he vice 〈◊〉 to Gods worde b For the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 gaue them was not sufficient for all their tribe c Thei knewe him by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he was a stranger there d 〈◊〉 God gran teth the idolaters 〈◊〉 their requests to their destruction that 〈◊〉 in errors †Ebr. made them ashamed e Lose ye this good occasion through your 〈◊〉 “ Or the tentes of Dan. f Because thei before had good 〈◊〉 thei 〈◊〉 de the their brethren shulde be encouraged by hearing the same tidings g So supersticion blinded thē that thei 〈◊〉 Gods power was in these idoles and that shulde haue good succes by them thogh by violence and rob bery thei did take them awaye h 〈◊〉 the six hundreth men i Suspecting them that did pursue them k This declareth what opinion the 〈◊〉 haue of their idoles †Ebr who haue their 〈◊〉 bitter l Meaning the 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 18. “ Or 〈◊〉 thē m VVhich 〈◊〉 was called Gesarea 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 47. n Thus in 〈◊〉 of giuing 〈◊〉 to God thei attributed the victorie to their 〈◊〉 honored them therefore o That is til the Arke was taken 1. Sam. 5. 1. Chap. 17. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gene. 25. 6. †Ebr. besides him to wit with others †Ebr. to 〈◊〉 heart “ Or at his meting †Ebr. rose vp “ Or 〈◊〉 a That is his 〈◊〉 father “ Or compelled him b Meaning that 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 him selfe with 〈◊〉 as vers 〈◊〉 †Ebr. is weake “ Or the day 〈◊〉 c To wit to the 〈◊〉 or citie 〈◊〉 dwelt d Thoght in these daies 〈◊〉 were most 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet very necessirie colde not compel them 〈◊〉 haue to do with them that professed not the 〈◊〉 God “ Or gathered 〈◊〉 e That is of the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 “ Or a man wal king f To Shiloh or 〈◊〉 where the Arke was “ Or be of good comfort †Ebr men of Belial that is giuen to all wickednes g To the 〈◊〉 they might break it Gene 19. 8. h That is abuse them i She fell downe dead as vers 17. “ Or housband “ Or fallen k 〈◊〉 home vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l For 〈◊〉 was like the sin of 〈◊〉 for the with God ra ned downe sire and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from heauen 〈◊〉 10. 9. a That is all with one consent b To aske counsel †Ebr corners c Meaning men able to handle their weapon d To the Leuite “ Or chief or lords e That is her pieces to 〈◊〉 tribe a 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 9. f Before we haue reuenged 〈◊〉 wickednes g These onely shulde haue the charge to prouide for 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 h That is 〈◊〉 familie of the 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 they wolde not 〈◊〉 the wicked to be punis hed they 〈◊〉 them sel ues to maintaine them in their euil and therefore we re all 〈◊〉 punished Chap 3. 〈◊〉 k That is to the 〈◊〉 which was in 〈◊〉 some thinke in Mizpeh as 〈◊〉 1. l This God permitted because the Israelites partely trusted to muche in their strength and partely God wolde by this meanes punish their sinnes †Ebr all they drawing the 〈◊〉 m To wit in Shiloh n Or serued in the Priests 〈◊〉 at those daiestfor the Iewes write that he liued thre hundreth yeres o By the politie of the children of Israél p Meaning crosse wayes or 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q They 〈◊〉 not that Gods iudgement 〈◊〉 at hād to 〈◊〉 them r Retired to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 after “ Or made along sounde with a trumpet s For they were waxen hardy by the two former victories t And withstode their enemies i For they were compassed in on 〈◊〉 side “ Or droue them from their reste x They slewe them by one and one as they were 〈◊〉 abroad y Besides eleuen hūdreth that had 〈◊〉 slaine in the former battelles z If they belonged to the Beniamites a This othe came of 〈◊〉 and not of
yere olde when the Lorde appeared to him f By vision g Suche was the corruption of those times that the chief Priest was become 〈◊〉 and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing h God declareth what soden feare shal come vpon men when they shal heare that the Arke is 〈◊〉 and also the Elis house destroyed i Meaning that his 〈◊〉 shulde neuer en ioye the chief Priests office k God punishe thee after this that sort except thoutel metrueth Ruth 1. 17. l The Lord accomplished what soeuer he had said “ Or that Samuél was the faithful Prophet of the Lord. †Ebr. by the wor de of the Lord. () 〈◊〉 the departure of the Israelites out of Egipt vnto the time of Samuél are about 390. yere “ Or stone of helpe Chap. 7. 12. a For it may 〈◊〉 that this warre was vnder taken by Samuéls commandement b For he vsed to appeare to 〈◊〉 betwene the 〈◊〉 ouer the Arke of the couenant Exod 25 vers 17. c Before we fought against men now God is come to fight against vs. d For in the red Sea in the wilder nes the Egyptiās were destroyed whiche was the last of all his plagues Iudg 13. 1. e Dauid alluding to this place Psal. 77 63. saieth they were consumed with fire meaning they were sodēly destroyed f In token of sorrow mourning g Lest it shulde be taken of the enemies Chap. 3. 2. h According as God had a 〈◊〉 said “ Or gouerned “ Or to 〈◊〉 out i And setled her body toward her traúel Or No glorie or where is the glorie k She vttered her great sorrowe by repeting her wordes a Which was one of the fiue principal cities of the Philistims b Which was their chief idole as some write from the nauil downwarde was like a fishe and vpwarde like a man c Thus in steade of acknowledging the true God by this 〈◊〉 they fall to a farther supersticion Psal. 78. 66 d Thogh they had felt Gods power and were affraied thereof yet they wolde farthert ie him whiche thyng God turned to their destruction and his glorie e The wicked when they fele 〈◊〉 hand of God grudge reiecte him where the godli humble thē selues and crye for mercie a Thei thoght by continuance of time the plague wolde haue ceased and so wolde haue kept the Arke stil. b The idolaters confesse there is a true God who punisheth sinne iustely c This is 〈◊〉 iudgement vpon the 〈◊〉 that knowig the true God they worship him not a right Exod. 12. 31. d Meaning the goldē emerods the golden mice e The God of Israél f The wicked attribute almost 〈◊〉 thing to fortune and chance whereasin dede there is nothyng done without Gods 〈◊〉 uidence decree g For the triall of the 〈◊〉 h To wit themê of Bethshémesh whiche were Israelites i These were the fiue principal cities of the Philistims which were not al conquered vnto the time of Dauid Or the plaine or lamentacion k For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 ether to touch or to se it saue onely to Aaron and his sonnes Nomb. 4. 15. 〈◊〉 a A citie in the tribe of Iudáh called also 〈◊〉 báal Iosh. 15. 60. b Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord. Iosh. 24. 15. Iudg. 2. 13. Deut. 6. 4. Mat. 4. 10. Iudg. 2 11 c For Shiloh was now desolate because the Philistims had taken thence the 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hathe that they drewe water out of their heart that is wept abū dantly for their sinnes e Signifying that iu the prayers of the godlie there ought to be a vehement zeale f According to the prophecie of Hannáh San. uels mother Chap. 2. 10. g Whiche was a great rocke ouer against Mizpéh h Meaning the Philistims i Which was 〈◊〉 contrarie to the Lawe for as yet a certeine place was not 〈◊〉 ted a Because he was not able to 〈◊〉 the charge b Who was also called Vashni 1. Chro. 6. 28. Deut. 16. 19. c For there his house was Chap. 7. 17. Ose. 13. 10. Act. 13. 21. d Because they were not 〈◊〉 with the ordre that God had ap pointed but wolde be gouer ned as were the Gentiles e To proue if they wil forsake their wicked purpose f Not the kings haue this autoritie by their office but that suche as reigne in Gods wrath shulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the Law Deut. 17. 〈◊〉 “ Or chief officers g Because ye repet not for vour sinnes but because ye smart for your afflictions where into ye cast your selues willingly “ Or grant their request a That is bothe valiant and riche Chap. 14. 51. 〈◊〉 Chro. 8. 23. b So that it might semè that God approued their request ī appointing 〈◊〉 suche a persone c Al these circūstāces were meās to serue vnto Gods prouidēce whereby Saul thogh not approued of God was made king d 〈◊〉 was Ramath zophim the citie of Samuél “ Or vitailes e Which is 〈◊〉 fiue pence read Gen. 23. 15. f So called becau se he foresawe 〈◊〉 to come g That is a feast 〈◊〉 thē offring which shulde be kepe in an hie place of the 〈◊〉 appointed for that vse h That is giue thankes and distribute the meat according to their custome †Ebr. in his care Chap. 15. 1. Act. 13. 21. i Not withstanding their wickednes yet God was euer mindful of his 〈◊〉 tance k Meaning all that thou desirest to knowe l Whome doeth Israél desire to be their King but thee m Where the feast was n That is the shoulder with the breast which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offrings Leui 10. 14. o That bothe by the assembling of the people and by the meat pro pared for thee thou mighest vnderstande that I knewe of thy comming p To speake with him secretly for the houses were flat aboue q Gods comman dement as concerning thee a In the Lawe this anointing 〈◊〉 the gifts of the holy Gost whiche were ne cessarie for them that shulde rule Gen 35 20. b Samuél confir meth him by the signes that God hathe appointed him king Or oke †Ebr. of peace c Which was an hieplace in the citie kiriathiearim where the 〈◊〉 was Chap. 7. 1. 〈◊〉 13. 8. †Ebr. shoulder d He gaue him suche vertues as were mete for a king †Or sang 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 24. e Meaning that prophecie commeth not by succession but is given 〈◊〉 whome it pleaseth God f Noting thereby him that frome lowe degre commeth sodenly to honour g Both to 〈◊〉 vnto then their faute in asking a king and also to shew Gods sentence therein h That is by 〈◊〉 of lot i As thogh he were vnworthy and vn willing †Ebr let the King liue k As it is writen in 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. 15. l Bothe to 〈◊〉 sedition and also to winne them by pacience a After that Saul
doctrine more commendable †Ebr. mouthe m This is the cōmune argument of the wicked who thinke that none shulde speake against a thing if the greater parte approue it be they neuer so vngodlie n He speaketh this in derision because the king attributed so 〈◊〉 to the false prophetes meaning that by experiēce he shulde trye that thei were but flatters o It is better thei returne home thē to be punished 〈◊〉 because thei take warre in hand without Gods counsel and approbacion p meaning his Angels “ Or persuade deceiue q Here wese that thogh the deuil he euer readie to bring vs 〈◊〉 destru ction yet he hathe no further power then God giueth him r I wil cause all his prophetes to 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 18. 23. s Thus the wicked wolde seme that none were in the fauour of God but they that God hathe 〈◊〉 uen his graces to none so muche as to them t Let him hepyned away 〈◊〉 hungre and 〈◊〉 ied with a small portion of bread and 〈◊〉 u That when ye shal se these things come to passe ye may giue God the 〈◊〉 knowe that I am his true prophet x That is to the Lord for helpe “ Or in his 〈◊〉 and ignorantly †Ebr. 〈◊〉 betwe ne the brig ādine †Ebr. sicke y To 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 king 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 z O the 〈◊〉 “ Or the 〈◊〉 washed it Chap. 21. 19. 2. Chro. 20. 31. a Meaning that he was led with an error thinking that they might 〈◊〉 sacrifice to the Lord in those pla ces as wel as hei did before the Tē ple was buylt b In the time of this king Idumea was subiect to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was gouer ned by whome 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 appointed c By 〈◊〉 the Scripture mea neth 〈◊〉 all the Sea called Me 〈◊〉 errancum d Iosephus writeth that 〈◊〉 is in 〈◊〉 where the 〈◊〉 Arabiēs 〈◊〉 for golde Cr in all pointes as his father did a So that he was punished for his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 two 〈◊〉 for the Moabites which 〈◊〉 to pay him 〈◊〉 rebelled ād he fel downe at a great which was vpō his house to giue 〈◊〉 b The 〈◊〉 which dwelt at Ekron worship ped this idole which signifieth the god of flies thinking that he colde preserue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the biting of 〈◊〉 or els he was so called because flies were 〈◊〉 ingreat 〈◊〉 of the blood of the 〈◊〉 that were offred to that idole c He sheweth that idolaters haue not the true God for els they wold seke to none but to him alone d Ignorance is the mother of er ror and idolatrie e Some thinke that this is ment of his garments whiche were tough and made of 〈◊〉 f To wit Carmel g He declareth what power Gods worde hath in the mouthe of his seruants whē they threaten Gods iudgemēts against the wicked h He spake this in mockery and therefore prouoked Gods wrath so muche the more i Meaning that God wolde shewe by effect whether he was a true Pro phet or not k Which humble my selfe before God his seruāt l That is spare my life let me not dye as the other two m Thus the Lord giueth boldenes to his that they feare not the threatnings of ty rants whiche otherwise of them selues are afraide to do Gods message n Iehoshaphát going to battel against the Syriās made his sonne Iehorám king in the 17 yere of his reigne and in the 18 yere 〈◊〉 was the seconde yere of his sonne 〈◊〉 the sonne of 〈◊〉 reigned in 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 the yere of this Iehorám Iehoshap 〈◊〉 the kingdome of Iudáh was con 〈◊〉 to his son ne a Which was that place where the 〈◊〉 of Israél were 〈◊〉 after they came ouer Iordén and had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 veres in 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 5 9 b So called because they are be gotten as it were a newe by the heauēlie doctrine c That is from being any more thine head for to be as the head is to be the master as to be at the fete is to be a 〈◊〉 d For the Lord had reueiled it vnto him e Not onely at Bethél but at Iericho and other places were there Prophetes which had scholars whome they instructed broght vp in the true feate of God f To wit of Iordén g Let thy Spirit haue double force in me because of these dangerous times or let me haue twise so muche as the rest of the Prophetes or thy spirit 〈◊〉 deuided into thre partes 〈◊〉 me haue two Eccles. 48 13. h Thus God hath left a testimonie in all ages bothe before the Lawe in the time of the Gospel of resurrection 1. Mac 2 58. i The Spirit of prophecie is giuē to him as it was to Eliiáh k Meaning Eliiáh for thy thoght his 〈◊〉 had bene cast in some mountaine l Because the fact was extraordina rie thei douted where he was become but 〈◊〉 was assured that he was takē vp to God “ Or killeth the inhabitants m Thus God gaue him power euen 〈◊〉 to nature to make that water profitable for mans vse which before was hurt ful n Perceiuing their malicious heart against the Lord and his worde he desireth God to take vengeāce of that 〈◊〉 done vnto him a Read the annotacion in the 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. verse b He sacrificed to the goldē calues that Ieroboám had made c This was done after that Dauid had made the Mo abites tributaries to his successers d Read 〈◊〉 king 22 4. e Meaning the Viceroy or Lieutenāt of the king of Iudáh read 1. king 22 48. †Ebr. that were at their fete f That is who was his seruant g He is able to in struct vs what is Gods wil in this point h He knewe that this wicked king wolde haue but vsed his coūsel to serue his turne therefore he disdained to answer him i The wicked este me not the seruants of God but whē they are driuen by very necessitie and feare of the present dā ger k God suffreth his worde to be declared to the wic ked because of the godlie that are among them l He singeth sōgs to gods glori so stirred vp the Pro phetes heart to prophecie m He wil not onely miraculous ly giue you waters but your ene mies also into your hand n Thogh God be stowe his benefites for a time vpō his enemies yet he hathe his seasons when he wil take them away to the iutēt thei might se his vengeāce which is prepared against them †Ebr. to 〈◊〉 him selfe with a girdle o The 〈◊〉 ioye of the wicked is but a preparacion to their destructiō which is at hand p Meaning they followed them in to the townes q Which was one of the principal cities of the Móabites wherein they left nothing but the walles Some referre it to the King of Edoms sonne whome they say he had taken in that 〈◊〉 but rather it semed to be
k VVhich summe is broght tomoūt to thre millions millions and six hundreth thousand crownes for here is mencion made of thirtie mo then are spoken of 1. Kin. 10. 1. mat 〈◊〉 14. a To knowe Whe ther his Wisdome Were so great as the reporte Was. Iuk 〈◊〉 31. b There was no question so hard that he did not solus “ Or gallerie whereby hewent vp †Ebr. there was no more spirit in her “ Or actes c Meanings that the Isrélites Were 〈◊〉 peo ple that Kings ate the lieutenāts of God which oght to grāte vnto him the 〈◊〉 and mini ster iustice to all d Read Chap. 8. 8. e Or pillers meaning the garnishing and trimming of the 〈◊〉 or pillers f That is Which the King gaue her 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that treasure Which she broght g VVhich 〈◊〉 mounteth 102400 crownes of the sunne Bud eude asse h Or Pounds called 〈◊〉 of euerie one semed to make an 〈◊〉 shekels i That is the sleppes and the forè 〈◊〉 were fastened to the throne k Vpon the pom mels or 〈◊〉 l VVhich 〈◊〉 of the best Writers is thoght to be Cilicia read 1. King 10. 22. m That is ten hot ses in euerie stable Which in all 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 thousand 18. 〈◊〉 King 4. 26. “ Or 〈◊〉 n The abundance of these temporal 〈◊〉 in Salomons kingdome is a figure of the spiritual treasures which the elect shal enioye in the 〈◊〉 vnder the true Salomon Christ. “ Or Iddo o That is which prophecied agaīst him 〈◊〉 King 11. 41. a After the death of Salomon 1. King 12. 1. b That is hādeled 〈◊〉 It semeth that God hardened their heartes so that they thus murmu red without cause which declareth also the incō stantie of the peo ple. c Or that stode by him that is which were of his counsel and 〈◊〉 d Or 〈◊〉 singer meaning that he was of farregrea 〈◊〉 power 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 father “ Or 〈◊〉 e Gods wil impo seth suche a neces 〈◊〉 the second causes that 〈◊〉 can be done but according to the same and yet mans wil worketh as of it selfe so that it can not be excused in doing euil by alledging that it is Gods ordinance †Ebr. by the hād 〈◊〉 Kin. 〈◊〉 16. “ Or receyuer †Ebr. strengthened him 〈◊〉 2. Kin. 12. 20. a That is the 〈◊〉 tribe of Benia n in for the other halfe was gone af ter Ieroboam b Meaning the ten tribes which rebelled c Or repaired thē and made them strong to be more able to resist 〈◊〉 boam “ Or 〈◊〉 †Ebr. stode Chap. 13. 9. 1. Kin. 12. 31. d Meaning idoles read Isa. 〈◊〉 15. e VVhich were 〈◊〉 of true re ligion and feared God f So long as they feared God and set forthe his worde they pro 〈◊〉 g Called 〈◊〉 Abi lam who reigned thre yere 1. Kin. 15. 2. h Me gaue him selfe to haue many wiues “ Or when the 〈◊〉 had established Rehobeams kingdome †For suche is the inconstancie of the people that for the moste part 〈◊〉 follow the 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 b VVhich were a people of Africa called the Troglo dites because they 〈◊〉 in holes “ Or blacke Mores c 〈◊〉 that no calamiue can come vnto vs except we forsake Cod and that he neuer leueth vs til we haue cast him of d And therefore doeth 〈◊〉 punish your for your sinnes †Ebr. drop downe e He sheweth that Gods 〈◊〉 are not to destroy his 〈◊〉 but to 〈◊〉 se them to bring thē to the Know ledge of them selues and to knowe how much 〈◊〉 it is to serue God then 〈◊〉 f VVhich declareth that God 〈◊〉 not the death of a 〈◊〉 but his conuersiō 〈◊〉 8. 32. 33. 11. 1. Kin. 14 21. g That is twelue yeres after that he had 〈◊〉 ouercome by 〈◊〉 ver 〈◊〉 †Ebr. saying “ Or Abiam a He meaneth Iu dah ād 〈◊〉 b Or Maacha 1. King 52. c Called also 〈◊〉 for Abshalom was her grandefather 〈◊〉 King 15. 2. d VVhiche was one of the 〈◊〉 of moū 〈◊〉 e And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doeth vsurpe it or take it 〈◊〉 that stocke 〈◊〉 the ordinance of the Lorde thus like an 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 the word of God for his aduantage f That is 〈◊〉 because that thing whiche is 〈◊〉 is preserued from 〈◊〉 he meaneth also that it was made solemnely 〈◊〉 by offring of sacrifices where as they 〈◊〉 salt accordyng as was ordeined Nom. 18. 19. g This worde in the Chalde tongue is Racha Which 〈◊〉 Sauiour vseth Matt. 5. 22. †Ebr. children of Belial h Meanynge in hearte and courage 1. Kin. 11. 26. “ Or fainte hearted i He 〈◊〉 the nature of idolaters which take no trial of the vo cation lyfe and doctrine of their ministers but thinke the most 〈◊〉 and greatest beastes sufficient to serue their turne Leui. 26. 36. 1. King 12. 31. Chap 11. 14. Ebr. fil his hād k As it was appointed in the Law Exod. 29. 39 l Because theyr cause was good appointed by the Lorde they douted not of the successe and victorie m Contemnyng the good counsel whiche came of the 〈◊〉 of God he thoght to haue ouer come by deceite “ Or gaue hym the ouerthre we n He sheweth that the staye of al kingdomes assurāce of victo ries depende vpō our trust and cōfidence in the Lorde †Ebr. 〈◊〉 2. Kyng 13. 8. a VVhiche were 〈◊〉 contrary to the Lawe 〈◊〉 16. 20. b He sheweth that the rest and quietnes of kingdomes standeth in abolishing ido latrie and 〈◊〉 cing true religiō c VVhile we 〈◊〉 the ful gouernement 〈◊〉 d The Kinge of 〈◊〉 Egypt e VVhiche was a citie in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 44. VVhere Michaiah the Prophete was borne 1. King 14. 6. “ Or against ma ny without power f Thus the children of God nether trust in their owne power or policie nether feare the strēgth 〈◊〉 of their enemies but con sider the cause subtilitie of their entreprises tend to Gods glorie therevpon assure thē selues of the victorie by him whiche is onely almightie can turne all flesh in to dust with the breath of hys monthe g The Lorde had 〈◊〉 thē with feare a VVho was called 〈◊〉 as hys father was vers 8. b For the space of 〈◊〉 yeres vnder 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thre yeres vn der 〈◊〉 religion was neglected and 〈◊〉 planted c He sheweth that 〈◊〉 the wicked nes of tyrants ad their rage yet God hathe hys 〈◊〉 he heareth in their tribulacion as he deliuered hys from zerah king of the Ethiopiās and out of all other daungers when they called vpō the Lord. d Your confiden ce and truste in God shal not be 〈◊〉 e Called 〈◊〉 conteining part of May and part of Iune f VVhiche they had taken of the Ethiopians g These were the wordes of their couenant which commaunded all idolaters to be put to death accordynge to the Lawe of God 〈◊〉 13. h So long as
they 〈◊〉 hym a right so 〈◊〉 did he preserue and prosper them i Or grandmother and herein he shewed that 〈◊〉 lacked 〈◊〉 for she ought to haued 〈◊〉 bothe by the 〈◊〉 and by the Lawe of God but he ga ue place to foolishe pitie and wolde also seme after a 〈◊〉 to satisfie the Law k VVhich partely came through lacke of zeale in hym partelye through the negligence of hys officers and part ly by the 〈◊〉 cion of the people that all were not taken away l Because that God was called the God of Israél by reason of his promes to Iaakob therefore Israélis some time taken for Iudah because Iudah was hys chief people m In respect of his predecessors a VVho reigned after Nadab the sonne of Ieroboam b He fortified 〈◊〉 with walles and ditches it was a citie in Beniamin nere to 〈◊〉 “ Or Darmasek c He thoght to re pulse his aduersa rie by an vnlawfull meanes that is by seking helpe of infideles as they that 〈◊〉 Turkes amitie thinkyng therby to make thē selues more strong “ Or Prophet Chap. 14 9. 2. Mac. 9 5. 12 22. †Ebr. prison house d Thus in 〈◊〉 of turning to God by repentan ce he disdained the admonicion of the Prophet and punished him as the wicked do whē they be tolde of their fautes “ 〈◊〉 goutie or swollen “ Or to the top of his head e God plagued his rebellion and hereby declareth that it is nothing to beginne wel except we so cōtinue to the end that is zealous of Gods glorie put 〈◊〉 whole trust in him f He sheweth that it is in vaine to seke to the Phisitians except first we seke to God to purge our sinnes which are the chief cause of all our diseases after vse the help of the phisitian as a meane by whome GOD worketh a That is his vertuest meaning be fore he had committed with Bathshéba and against 〈◊〉 b Soght not helpe at strange gods †Ebr. Worke. c He gaue him selfe wholy to serue the Lord. d He knewe it was in vaine to professe religion except such were appointed which colde instruct the people in the same and had au toritie to put away all idolatrie e Thus God prospereth all suche that with a pure heart seke his glo rie and kepeth their enemies in feare that thei cā not be able to execute their rage against thē †Ebr. in his hand Or next to him f Meaning which was a Nazarian g That is they were as his ordi narie garde 1. King 22 〈◊〉 a For Iorám Iehoshaphats sonne maried Ahabs daughter b That is 〈◊〉 third yere 1. King 〈◊〉 c To recouer it out of the hands of the 〈◊〉 d Heare the adui se of some Prophet to knowe whether it be Gods wil. e VVhiche were the Prophetes of Báal 〈◊〉 that the wicked esteme not but flatterers suche as wil beare with their inordinate affections f Yet the true mi 〈◊〉 of GOD ought not to cea se to do their due tie thogh the wic ked magistrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abide thē to speake the 〈◊〉 g Meaning that he ought not to refuse to heare 〈◊〉 that was of God h That is in their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 apparel i Read 1. King 22 11. k Thinking that where a foure 〈◊〉 dreth 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 in one thing that he being but one man and in least estimation durst not gaine say it l He 〈◊〉 this by 〈◊〉 of the false 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 perceiued m He 〈◊〉 how the people shulde be dispersed Aháb steane n Meaning his Angels “ Or deceiue o That is the Lord. p So they that wil not 〈◊〉 the trueth God sendeth strong delusion that they shulde beleue lyes 2. Thess 2 〈◊〉 q By this 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 hypocrisie was discouered thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 which they haue not and declare t eir malice against them in whome the true Spirit is r Kepe him streict ly in 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 him fele hungre and thirst “ Or 〈◊〉 s Thus the wicked thinke by their owne 〈◊〉 to escape Gods 〈◊〉 which he threatneth by his word r He 〈◊〉 to the Lord by acknow ledging his 〈◊〉 in going with this wicked King to warre against the worde of the Lord by his Pro phet and also by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the same †〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or betwene the habergine u He 〈◊〉 his hurt that his souldiers might fight more couragiously †Ebr. in peace a He declareth that the wrath and iudgement of God is oueral suche that supporte the wicked and rather shewe not in dede that they are enemies to all suche as hate the Lord. †Ebr. wrath frō the Lord. b He visited all his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 hys people frome 〈◊〉 to the know ledge of the true God c Bothe to preser 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if you do iustely or to punish you if you do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. 17. d He wil declare by thes 〈◊〉 of the punishmēt 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 Iob. 4 15. Act. 10. 〈◊〉 Rom. 2. 11. Gal. 2. 6. Ephe 6 9. Col. 〈◊〉 26. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e The 〈◊〉 ād 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 is to trye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ur ther was done at 〈◊〉 or els 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nomb. 35 11. 〈◊〉 4. 〈◊〉 g Meaning that God 〈◊〉 punish them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if they wold not execut 〈◊〉 right h Shalbe 〈◊〉 o 〈◊〉 of the pu 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 easine i They shal haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 causes k 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a That is which 〈◊〉 the Ammonites in langage apparel The 〈◊〉 thinke that they were the 〈◊〉 but as mai 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they were the 〈◊〉 of moūt Seir. b Called the dead sea where God 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 cities for sinne c This declareth what the 〈◊〉 of the godlie is whiche is as a pricke to stirre them to prayer ād to depend on the Lord where as it moueth the wicked ether to seke after world ly meanes ād po licies or els to fal into despaire d He 〈◊〉 his prayer vpon Goddes power whereby he is able to helpe ād also on his mercie which he wil continue toward his for as muche as he hathe once chosen them and begonne to shew his graces to warde them e Meaning warre whiche commeth by Gods iuste iudgements for our sinnes f That is it is here called vpon and thou declarest thy presence and fauour 1. King 8. 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 28. Deut. 2. 9. Nehem. 13. 3. g VVe onely put our truste in thee and waite for our deliuerance from heauen h That is before the Arke of the couenant i VVhiche was moued by the Spirit of God to prophecie k They fight againste God and not agaynst you therefore he wil fight for you Exod. 14. 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 l Declaryng his faith and obediē ce to the worde of the Lord and giuing thankes for the deliueran 〈◊〉
which he hathe by hys regeneracion through Christ. “ Or kinde of in strument or tune or for the death of Labben or Go 〈◊〉 a God is not prai sed excepte the whole glorie be giuen to hym alone b Howsoeuer the enemie seme for a time to preuaile yet God preser ueth the 〈◊〉 c A 〈◊〉 of the enemie that 〈◊〉 nothing but destruction but the Lord wil 〈◊〉 his and bryng hym into 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 reigne as Iudge d Our miseries are meanes to cause vs to fele Gods present care ouer vs. e Thogh God reuengeth not sodenly the wrong done to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 not the wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f In the open assemblie of the Church g For God ouerthroweth the wicked in their enterprises h The mercie of God toward his Saints must be de clared and the fal of the wicked must alwayes be considered “ Or this is worthy to be noted i God promiseth not to helpe vs before we haue felt the crosse k VVhiche they can not learne without the feare of thy iudgement a So sone as we enter into affliction we thinke God shuld helpe vs but that is not alwayes his due tyme. b The wicked man 〈◊〉 in his owne 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 whē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he wolde he braggeth of 〈◊〉 is wit and welth and blesseth him self and thus blasphe meth the Lorde Or not be moued because 〈◊〉 was neuer in euil “ Or 〈◊〉 at c The euill shall not touche me Isa. 28. 15. or elles he 〈◊〉 thus because he neuer felt euil d He sheweth that the wicked haue many meanes to hide their 〈◊〉 and ther fore ought more to be feared e By the hypocri sie of them that haue autoritie the poore are de 〈◊〉 f He calleth to God for helpe be cause wickednes is so farre 〈◊〉 ̄ that God must now helpe or neuer g Therefore thou muste nedes 〈◊〉 this their blasphemie h 〈◊〉 iudge betwene the ryght and the wrong i For thou haste 〈◊〉 destroyed hym k The 〈◊〉 or suche as lyue not 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 l God helpeth When 〈◊〉 helpe 〈◊〉 “ Or destroy no more man vpon the earth a This is the 〈◊〉 ked counsel of his enemies to him his 〈◊〉 to driue 〈◊〉 frō the hope of Gods promes b All hope of 〈◊〉 cour is taken awaye c Yet am I innocent my cause good d Thogh all things in 〈◊〉 be out of order yet God wil exe cute iudgement from heauen e As in the destru ction of Sodom and 〈◊〉 f Whiche they shal 〈◊〉 euen to the dregs 〈◊〉 23 34. a Which dare de fende the trueth and 〈◊〉 mercie to the 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 the flarerers 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 which hurt him more with their 〈◊〉 then with their 〈◊〉 c They thinke thē 〈◊〉 able to persuade 〈◊〉 they take in 〈◊〉 d The Lord is moued with the 〈◊〉 of his deliuereth in the end from all dangers e Because the Lordes worde promes is true 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wil performe it and 〈◊〉 the poore from this wickedgeneratiō f That is thine thogh he were but one man g For they suppres the godlie mainteine the wicked a He 〈◊〉 that his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 purpose as the sicke man 〈◊〉 his place c VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Gods dishonour if he did not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 of God i 〈◊〉 cause of our 〈◊〉 e Bothe 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 past 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a He 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of all 〈◊〉 is to forget God b There is nothing but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 among them c Dauid here 〈◊〉 on 〈◊〉 the faithfull and the 〈◊〉 but S. Paul speaketh the same of all men 〈◊〉 Rom 〈◊〉 10. d VVhere they thinke them 〈◊〉 moste sure e You make the 〈◊〉 put 〈◊〉 trust in God f He 〈◊〉 for the whole Church 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a 〈◊〉 red 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for none but he onely cā do it a First God 〈◊〉 reth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 next 〈◊〉 wel to others thirdely trueth and 〈◊〉 in our 〈◊〉 b He that 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 wickednes c To the hinderā ce of his neighbour d That is shal not 〈◊〉 cast forthe of the Church as hypocrites †Or a certeine tune a He sheweth that we can not call vpon God ex cept we trust in him b Thogh we can not enriche God yet we must bestowe Gods gifts to the vse of his children c As grief of con science misera ble destruction d He wolde nether by outwarde profession 〈◊〉 in heart not in mouth cōsent to their idolatries e Wherewith my porcion is measured f God teacheth me continually by se 〈◊〉 inspiration g The faithful are sure to perseuere to the end h That is I reioy ce bothe in bodie and in soule i This is 〈◊〉 ment of Christ by whose resurre ction all his mem bers haue 〈◊〉 talitie k Where God fauoreth there is 〈◊〉 a My righteous cause b The vengeance that thou 〈◊〉 shewe against mine enemies c VVhen thy Spirit examined my conscience d I was innocent towarde 〈◊〉 enemie bothe in dede and thoght e Thogh the wicked prouoked me to do euil for 〈◊〉 yet thy worde kept me backe f He was assured that God wolde not refuse his request g For all rebell against thee whiche trouble thy Churche h For their cruel tie can not be satisfied but with my death i They are 〈◊〉 vp with pride as the stomake that is choked with fat k Stop his rage “ Or which is thy sworde l By thine heauēlie power “ Or whose 〈◊〉 nie hathe to long endured m And sele not the smart that Gods children oft times do n This is the ful felicitie 〈◊〉 against all 〈◊〉 to haue the face of God fauo able counte nance opened vn 〈◊〉 vs. o And am deliue red out of my great troubles 2. Sam. 21 1. a He vseth this di 〈◊〉 of names to shewe that as the wicked haue many meanes to hurt so God hath manie wayes to helpe b For none 〈◊〉 ob teine their requests of God that ioyne not his glorie with their petition c He speaketh of the dāgers malice of his enemies from the which God had deliuered him “ Or cordes or ca bles d A descriptiō of the wrath of God against his enemies after he had heard his praiers e He sheweth how 〈◊〉 Gods iudgemēts shal be to the wic ked f Darknes signifieth the wrath of God as the cleare light signifieth Gods fauour g This is described at large h As a King 〈◊〉 with the peo ple wil not shew him self vnto thē Psal. 104. i Thundred ligh tened hailea k His lightenings l That is the depe bottoms were sene when the red Sea was deuid d. m Out of sundrie great dangers n To wit Saul o Therefore God sent me succour p The cause of Gods
x Which Was the name of a people of Arabia 〈◊〉 by the horrible 〈◊〉 of all these nations he teacheth the Iewes that 〈◊〉 is no place for resuge or to escape Gods wrath but onely to remaine in his Church and to liue in his feare a Meaning Indea Which was compassed about with mountaines and was called the valley of visions because of the Prophetes Which Were alWaies there Whome thei named Seers b He speaketh to Ierusalém Whose inhabitants were 〈◊〉 vp to the house toppes for feare of their ene mies c Which Wast Wonte to be ful of people ioye d But for hungre e And led into captiuitie f Which haue fled from other places to Ierusalem for succour g He sheweth What is the duetie of the godlie When Gods plagues hang ouer the Church and specially of the ministers Ier. 9 1. h That is the showte of the enemies Whome God had appoin ted to destroy the citie i He 〈◊〉 thē in minde how God deliuered thē once frō Sane herib Who broght the Persiās Cyrenians With him that they might by re turning to God auoyd that great plague Whiche they shulde els suffer by 〈◊〉 k The secret place Where the armour Was to Wit in the house of the forest 1. King 2. l Ye fortified the ruinous places which Were neglected in time of peace meaning the Whole citie the citie of Da uid Whiche Was Within the compasse of the other m Ether to pul downe suche as might hurt or els to knowe what men they Were able to make n To prouide if nede shulde be of Water o To God that made Ierusalém that is they trusted more in the 〈◊〉 mea nes then in God p In stead of repentance ye 〈◊〉 ioyful and made great chere contemning the admonitions of the Prophetes saying Let vs eat and drinke for our Prophetes say that we shal dye tomorowe q Because the Ebrew Worde doeth also signifie one that doeth nourish cherish there are of the learned that thinke that this Wicked man did nourish secret frendship with the Assyrians and Egyptians to berray the Church and to prouide for him self against all dangers in the meane season he pack craftely and gate of the best offices into his hand vnder Hezekiah euer aspiring to the biest r Meaning that he was a stranger and came vp of nothing s VVhere 〈◊〉 thoght to make his name immortal by his famous sepulchre he dyed moste miserably among the Assyrians t Signifying that 〈◊〉 soeuer digniue the Wicked 〈◊〉 to at length it wil turne to the shame of tho se Prices by whome thei are preferred u To be steward againe out of the Which office he had bene put by the craft of 〈◊〉 x I Wil commit vnto him the ful charge and gouernement of the Kings house y I wil establish him and confirme him in his office of this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 9. 9. z Meaning that bothe 〈◊〉 and great that shal come of 〈◊〉 shal haue praise and glorie by this faithful officer a He meaneth Shebna who in mans iudgement shulde neuer haue fallen a Read 〈◊〉 13. 〈◊〉 b Ye of 〈◊〉 that comethether for marchandise c Tyrus is destroied by Nebus chadnezzár d By chittim thei mentall the yles and 〈◊〉 West Ward from Palestina e All men know We of this destru ction f Haue haunted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thee g Meaning the corne of Egypt which was fed by the ouer flow ing of Nilus h That is Tyrus which was the chief porte of the Sea i I haue no people leftinme and am as a baren woman that reuer had childe k Because these two countreis were ioined in leage together l Tyrus willeth other 〈◊〉 to go to Cilicia and to come no more there m Who maketh her marchants like princes n Thy strength wil no more 〈◊〉 thee therefore flee to other coun treis for succour o For Tyrus was neuer touched not 〈◊〉 before p Because Tyrus was buylt by thō of zidon q The Chaldeans which dwelt in tentes in the wildernes were gathered by the Assyriās into citie r The people of the Chaldeans de stroyed the Assy rians whereby the Prophet mea 〈◊〉 that seing the Chaldeās were able to ouercome the Assyrians whiche were so great a nation muche more shal these two nations of Chaldea Assyria be able to ouerthrowe 〈◊〉 s That is Tyrus by whome ye are enriched t Tyrusshallie de 〈◊〉 70 yeres which he 〈◊〉 the reigne of one King or a manage u 〈◊〉 vse all craft and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 men againe to her x She shal labour by all 〈◊〉 to recouer her 〈◊〉 credit as an harlot when she is long 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 her louers y Thogh she haue bene chastised 〈◊〉 the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 returne to her olde wicked practises for 〈◊〉 shal giue her 〈◊〉 to all mens lusts like an 〈◊〉 z He sheweth that God yet by the preaching of the Gospel wil call 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 turne her 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 gaine vnto the true 〈◊〉 of God and liberalitie toward his Saints a This prophecie is as 〈◊〉 cōclusiō of that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 and other nacions 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 by the earth he meaneth those lāds which were before named b 〈◊〉 this was a name of di gnitie it was al so 〈◊〉 to thē 〈◊〉 were not of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so signifieth al so a man of digni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was also ap plied to them which were not of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 al so a man of digni 〈◊〉 as 2 Sam. 8. 18 and 20 25 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 18 17 〈◊〉 by these wordes the Prophet signifieth an horrible confu sion 〈◊〉 there shal be 〈◊〉 religion order nor policie 〈◊〉 4 9. c That is rēdreth not her 〈◊〉 for the sinne of the people whome the earth deceiued of their nouriture because they deceiued God of his honour d Writen in the Law as Leui 26. 14. Deut. 28. 16 thus the Prophetes vsed to applie particularly the menaces and pro mises which are general in the Law e With heat and drought or els that theywere cō sumed with the 〈◊〉 of Gods wrath f Which as it was without 〈◊〉 so now shulde it be broght to desolacion and con 〈◊〉 and this was not onely ment of 〈◊〉 but of al the other wicked cities g Because thei did not vse Gods benefits a right their pleasures shulde faile and they fallto mour ning h 〈◊〉 comforteth the 〈◊〉 decla ring that in this great desolacion the Lord wil 〈◊〉 Church 〈◊〉 shal praise his name as Chap. 10. 22. i From the vtmost coastes of the worlde where the Gospel shal be preached as vers 16. k Meaning to God who wil publish his Gospel through all the worlde l I am consumed with care considering the afflictiō of the Church bothe by fore 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Some read my secret my secret that is it was rene led to the 〈◊〉
declared b which I wil de clare toward you and powre into your hearts by my Spi it c Vndet the Sabbath he comprehendeth the who le seruice of God true religion d Let none thinke him self vnmete to receiue the graces of the Lord for the Lord wil take awaye all impediments and wil forsake none which wil kepe his true religion beleue in him e Meaning in his Church f They shal be cal led after my people and be of the same religion yea vnder Christ the dignitie of the faithful shal be greater then the Iewes were at that time g Hereby he mea neth the spiritual seruice of God to whome the faith ful offer cōtinual thā kesgiuing yea thē selues and all that they haue as a liuely and acceptable sacrifice h Not onely for the Iewes but for all others Matt. 21. 13 k He sheweth that his affliction shall come through the faure of the gouernours Prophetes and pastors Whose ignorance negligence 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 prouoked Gods wrath against them i Meaning the enemies of the Church as the Ba bylonians 〈◊〉 c. thus he speaketh to feare the hypocrites to assure the faith fel that Whē this cometh thei may knowe it was tol de them before l We are wel yet and 〈◊〉 shal be better therefore let vs not feare the plagues before they come thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the admonitions and exhottations which were made them in the Name of God a From the plague that is 〈◊〉 hād and also because God wil punish the wicked b The soule of the 〈◊〉 shal be in ioye their bodie shal rest in the graue vn o the time of the resurrection because thei walked before the Lord. c He threatneth the Wicked hypo crites who vnder the precence of the name of Gods people decided Gods worde and his promises boa sting ' openly that thei were the chil dren of Abraham but because they were not faithful and obedient as Abraham was he calleth thē baslards and the children of forceters which forso ke God and fled to wicked meanes for succour d Read Leui. 18. 21 2 e Meaning euerie place was pol luted with their idolatrie or euerie faire stone that they founde thei made an ido le of it f In the sacrifices which you offeig before these idoles thoght you did serue God g To wit thine 〈◊〉 in open pla ce like an impudent harlot that carethnot for the sight of her housband h In stead of setting vp the worde of God in the opē places on the postes and dores to haue it in remem branc eut 6. 9. 27. 1. thou hast set vp signes and markes of thine idolatrie in euerie place i That is didest increase tnineido latrie more and more k Thou didest seke the fauour of the 〈◊〉 by giftes and preséts to helpe thee against the Egyptiās and when thei failed thousough test to the Babyloniās and more and more didest to ment thy self 2. Kin 123 10. l Althogh that fallest all thv labours to bein vai ne yet woldest thou neuer acknowledge thy fautes leaue of m He 〈◊〉 their vnprofirable 〈◊〉 which thoght to haue made all sure and yet were deceiued n Broken promes with me o Meaning that the wicked abuse Gods leuitie and growe to farther wichednes p That is thy naughtines Idolatries and impiecies which the wicked call Gods 〈◊〉 he derideth their obslinacie q Meaning the 〈◊〉 and other whose helpe thei loked for r God shal say to Darius and Cyrus s I wil not vse my power against 〈◊〉 man whose life is but a blast t That is for the vices and faures of the people which is ment hereby couetousnes u Thogh thei were ob stinat yet I did not with draw my mercie from them x That is I frame the speac e and wordes of my messengers which shal bring peace y As wel to him that is in 〈◊〉 as to him that remaineth at home z Their euil conscience doeth euer torment them and therefore they can neuer haue rest read Chap 48. 22. a The Lord thue speaketh to the Prophet willing him to vse all diligence and seueretie to rebuke the hypocrites b They wil seme to worship me and haue 〈◊〉 holines c He seeteth forthe the 〈◊〉 disdaine of the 〈◊〉 which grudge against God if their wor kes be not accepted d Thus he conninceth the hypo ctites by the secōde table and by their duetie tow ward their neigh bour that ther ha ue nether faith nor 〈◊〉 e So long as you vse contencion and oppression your fasting and praier shal not be heard f That you leaue of all your 〈◊〉 sions g For in him thou seest thy self as in a glasse h That is the pro sperous estate where with God wil blesse thee i The testimonie of thy goodnes shal appeare before God man k Whereby is ment all maner of iniurie l That is haue compassion ou their miseries m Thine aduersi rie shal be turned into prosperitie n Signifying that of the Iewes shulde come suche as shuld buvl de againe the rui nes of Ierusalem and Iudea but chiefly this is ment of the spiritual Ierusalem whose buylders were the Apostles o If thou refiaine thy self from thy wicked workes Nomb. 11. 23. Chap. 50. 20 Iere. 5. 25. a Read Chap. 1. 15 b All men winke at the 〈◊〉 oppressions and none go about to remedie them c According to their wicked deuises they hurt their neighbours d Whatsoeuer cometh from thē is poyson and bringeth death e Thei are profitable to no purpose f That is Gods vengeance to punish our enemies g Gods 〈◊〉 to defend vs. h We are altoge ther destitute of counsel and can finde no end of our miseries i We expresse our sorowes by outwarde signes some more some lesse k This confeisiō is general to the Church to obteine remission of sinnes and the Prophetes did not exempt them selues from the same l To wit against ourneighbours m There is nether iustice nor vp rightnes among men n The wicked wil destroye him o Meaning to do iustice and to remediethe 〈◊〉 that were so far out of order p That is his Churche or his ar me did helpe it self and did not seke aide of any other q Signifying that God hathe all meanes at hand to deliuer his Church and to punish their ene 〈◊〉 r To wit your enemies which dwel in diuers places and beyon de the sea s He sheweth that there shal be great affliction in the Church but God wil 〈◊〉 deliuer his t Whereby he de clareth that the true deliuerance from and Satan belongeth to none but to the chil dren of God whome he 〈◊〉 u Because the do ctrine is made profitable by the vertue of the Spirit he 〈◊〉 the one with the other promiseth to giue them bothe to his Church 〈◊〉 euer a The time 〈◊〉 thy prosperitie and 〈◊〉 where as speaking of Babylon he
commanded her to godowne Chap. 47. 1. b Signifying that all men are in darkenes til God giue thē the light of his Spirit that this light shineth to none but to those that are in his 〈◊〉 c Meaning that Iudea shulde be as the morning 〈◊〉 and that the 〈◊〉 shulde receiue light of her d An infinite nomber from all contreis as Chap. 49. 17. e For ioye as the heart is drawen in 〈◊〉 sorowe f Meaning that euery 〈◊〉 shal ho nour the Lord with that where with he is 〈◊〉 signifying that it is no true seruing of God except we offer our selues to serue his glorie and all that we houe g That is the Arabians that haue 〈◊〉 abundan ce of cattel h Because the altar was a figure of Christ Ebr. 13. to he sheweth that nothīg can be acceptable to him which is not offred to him by this altar 〈◊〉 was bothe the offring and the altar itself i Shewing what great nōber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale k The Gentiles that are now ene mies shal become friends 〈◊〉 forthe of the Church i Shewing what great nōber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale m He sheweth that God hath gi uen all power autoritie 〈◊〉 in earth for the vse of his Church and that they which wil not serue and profit the same shal be destroyed n There is nothīg so 〈◊〉 which shal not serue the necessitie of the Church o Signifying that Gods maiestie is not included in the 〈◊〉 whiche is but the place for his fete that we may learne to rise vp to the heauens I Meaning Cyrus and his successors but chiefly this is accomplished in them that serue Christ being conuerted by his Gospel p To worship their head Christ by obeying his doctrine q Bothe hie and lowe shal be readie to helpe and succour thee r Thy gouernours shal loue thee seke thy wealth and prosperitie s Meaning not a temporal felicitie but a spiritual which is fulfilled in Christs kingdome t Signifying that all wordelie mea ness al cease and that Christ shal be all in all as Reuel 21 22 and 〈◊〉 5. u The children of the Church x Meaning that the Churche shulde he miraculously multiplied a This apparreineth to all the Prophetes and ministers of God but chiefly to Christ of whose abundant graces euerie one receiueth according as it pleaseth him to distrubute Luk. 4 〈◊〉 b To them that are liuely touched with the fee 〈◊〉 of their sinnes c Which are in the bondage of sinne d The time 〈◊〉 it pleased God to shewe his good fauour to man which S. Paul calleth theiulnes of time Gal 4. 4. e For when God 〈◊〉 his Church he pra nisheth his enemies f which was the signe 〈◊〉 mourning g Trees that bring for the good frutes as Mat. 3. 8. h That is for a long time i Thei shal be rea die to serue you in all your 〈◊〉 k This is accomplished in the time of Christ by whome all the faithful are made Priests and Kings 2 Pet. 2. 9. l Read Chap. 60. 16. chap. 60. 11. m Abundant re compence as this worde is vsed Chap. 40 2. n That is the Iewes o To wit of the Gentiles p Where as the Gentiles had dominion ouer the Iewes in times past now they shal haue double autoritie ouer them and possesse twise so muche q I wil not receiue their 〈◊〉 which are extorsioners deceiuers 〈◊〉 or that depriue me of my glorie r That is of the Churche Reuel 1. 6. 9 10. s He sheweth what shal be the affection when they fele this their deliuerance a The Prophet saith that he wil neuer cease to de clare vnto the people the good tydings of their deliuerance b Til they haue ful 〈◊〉 and this the Prophet speaketh to incourage all other ministers to the setting forth of Gods 〈◊〉 toward his Church c Thou shalt haue a more excellent 〈◊〉 then thou 〈◊〉 had hetherto d He shal esteme thee as dere and precious 〈◊〉 a Kīg doeth his crowne e Thou shall no more be 〈◊〉 as a woman forsaken of her housband “ Or my delite in her “ Or maried f That it may be 〈◊〉 with children g For asmuche as they confesse one faith religion with thee they are in the same bond of mariage with thee and thei are called the childrē of the Church in asmuch as Christ maketh her plentiful to bring forthe chil dren vnto him h Prophets pastors ministers i He exhorteth the ministers neuer to cease to call vpon God by praier for the deliuerance of his Church and to teache others to do the same k For the restauratiō whereof all the worlde shal praise him l Signifying the great 〈◊〉 that shulde come to the Church what meanes he wold prepare for the restitution of the same as Chap. 57 14. m Ye Prophets and ministers shew the people of this their deliuerance which was chiefly ment of our saluacion by Christ. 〈◊〉 9 9 mat 21 5. n He shal haue all power to bring his purpose to passe as Chap 40 10. o That is one ouer whome God hathe had a singular care to recouer her when she was 〈◊〉 a This prophetie is against the 〈◊〉 means and enemies which persecuted the Churche on who me God wil take vengeance and is here set forthe all bloody after that he hathe destroyed them in 〈◊〉 the chief citie of the Idumeans for these were their greatest enemies and vnder the title of circumcision and the kinred of Abrahám cleimed to them selues the chief re ligion and hated the true worship pers Psal. 137 7. b God answereth them that asked this questiō who is this c. and saith Ye se now performed in dede the vengeance which my Pro phetes 〈◊〉 c Another questiō to thewhich the Lord answereth d Shewing that when God punisheth his enemies it is for the profi te and deliueran ce of his Church e God sheweth that he hathe no nede of mans hel pe for the deliuerance of his and thogh men refuse to do their duetie through negligē ce and 〈◊〉 yet he him self wil deliuer his Church and punish the enemies read chap. 〈◊〉 16. f I wil so 〈◊〉 them and make thēso giddy that they shal not knowe which way to go g The Prophet speaketh this to moue the people to remember Godsbenefites in times past that they may be confirmed in their troubles h For I did chuse them to be mine that they shulde be holy and not deceiue mine expectatiō i He bare their af flictions griefs as thogh they had bene his owne k Which was a witnes of Gods presence 〈◊〉 this may be referred to Christ to who me belongeth the office of saluatiō l That is the peo ple of Israélbeing 〈◊〉 called to 〈◊〉 Gods benefites which he had bestowed vpō their
parte of August parte of 〈◊〉 c As Chap. 1. 27. †Ebr in the 〈◊〉 of God d Meaning that he was thus caryed in spirit and not in bodie e VVhich was the porch orthe court where the people assembled f So called because it prouoked Gods indignatiō which was the idole of Bà al g Read Chap. 3. 22. h That is in the court where the people had made an altar to 〈◊〉 i For God wil 〈◊〉 bewhere 〈◊〉 k VVhiche were forbidden in the 〈◊〉 Leuit 11. l Thus they that shulde haue 〈◊〉 all the rest in the feare and true seruice of God were the ring leaders to al abominatiō by their example pulled others frō God m It was in such abundance n For besides their cōmune ido latrie they had particular seruice whiche they had secret chambers o The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 te that this was a Prophet of the idoles who after his death was on ce a 〈◊〉 mourned for in the night p Declaring that the 〈◊〉 and seruice of the ido laters are but infection and vileniebefore God 〈◊〉 2. 19. Isa 〈◊〉 7. Ierem. 〈◊〉 11. Mich 3 4. a The time to take vengeance b Whiche 〈◊〉 Angels in the similitude of men c Signifying that the 〈◊〉 sruld come from the North to deshoy ' the citie the Temple d To marke them that shulde be sa ued e Which declared that he was not bound thereunto nether wolde re 〈◊〉 lōger them there was hope that they wolde returne frō their wickednes and 〈◊〉 him aright “ Or thresholde “ Or make with Than f He sheweth what is the maner of Gods chil 〈◊〉 whome he 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to wit to 〈◊〉 and crye out against the wickednes 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 ted against God glorie g Thus in all his 〈◊〉 the Lord preserueth his smale non 〈◊〉 whic e he marketh as Exod. 12 〈◊〉 reuel 7 3. but the chief marke is the 〈◊〉 of adoption where with the heart is sealed vp to life euer lasting h Which were the chief occasion of all these euils as Chap 8 11. i This 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God haue a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they se his iudgements 〈◊〉 k That is 〈◊〉 all kinde of wickednes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 15. Chap. 1 22. a 〈◊〉 Whiche in the first chap. ver 5. 〈◊〉 called the 〈◊〉 beastes b This signified that the 〈◊〉 shul de be 〈◊〉 c Meaning that the glorie of 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 from the Temple d Read Chap. 1 24 e Read Chap. 1. 16 f Vntil they had executed Gods iudgements “ Or trents Chap. 1 5 g There was one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the wheles h Read Chap. 9 〈◊〉 Chap. 14 1. i That is the whole 〈◊〉 ly of the foure beasts or Cherubims a Thus the 〈◊〉 ked derided the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thogh they preached but errors therfore gaue thē selues 〈◊〉 to their pleasures b We 〈◊〉 not be pulled out of 〈◊〉 til the l oure of out death come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is not taken out of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it be sod c Contrarie to their vaine 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 ew eth in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 because of the dead 〈◊〉 that haue bene 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so he as 〈◊〉 in the caldron d That is of the 〈◊〉 e That is in Ribláh 〈◊〉 2. King 25 7. f It semeth that this noble man dyed of some ter 〈◊〉 death and therefore the Pro phet 〈◊〉 some strange iudgemēt of God towarde the restof the peo ple. g They that remained shl as Ierusalém thus 〈◊〉 thē that were gone into 〈◊〉 as thogh thei were 〈◊〉 of and forsaken of God h Thei shal be yet a litle 〈◊〉 shewing that the Lord wil euer 〈◊〉 to call vpon his 〈◊〉 ame whome he wil 〈◊〉 and restore thogh they be for a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. 19. Chap. 〈◊〉 27. i Meanyng the heart whereunto 〈◊〉 can enter and 〈◊〉 them a newe so that their heart may 〈◊〉 and ready to receiue my graces k VVhen 〈◊〉 Was led away captiue a That is they receiue not the frute of that Whi 〈◊〉 they se and 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 make thee vessels to go into 〈◊〉 b That as thou doest so shal thei do and therfore in thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se their owne plague and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c Do not they de ride thy 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 d VVhē the king shal thinke to escape by 〈◊〉 I wil take him in my net as Chap. 17. 10. and 32. 3. e VVhiche shuld beare 〈◊〉 Name and shulde be 〈◊〉 Churche read Chap. 11. 16. f Because thei did not immediatly se the prophecies 〈◊〉 they concemned them as 〈◊〉 they shulde neuer be 〈◊〉 led “ 〈◊〉 take none effect g That is 〈◊〉 hall not come to passe in our 〈◊〉 therfore we care not 〈◊〉 thus the wicked euer abuse Gods paciē ceād 〈◊〉 Chap. 14. 9. a After their owne fantasie ād not as hauing the reuclation of the Lord. Iere 23. 6. b VVhaiching to destroye the viney arde c He speaketh to the 〈◊〉 and true ministers that shulde haue resisled thē d Ye promised peace to this peo ple and now ye se their destiuction so that 〈◊〉 is manifest that ye are false prophetes e That is in the boke of lyfe wherein the true Israelites are 〈◊〉 f Read lerem 6. 14. g VVhere as the true 〈◊〉 prophecied the 〈◊〉 of the citie to bryng the people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in their 〈◊〉 so that 〈◊〉 false 〈◊〉 said 〈◊〉 is here called the buyldyng of the wal an other sal se Prophet wold 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the had nether occasion nor good grounde to 〈◊〉 hym h Where by 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 má of him 〈◊〉 setteth for the vnder the 〈◊〉 of Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i The 〈◊〉 women for lncre wolde 〈◊〉 and tell euerie man hys fortune giuing them pillo wes 〈◊〉 leane vpon ād 〈◊〉 to couer their heades to the intēt they might the more allure them and be witche them k VVill ye make my worde toser ue 〈◊〉 bellies l These sorcerers made the people 〈◊〉 that they cold 〈◊〉 life or destroy it ād that it shuide come to 〈◊〉 one according as they prophecied m That is to 〈◊〉 se thē to perish and that 〈◊〉 shulde departe from the body n By threatening them that were godly and 〈◊〉 ding the wicked a He she weth the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 who wil dissenible to heare the 〈◊〉 of GOD thogh in their 〈◊〉 they follow nothing 〈◊〉 then their admonitions and also how by one 〈◊〉 or other God do eth disco uer them b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their fil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 opēly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lead them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and east them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so that he wil not heare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they call vnto him read le rem 10. 15. c To 〈◊〉 of things 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 hathe appointed to come rop sse
make the matter more sensi ble he bringeth in Pharaoh whome the dead shal 〈◊〉 and maiueile at him read Isa. 14. 9. o Meaning the Persians p VVhome in this life all the worlde feared q That is the Cappadocians and Italians or Spanyardes as Iosephus writeth r 〈◊〉 dyed not by 〈◊〉 death but by the course of nature and are ho norably buryed with their 〈◊〉 armour and signes of honour s The Kings of Ba bylon t As the wicked reioyce when they se others partakers of their miseries u I wil make the Egyptians afraid of me as thei caused others to feare them “ Or of their coastes a He sheweth that the people ought to haue cōtinually gouernours teachers which may haue a care ouer them and to warne thē 〈◊〉 of the dangers which are at hand b Signifying that the wicked shal not escape punishement thoght 〈◊〉 watcheman be negligent but if the watcheman blowe the trumped and then he wil not obey he shal deserue double punishement Chap. 3. 17. c VVhich teacheth that he that recei ueth not his charge at the Lords mouth is a spie not a true watche man d The VVatchmē must answer for the blood of all the perish through his negligence e Thus the wicked when they heare Gods iudge ments for their sinnes despaire of his mercies murmur f Read Chap. 18. 23 g Read of this righteousnes 〈◊〉 18. 〈◊〉 h Hereby he condemneth all 〈◊〉 of hypocrisie which pretende to forsake wickednes 〈◊〉 declare not them 〈◊〉 ues suche by their 〈◊〉 that is in obeying Gods cōmandements and by godlie life Chap. 18. 25. i VVhen the Pro phet was led away 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 coniah k I was 〈◊〉 with the Spirit of prophecie Chap. 8. 2. l VVhereby is signified that the ministers of God can not speake 〈◊〉 God giue thē 〈◊〉 rage and open their mouth Chap. 24 〈◊〉 29. 21 ephe 6. 19. m Thus 〈◊〉 wicked thinke them selues 〈◊〉 worthie to enioye Gods promes thē the Saints of God to whome they were made and wolde binde God to be subiect to them 〈◊〉 they wolde 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 de to him n Contrary to the Law Leui. 17. 14. o As they that are ready stil to shed blood 〈◊〉 7. 24. 24 〈◊〉 30. 6. p 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q This declareth 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods worde su he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 obey it el We 〈◊〉 the worde to our 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 and make 〈◊〉 his mini sters as thogh they were 〈◊〉 to serue mens foo lish 〈◊〉 “ Or pleasant loue songs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prests 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 riches 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of a good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and succor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Be destroying the couetous 〈◊〉 lings restoring true shepherdes whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers who 〈◊〉 the by doctrine life labour to 〈◊〉 his shepe in the pleasant 〈◊〉 of his worde f 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of then 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in all 〈◊〉 g Meaning suche as lift vp them sel ues 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 think thei 〈◊〉 no nede to be gouerned by me h 〈◊〉 is by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be twene the good and the 〈◊〉 and so giue to 〈◊〉 as thei 〈◊〉 i By good pasture and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment the pure Worde of God the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the poore til thei had 〈◊〉 it k Meanīg Christ of Whom Dauid Was a figure Ier. 30. 9. hosea 3. 5. l This declareth that vnde christ the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 deliuered from sinne and hel ād so be safely preserued in the Churche Where thei 〈◊〉 neuer perish m The frutes of Gods graces shal appear in great abundance in his 〈◊〉 n That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall come 〈◊〉 of the roote 〈◊〉 Ishai Isa. 11 1. a VVhere the Idu means 〈◊〉 b VVhen by their 〈◊〉 called them from their 〈◊〉 c Except thou repent thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d To Wir to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Meaning 〈◊〉 and Iudah f And so by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 people 〈◊〉 shuld go about 〈◊〉 put 〈◊〉 out of hys owne possession g As thou haste done 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Sewing that 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 ouer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Name and also that the 〈◊〉 rage as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Were 〈◊〉 God till 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his hand to their de 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 2. a That is the Idu mean b That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Gods 〈◊〉 Was the 〈◊〉 of all the World c Ye are made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the Worlde d They appointed 〈◊〉 them selues to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therfore came with Nebuched nezzar 〈◊〉 Ie 〈◊〉 for this purpose e Because you ha ue bene a laughing stocke vnto them f By making a so lemne o the read chap 20. 5. g God declareth his mercies and goodnes toward his 〈◊〉 who still 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 whiche he destroyeth his enemies h VVhich was ac complished vnder Christ to whome all 〈◊〉 temporall deliue rances did direct them i That is vppon the mountaines of Ierusalem “ Or thee k Thus the enemies imputed 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the land whiche God did for the sinnes 〈◊〉 the peo ple accordyng to his 〈◊〉 iudgements 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. 14. l And therefore wolde not suffre my Name to be had in contempt as the heath n wolde haue reproched me if I had 〈◊〉 my church to perish m This excludeth from man all dignitie and meane to deserue 〈◊〉 thynge by seing that God referreth the whole to hym self and that one ly for the glorie of his holy Name “ Or your n That is his Spi rit whereby he reformeth the heart and regene reth his Isa. 44 3. 〈◊〉 32. 39. Chap. 11. 19. o Vnder 〈◊〉 abūdance of temporal 〈◊〉 he concludeth the spiritual 〈◊〉 p Ye shall come to true repentan ce and thynke your selues vnworthie to be of the 〈◊〉 of Gods c eatures for your ingratitude against him q He declareth that 〈◊〉 ought not to be 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the earth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 countrey is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 to Gods 〈◊〉 as hys 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when he maketh it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a He sheweth 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 GOD hathe power and also wil deliuer his people from their 〈◊〉 in asmuche as he is able 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the dead 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them vp againe b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the 〈◊〉 ful 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to the same 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they are 〈◊〉 through the worlde c That is when I haue 〈◊〉 you ou of 〈◊〉 places and townes where
〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 into all places where they might 〈◊〉 them among the 〈◊〉 f Read Amos 1. 5. g Because they did not credit the 〈◊〉 wordes he 〈◊〉 to GOD and 〈◊〉 him selfe in that hat he knewe that these things shuld ome and saith 〈◊〉 o God with 〈◊〉 Angels 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to performe his great thing Signifying that here shulde be great troubles in the Chu ch and that the time hereof is in the Lords hands 〈◊〉 at length which is here ment by the euening God wolde send comfort i That s the spiritual graces of God which shulde euer 〈◊〉 in moste 〈◊〉 k All idolatrie and 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 and there shal be one God one faith 〈◊〉 religion l This newe Ierusalém shal be sene through all the worlde shall 〈◊〉 the first in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and greatnes m God wil not onely raise vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 without but se 〈◊〉 at home to 〈◊〉 them n To hurt and oppresse him o The 〈◊〉 arè riche and therefore shal not come for a pray but to destroy sheade blood p As the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 destroyed vers 12. q By the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were greatest enemies to 〈◊〉 religion he meaneth all the 〈◊〉 r Signifying that to what seruice they were put now whether to 〈◊〉 or to 〈◊〉 in warre 〈◊〉 were now holie because the Lord had sanctified thē s As precious the one as the other because they shal be sanctified t 〈◊〉 all shal be pure and cleane and there shal nether be hypocrite or anie that shal corrupt the true seruice of God a Read 〈◊〉 13. 1. b Which declareth 〈◊〉 great 〈◊〉 tude that did not acknowedge this loue which was so euident in that he chose Abrahám from out of all the worlde and next chose Iaakob the yonger brother of 〈◊〉 they came and left 〈◊〉 the elder c For besides that the signes of mine hatred appeared euen 〈◊〉 he was made seruant vnto his yonger brother being yet 〈◊〉 his mothers belly also afterward in that he was put frō his brith 〈◊〉 yet euen now before your eyes the 〈◊〉 hereof are euident in that that his countrey 〈◊〉 waste and he 〈◊〉 neuer returne 〈◊〉 inhabit it whe re as ye my people whome the enemie hated more them thē are by 〈◊〉 grace and loue towarde you deli uered read Rom. 9. 13. d Besides the rest of the people he condemneth the Priests 〈◊〉 because they shulde haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 nacie against God not haue 〈◊〉 dened them by their example to greater 〈◊〉 e He noteth their grosse hypocrisie which wolde not 〈◊〉 their fautes but moste impudently 〈◊〉 them and so were 〈◊〉 guides f Ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 maner offrings for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 griedines do not examine whether they 〈◊〉 to my Law or no. g Not that they said thus but by their doings they 〈◊〉 nolesse h You make it no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he cōdemneth thē that thinke it sufficient to serue God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mans 〈◊〉 and so come 〈◊〉 to that 〈◊〉 of religion which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and therefore in 〈◊〉 he shewath 〈◊〉 that a 〈◊〉 man wolde 〈◊〉 be content to be serued i He de 〈◊〉 the Priests who 〈◊〉 the people in 〈◊〉 that they praied for thē sheweth that they were the occasiō that these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the people k 〈◊〉 God consider 〈◊〉 office state 〈◊〉 you are so 〈◊〉 wicked l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who kept the dores did not 〈◊〉 whe har the 〈◊〉 that came in were 〈◊〉 to the Law God 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 then to receiue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were not 〈◊〉 m God 〈◊〉 that their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 true 〈◊〉 shal be the cause of the calling of the Gentiles and 〈◊〉 the Prophet that was vnder the Law framed his 〈◊〉 the capacitie of the people and by the altar and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth thes 〈◊〉 seruice of God which shulde be vnder the Gospel when an end shul de be made to all these legal ceremo nies by Christs one ly 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 Priests and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 error that they passed not what was offred for they thoght that God was a swel 〈◊〉 with the leane as with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the mea ne season they shewed not that 〈◊〉 to God 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 bothe 〈◊〉 and also sheweth their contempt of God and 〈◊〉 o The Priests and people were botheweary with 〈◊〉 God and passed not what maner of 〈◊〉 seruice they gaue to God for that which was least 〈◊〉 was thogh good 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 p That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to serue the Lord according to 〈◊〉 worde and yet wil 〈◊〉 him according to his 〈◊〉 minde a He speaketh vnto thē chiefly but vnder them he cōteineth the people also b To serue me according to my worde c That is the abun dance 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 d Your seed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 come 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 e You boast of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but they shal turne to your shame be as vile as dongue f The Priests obiected against the Prophet that he colde not 〈◊〉 them but he must speake against the priest 〈◊〉 the office established of God by 〈◊〉 but he sheweth that the office is nothing 〈◊〉 whē these 〈◊〉 dongue are called by their owne names g He sheweth what were the two 〈◊〉 of the couenant made with the tribe of 〈◊〉 on Gods parte that he wolde giue thē long life 〈◊〉 and on their parte that they 〈◊〉 faithfully serue him according to his worde h I prescribed 〈◊〉 certeine Law to serue me i He serued me set forthe my glorie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and submission k He sheweth that the Priest ought to haue knowledge to instruct other in the worde of the Lord. l He is as the treasure house of Gods worde ought to giue to euerie one according to their necessirie and not to reser ue it for 〈◊〉 m Shewing 〈◊〉 whosoeuer doeth not declare Gods wil is not his messenger and Priest n The prophet 〈◊〉 he ingratitude of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God and mā for seing they were all 〈◊〉 of one 〈◊〉 Ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Godhad elected them 〈◊〉 be his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to offend 〈◊〉 nor their 〈◊〉 o VVhereby they had bounde them selues to God to be an 〈◊〉 people p Thei haue 〈◊〉 them selues in ma riage w th them that are of another religion q That is the 〈◊〉 r Ye cause the people to 〈◊〉 because that God doeth not regarde their 〈◊〉 so that they 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 s This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of mariage t As 〈◊〉 one halfe of 〈◊〉 selfe u She that was ioy ned to thee by a solemne couenāt and 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 tiō of Gods Name x Did not God 〈◊〉 ke man 〈◊〉 womā as one flesh and nor many y By his power 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made
dome is of the earth and leadeth to 〈◊〉 and is begonne and established by ambition couer ousnes beastlines craft treason and tyr 〈◊〉 q VVhiche signifie the priesthode the kingdome and therefore he giueth in his armes two keis and hathe two 〈◊〉 caryeē before him r He spake 〈◊〉 doctrine accused Gods worde of im perfection set vp mans traditions and spake things contrarie to God and his word s For the Pope in 〈◊〉 crueltte idolatrie and blasphemie did folowe and imitare the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 t 〈◊〉 them to idolatrie and astonished them with the name of that 〈◊〉 asne 〈◊〉 meth it u The man of sinne according to the operation of Satan 〈◊〉 be with all power signes ād miracles of lyes * 2 Thes. 2. 10. x Before the whole empire whiche 〈◊〉 the firste beast and is the imageth reof y For the first empire 〈◊〉 was as the paterne and this seconde empire is but an image and shadowe therof a The same things whiche the Pope or false prophets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in b Re ceiue the ordinances and 〈◊〉 of the seat of Rome and to kisse the vilens rote if he 〈◊〉 put ther eunto c 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Christ for as faith the 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Christians markes so this Antichrist wil accept none 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 approue his doctrine so that it is not ynough to confesse Christ and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but a man must 〈◊〉 to the Popes doctrine moreouer their 〈◊〉 es 〈◊〉 vowes othes and 〈◊〉 are signes of this marke in so muche as no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 excepted that had not manie of these marked beasts e Such as may be 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 after this reuelation the Pope or Antichrist bega to be 〈◊〉 in the Worlde for these characters signifie 666 this nomber is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the smale nomber whiche in the whole marke 666 and signifieth Lateinus or Latin which note h the Pope or 〈◊〉 who 〈◊〉 in all things the Latin tongue and in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 contemneth the 〈◊〉 and Greke wherin the worde of God was first and best writen and because 〈◊〉 in oldetime was called Latinum the Italians are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that hereby he noteth of what countrey chiefly he shulde come So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ordeined the 〈◊〉 shewed him selfe one day in apparel 〈◊〉 Pope and the next day in harnes as the Emperour and the two hornes to the 〈◊〉 hops 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signes her 〈◊〉 x For excepte he Pope 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the kyng Romaines he is not estemed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be made Emperour d He that is not sealed with 〈◊〉 ists mat ke can not be 〈◊〉 to liue among men a Iesus Christ 〈◊〉 in his Churche to defend ād 〈◊〉 it thogh the beast rage ne uer sō muche ād seing Christ is pre sēt euer with his Churche there cā be no vicare for where there is a vicaire there is no Church b Meanynge a great and 〈◊〉 Church c VVhiche was the marke of their election to wit their faith d Signifying that the nōber of the Church shulde be greate and that they shuld speak boldly aloude and so glorifie the Lord. e None cā praise God but the elect whome he hath boght f By whoredom ād vnder this vice he comprehen deth al other but this is chiefly mēc of idolatrie whi cheis the spiritu al whoredome g For their who le delite is in the Lambe Iesus and they loue none but hym h VVhich decla reth that the faithful ought to hue iustely ho lely that they may be the firste fiures and an excellent offringe of the Lord. i For asmuche as their sinnes are pardoned and thei are cledwith the iustice of Christ. Act. 14. 20. k By this Angell arement the true mynysters of Christ whiche preache the Gospel faithfully l The Gospel teacheth vs to feare God and honour him which is the beginning of hea uenlie wisdome m Signifying Ro me for asmuch as the vices whiche were in Babylō are 〈◊〉 in Rome in greater abundāce as perse eutiō of the Chur 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 selauerie with destruction of the people of God 〈◊〉 superstitiō 〈◊〉 impietie ād as Babylō the firste 〈◊〉 was destroyed so shall this wicked kīgdom of Antichrist haue a miserable 〈◊〉 thogh it be greate and semeth to extende throughoute all Europa n By the whiche fornicatiō God is 〈◊〉 to wrath so that he suffreth many to walk in the way of the Romish do etcine to their de struction Psal. 145. 6. o That is of his terrible iugemēt Isa. 21. 9. Iere. 51. 8. p The faithful are exhorted to paci ence Chap 18. 8. q For they are deliuered frō the horrible troubles which are in the Church and rest with God “ Or for the Lords cause r VVhich are ingraffed in Christ by faith which rest and stay onely on him and 〈◊〉 to be with him for immediately after their death they are receiued into ioye s Signifying that Christ shal come to iudgement in a cloude euē as he was sent to go vp * 〈◊〉 3. 13. t The ouerthrowe of the people is cōpared to an haruest Isa. 19 5. also to a vintage Isa. 6. 3. u This is spoken familiarly for our capacitie alluding vnto an housband man who suffereth him self to be aduertised by his seruants when his haruest is rioe ād not that Christ hath nede to be tolde whē he shuld come to iudgement for the comfort of his Church and destructiō of his enemies x This was Christ who is also the altar the Pricst and sacrifice y That is a certeine place appointed and not in the heauen z By this 〈◊〉 he declareth the 〈◊〉 confusion of the tyrants and infideles whiche delite in nothing but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 persecutions and effusion of blood 〈◊〉 13. 39. a Thys is the fourth visiō whi che 〈◊〉 the doct ine of Gods iudgemēts for the destiuctiō of the wicked ād comforte of the godlye b Meaning an in finite nomber of Gods ministers Whiche had infinite maners of sorres and punishemēt Exo 15. 〈◊〉 Psal. 145. 17. Iere. 20. 16. c Signifying this brittel 〈◊〉 world mixt with fyre that is troubles affictions but the 〈◊〉 of God ouercome 〈◊〉 all and singe diuine songes vnto God by whose power they get the victorie “ Or actes and dedes d VVhich is to declare that Gods iudgemēts are cleare iust ād Without spot e As readie to ex ecute the vengeā ce of God f By the foure beasts are ment all the creatures of God whiche willingly serue him for punishment of the infideles g God giueth vs full entrie into his Churche by 〈◊〉 his enemies for the Saintes can not clearely knowe all Gods iudgements before the ful 〈◊〉 of all thyngs a This was lyke the 〈◊〉 of Egipt Whiche was sores boiles or pockes ād this reigneth cō 〈◊〉 amōg Canōs mōkes friers nonnes Priests suche filthie vetmin which beare the marke of the beast b This is lyke to
I knowe if ye be true mē Leaue one of your brethren with me take fode for the famine of your houses and departe 34 And bring your yongest brother vnto me that I may knowe that ye are no spies but true men so wil I deliuer you your brother and ye shal occupie in the land 35 ¶ And as they empted their sackes beholde euerie mans būdel of monei was in his sacke and when they and their father sawe the būdels of their money they were afraied 36 Then 〈◊〉 their father said to them Ye haue robbed me of my children Ioséph is not and Simeôn is not and ye wil take Benia min all these things are against me 37 Then Reubén answered his father saying Slay my two sōnes if I bring him not to thee againe deliuer him to mine hand and I will bring him to thee againe 38 But he said My sonne shall not go downe with you for his brother is dead he is left alone if death come vnto him by the way which ye go thē ye shal bring my graie head with sorowe vnto the graue CHAP. XLIII 13 Iaakób suffreth Beniamin to departe with his children 13 Simeon is deliuered out of prison 30 Ioseph goeth aside and wepeth 32 They feast together 1 NOw great famine was in the land 2 And when they had eaten vp the vitaile which they had broght from Egypt their father said vnto them Turne againe and bye vs a litle fode 3 And Iudáh answered him saying The man charged vs by an othe saying * Neuer se my face except your brother be with you 4 If thou wilt send our brother with vs we wil go downe and by thee fode 5 But if thou wilt not send him we will not go downe for the man said vnto vs * Loke me not in the face except your brother be with you 6 And Israél said Wherefore delt ye so euill with me as to tel the man whether ye had yet a brother or no 7 And they answered The man asked straitly of our selues and of our kinred saying Is your father yet aliue haue ye any brother And we tolde him according to these wordes colde we know certeinly that he wolde say Bring your brother downe 8 Thē said Iudáh to Isráel his father Send the boye with me that we may rise and go and that we may liue and not dye bothe we and thou and our children 9 I wil be suretie for him of mine hand shalt thou require him * If I bring hym not to thee and set him before thee then let me beare the blame for euer 10 For except we had made this tarying doutles by this we had returned the secōde time 11 Then their father Israél said vnto them If it must nedes be so nowe do thus take of the best frutes of the land in your vessels bring the man a present a litle rosen and a litle honie spices and 〈◊〉 nuttes and almondes 12 And take double money in your hand and the money that was broght againe in your sackes mouthes carie it againe in your hand lest it were some ouer sight 13 Take also your brother and arise and go againe to the man 14 And God almightie giue you mercie in the sight of the man that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 deliuer you your other brother Bēiamin but I shal be robbed of my childe as I haue bene 15 ¶ Thus the men toke this present and toke twise so muche money in their hands with Beniamin and rose vp and went downe to Egypt and stode before Ioséph 16 And when Ioséph sawe Beniamin with thē he said to his stuard Bring these men home and kil meat and make readie for the men shall eat with me at noone 17 And the man did as Ioséph bad and broght the men vnto Iosephs house 18 Now when the men were broght into Iosephs house thei were afraied and said Because of the money that came in our sackes mouths at the first time are we broght that he maie pike a quarel against vs and laye some thing to our charge bring vs in bondage and our asses 19 Therefore came they to Iosephs stuard and communed with hym at the dore of the house 20 And said Oh syr * we came in dede downe hether at the first time to bye fode 21 And as we came to an ynne and opened our sackes beholde euerie mans money was in his sackes mouth euen our money in ful weight but we haue broght it againe in our hands 22 Also other money haue we broght in our handes to bye fode but we can not tel who put our money in our sackes 23 And he said Peace be vnto you feare not your God and the God of your father hath giuen you that treasure in your sackes I had your money he broght forth Simeō to thē 24 So the man led thē in to Iosephs house and gaue them water to wash their fete gaue their asses prouander 25 And they made redy their present against Ioséph came at none for they heard saie that they shulde eat bread there 26 When Ioséph came home they broght the present into the house to him which was in their hands bowed downe to the grounde before him 27 And he asked them of their prosperitie said Is your father the olde mā of whome ye tolde me in good health is he yet aliue 28 Who answered Thy seruant our father is in good helth he is yet aliue ād they bowed downe and made obeisance 29 And he lifting vp his eies be helde his brother Beniamin his mothers sonne and said Is this your yonger brother of whome ye tolde me And he said God be merciful vnto thee my sonne 30 And Ioséph made haste for his affection was inflamed toward his brother and soght where to wepe ād entred into his chambre and wept there 31 Afterward he washed his face came out refrained him selfe said Set on meat 32 And they prepared for him by him selfe and for them by thē selues and for the Egyptians which did eat with him by them selues because the Egyptians might not eat bread with the Ebrewes for that was an abominacion vnto the Egyptians 33 So they sate before him the eldest according vnto his age and the yongest according vnto his youthe and the men marueiled among them selues 34 And thei toke meases from before him and sent to them but Beniamins mease was fiue times so muche as anie of theirs and thei dronke had of the best drinke with him CHAP. XLIIII 15 Ioséph accuseth his brother of theft 33 Iudáh offreth him selfe to be seruant for 〈◊〉 1 AFterwarde he commanded his stuard saying 〈◊〉 the mens sackes with fode as muche as thei can cary and put euerie mans money in 〈◊〉 sackes mouthe 2 And put my cup I meane the siluer cup in